


■^ 









<. 






o . .0 



-^^0^ 









.^ 



-0^ 









^"'^^. 



•*b V^ 



-V 



V' 



>. 



V -3Si 






'* .^^' 



•<*'\ 
>^'"-. 









,." ^^. 



^^ 






;^ 



^;> 






.^" 















V 



^ 






^: : 






c> ^0 s = * ° ' ^ 









^ o^" .. 






*V. * O N ,■ 



















,4 c 



"^-■Vv;^; 






^> 



■^^ 






A 



.*'% 









0^ . o « o , *'c, 



./» 



'^0^ 















O 












•>> 









>^ *• .^^ . ^<. .C ^^ 



^ 



0^ '--bv^ :. 't^o 






r<^ '"^/^v -^^.V ° X-^b^' 



V' cf % ^^^"^^ ,v'^ "^^ ^;::^^^.^ ^^' ^ 
,cf,.;^.:,^. /.v,:.i-.\ oo^.'i;.:-,^ ■'■,.*^ 













WILLIAM PENN 



CURIEUSe NACHRICHT VON PENNSYLVANIA. 



FROM PAINTING BY FRANCIS PLACE IN INDEPENDENCE HALL. 



FALCKNERS 

Curieufe Ma^ti^t 



Von 



PENSYLVANFA 



THE BOOK THAT STIMULATED THE GREAT 

(3crman lEmtQtation 



TO 



Ipennei^lvanta 



IN THE EARLY YEARS OF THE XVIII CENTURY. 



A Repri7it of the Edition of 1702, amplified rvith the Text of the 

Original Manuscript i?i the Halle Archives. Together 

Tvith an Introduction and Eiiglish Translation 

of the Complete Work 

BY 

3ultu6 jfrtcbncb Sacb0c, Xttt.m 

Member American Philosophical Society —Historical Society of Pennsylvania— 

Pennsylvania-German Society — American Historical Association — 

International Congress of Orientalists, etc., etc. 

IPbllaOelpbla : 
PRINTED FOR THE AUTHOR 

MDCCCCV 






LiEfif.RVol- 50H3SESS 
Two Copies rtectived 



L 



Reprinted from 
Volume XIV., Proceedings of the Pennsylvania-German Society 



Edition limited to two hundred and fifty copies 
of which this is No... y .: 



Copyright, 1905 
By JUtlUS F. SACHSE 

All rights reserved 



Press or 

The new Era Printins Company 

Lancaster, Pa. 



THIS VOLUME 

IS PRINTKD AS A MEMORIAL 
TO THE 

£arli? (Berman Settlers 

of 

Pennsylvania 

WHO LEFT THE FATHERLAND TO FOUND A HOME 
FOR THEMSELVES AND POSTERITY 

IN 

penn's province 

WHERE LIBERTY OF CONSCIENCE WAS ASSURED AND WHOSE 

DESCENDENTS ARE NOW TO BE FOUND PROMINENT FACTORS 

IN EVERY STATE OF THE AMERICAN UNION 



CONTENTS. 

INTRODUCTION. 
CHAPTER I. 

Foreword. 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania — Two great Migra- 
tions — A rare Book — Finding of the Original Manu- 
script of 1699 5~7 

CHAPTER IL 
Penn's Province. 
William Penn — Benjamin Furly — Advertising the 
Grant — Practical Results — Literature in English, 
Dutch and German 8-13 

CHAPTER III. 
Francis Daniel Pastorius. 
Arrival of Crefelders — German Accounts of the 
Province — Konneken Manuscripts — Contents — Pas- 
torius Letters and Report — " Four Useful Tracts" . . 13-21 

CHAPTER IV. 
" Curieuse Nachricht von Pensylvanien." 
Persecution of Pietists — Seelig's Report to Spener — 
Daniel Falckner's Return to Europe — Qiiestions Sub- 
mitted to Him — Printed Version of 1 703 — Value of 
the Book — Subsequent Editions — Publications of 
Falckner and Pastorius 22-30 



viii Contents. 

CHAPTER V. 
Daniel Falckner. 
Biographical Sketch — Early Pietist — Friend of 
Spener — Spener's Interest in the German Settlement 
of Pennsylvania — Kelpius' Party — Voyage and Vicis- 
situdes — The Tabernacle on the Wissahickon . . . . 31-38 

CHAPTER VI. 
August Hermann Francke. 
Correspondence — Presents Seventy-three Qiiestions 
to Falckner — Pastorius' Accusation of Falckner — Ref- 
utation of the Slander — Complete Vindication — An 
Enduring Monument 39""43 



FALCKNER'S AUTHENTIC TIDINGS. 



List of Qiiestions. 
Seventy-three Qiiestions in Original Manuscript . . 46-57 
Twenty-two Additional Questions in Original Manu- 
script 5S-61 

Nine Qiiestions in Printed Version Not Found in the 
Original Manuscript 62-63 

PR^MONITIO. 

Preface. 

Preface to Original Manuscript 64-75 

Preface to Printed Version 76-81 

QUESTIONS I -8. 
The Voyage. 
Arrangement for, and Conduct upon the Voyage — 
What to Beware of — Intercourse with Crew — Sea 
Sickness — Young Persons 82-95 



Contents. ix 

QUESTIONS 9-16. 
In the New World. 
What to Observe — Deportment Toward Other Sects 

— Establishment — Health — Climate — Fertility — 

Fruits and Vegetables — How to Support Oneself . . 95-105 

QUESTIONS 17-28. 
The Indians. 
Their Tribes — Intercourse — Virtues and Vices — 
Life — Support — Employment — Children — Married 
Life — Judgments — Government — Authority . . . 106-121 

QUESTIONS 29-40. 
Education of the Savage. 
How to Introduce Religion — Arts and Sciences — 
True Nature of the Christian — German and English 
language — Education of the Children — The Elders 

Religion and Life Prior to European Settlement . 122-135 

QUESTIONS 41-44. 

Home Life of the Indian. 

Language — Diseases and Their Cures — Warfare — 
Household — Domestic Affairs and Utensils .... 136-145 

QUESTIONS 45-4S. 
Animalia of the Province. 
Animal life in the Province — Aquatic Life — Danger- 
ous Animals in the Waters — Fauna 146-15 1 

QUESTIONS 49-55. 
German Settlement of the Province. 
Proposal to send over Saltworkers from Halle — 
Pious Miners — Geographical Description — Corre- 
spondence with Europe — Artisans — Devout Literature 

— Missionary Laborers 15 2-1 61 



X Contents. 

QUESTIONS 56-65. 
Local Customs. 
Life of the Indian — Parturition — Infants — Water 
Courses — Fishing — Hunting — Game — Birds — Bears . 1 62-1 71 

QUESTIONS 66-81. 
Development of the Province. 
Indians, How to Avoid Irritating Them — Arts and 
Sciences, Introduction of — Settlers — New Colonies — 
— Suggestions — Arrangements — Regulations — Names 
of Towns in the Province — Commerce — Extension of 
the Kingdom of God — History — Traditions — Condi- 
tion — Project for a New Settlement 172-205 

QUESTIONS 82-SS. 
Information for Emigrants. 
Chief needs of America — Where Necessaries are to 
be Obtained — What to Bring from England and Hol- 
land — Who to Report to upon Arrival — Liberty to 
Return to Europe — Mechanics Most Needed . . . 206-213 

QUESTIONS 89-103. 
Indians. 
Burial of Dead — Oaths — Seventh Day — True 
Knowledge of God — Resurrection of Dead — Arms — 
Philosophers — Observation of the Stars — Extraordi- 
nary Phenomena — Motus — Millennium — Divers sects 
in Pennsylvania — How to Pacify the Indians — Names 
of Indians and Children 213-245 

APPENDIX. 
Notes and amplifications of Various Matters in the 
text 246-256 



ILLUSTRATIONS. 



PLATES. 

William Pen a Frontispiece 

Benjamin Furly Facing page 12 

Early Map Showing Swedish and Dutch Settlements. 20-21 

Title, Pastorius Beschreibung, Memmingen Reprint 

1792 " " 28 

Title, Pastorius Beschreibung, Crefeldt Reprint 1884 29 

Rev. Philip Jacob Spener " " 32 

Magister Johannes Kelpius " *' 36 

Rev. August Hermann Francke " " 39- 

Map of Pennsylvania and West Jersey " " 45- 

Wampum belt " " 121^ 

First Deed of the Indians to William Penn " " 140-^ 

Earliest Known Picture of Philadelphia 190 "^ 

Penn's " Second Settlement " 244-245- 

Falckner Arms " " 248 



ILLUSTRATIONS IN TEXT. 



Note. — The Head and Tail Pieces used in the body of the book, pp. 
45 to 245, are reproductions of the Edition of 1702. 



PAGE. 

Head Piece 5 

Arms, Sachse 5 

Arms, Penn 8 

Head Piece, Penn 8 

Autograph of Penn 9 

Tail Piece 12 

Head Piece 13 

Arms, Pastorius • 13 

Autograph, Pastorius 14 

Konneken MSS 15 

Title of Sichere Nachricht ... 18 

Title, Pastorius 20 

Tail Piece 21 

Head Piece and Vignette .... 22 



Autograph, Furly 23 

Title, Falckner 24 

Title, Pastorius . 26 

Title, Continuatio 27 

Autograph, Daniel Falckner . .32 

Kelpius' Diary 35 

Tail Piece 38 

Head Piece 39 

Halle Symbol 39 

Autograph, Francke 43 

Autograph, Sachse 44 

Seal of Pennsylvania-German So- 
ciety 44 



ii^ --< tm i mmmt - i Ttm mMwi iii ^ui c n 



!mu»m»^^iiin^iiiinip 




FOREWORD. 




O incident connected with 
the settlement of the 
grand old Commonwealth of 
Pennsylvania has aroused 
greater interest in the minds 
of the historian and the student 
than the migration of the Ger- 
man masses from the Father- 
land to Penn's province on the 
Delaware, beginning during 
the reign of King Charles the Second and extending 
with more or less regularity, according to the political 
and religious conditions of Western Germany, down 
to the early years of the third George. It was a tide of 
brawn and muscle, which sought to escape the persecu- 
tions at home, and here in the new world to found homes 
for themselves, their families and posterity, and erect in 
the wilderness altars for the worship of Almighty God, 
according to the dictates of their conscience, free and un- 
trammelled by any ecclesiastical or secular restrictions. 

The story of the two great migrations from Germany to 
Pennsylvania in 1709 and 1764 has been told in detail. 

5 



6 Curieuse JVackricht von Pennsylvania. 

The first one, known as the Massen aiisivanderiing or 
" Exodus of 1709" is exhaustively set forth in the seventh 
volume of the Proceedings of the Pennsylvania-German 
Society. That of the second great migration, in the year 
1764, will be found upon the pages of the Lutheran 
Church Review for the year 1903 and was compiled from 
original sources and documents by the present writer. 

Full and instructive accounts of the continuous general 
movement of the Germans to Pennsylvania are presented 
in the contributions to our history by fellow members of 
the Pennsylvania-German Society and printed in the pro- 
ceedings of that organization. 

It is not our present purpose to go over any of the ground 
already covered by the above investigators, but to bring to 
notice some new and additional matter, and direct atten- 
tion to the factor that set this great migratory stream in 
motion, one which has had so great and salutatory an 
effect upon the development, not only of Pennsylvania, 
but of the whole United States, which is now justly known 
as the great world power of the western hemisphere. 

This great factor is nothing less than a small duodecimo, 
but little known except to historians and collectors of rare 
books. So scarce is this little volume that it is seldom 
quoted by dealers in their lists of Americana or found in 
the antiquariat catalogues of Germany. In the only in- 
stance of the latter known to the writer the book was 
quoted at 250 marks, a sum equivalent to $62.50 of our 
money. 

Of the few known copies, one is in the collection of the 
Historical Society of Pennsylvania ; and others in that of 
the old German Society, Philadelphia Library Company, 
and in the collection of an ex-president of the Pennsyl- 
vania-German Society. 



An Original Manuscript. 7 

Heretofore nothing was known as to the conditions 
under which this book was written and pubHshed or who 
propounded the 103 questions, the answers to which, 
besides giving advice to the prospective emigrant and 
settler, present an insight into the life and habits of the 
Indians and the social conditions of Penn's Colony in its 
infancy, not to be found elsewhere. 

It was the good fortune of the writer, during his late 
search among the archives in the Fatherland, after records 
and material bearing upon the early history of this prov- 
ince, to find not only the original manuscript of this book, 
but also the original set of questions, as submitted to 
Daniel Falckner, the learned scholar and Pietist who had 
lately returned from the solitudes of the hermitage on the 
Wissahickon. This set of questions proved to be in the 
handwriting of no less a person than the celebrated divine 
and scholar, August Hermann Francke, who together with 
Spener was then at the head of the Pietistical movement 
in the Lutheran Church in Germany. 

A careful copy of this manuscript was made for the 
writer. This has since been compared with the printed 
version, which it appears differs slightly in some of its minor 
particulars from the original. Then again a few additions 
were made to the text, while a considerable portion of the 
prologue and text was omitted. The main features, however, 
remain the same in both versions. The account, as will be 
shown, went through several editions, which were issued 
simultaneously in Leipzig and Frankfort-on-the-Mayn. 




CHAPTER II. 
The Province of Pennsylvania. 




P 



PENNSYLVANIA was the 

best advertised province 
of all the original thirteen 
Colonies, and it was mainly 
due to the liberal use of 
printer's ink that the stream 
of emigration was aroused, 
and set in so strongly and 
steadily towards King Charles 
the Second's grant to William 
Penn, at a time when emi- 
gration to the New World was 
lagging. No professional pro- 
moter or land speculator of the present day could have 
devised any scheme which would have proved a greater 
success than the means taken b}^ William Penn and his 
counsellor Benjamin Furly to advertise his province among 
the various nations and conditions of men. It is quite 
piquant to picture the Society of Friends as the founders 
of American advertising. But such they were. 

By a reference to the list of title-pages printed in fac- 
simile in Volume VII., Proceedings of the Pennsylvania- 

8 



Penn^s ^^ Account" of the Province. 9 

German Society, it will be seen that no less than fifty-eight 
books, broadsides, and pamphlets, in English, Dutch, 
German and French are enumerated which bear upon the 
early settlement of Pennsylvania. 

The first four of these are by Penn and Furly, and are 
of a religious nature. We then come to William Penn's 
Some Account of the Province of Pennsylvania in America. 
This account was compiled by Penn and Furly from the 
best information then obtainable, and printed almost im- 
mediately after the grant received the royal confirmation 
in the year 1681. It^^was issued in English, German 
and Dutch, and was liberally circulated by Furly through- 
out Holland and the country adjacent to the Rhine. 




The pamphlet begins with a glowing account of the new 
province, setting forth the advantages offered by it to the 
husbandman and tiller of the soil. By way of comparison, 
Penn says that an improved acre in the Barbadoes is worth 
three times the value of an acre in England, and that in 
Virginia an acre of tobacco pays a clear profit of twenty- 
five pounds, besides twenty barrels of corn yearly. Thence 
Penn proceeds, as he states, "to give some account of his 
concerns." This section he divides under the following 
five heads : 

1. I shall say what may be necessary of the place or 
province. 

2. Touch upon the constitutions. 

3. Lay down the conditions. 

4. Give my sense of what persons will be fit to go. 



10 Cur tense Nach7'icht von Pennsylvania. 

5. What utensils, furniture and commodities are lit to 
carry with them, with the charge of the voyage, and what 
is first to be done and expected there for some time. 

Then follows an abstract of the grant by King Charles 
II., closing with an invocation, in which Penn says : 

"I beseech Almighty God to direct us, that his blessing 
may attend our honest endeavour, and then the conse- 
quence of all our undertaking will turn to the glory of his 
great name and the true happiness of us and our posterity." 

The whole matter formed a folio pamphlet of ten pages. 
This "Account" was at once translated by Benjamin Furly 
into German and Dutch. The former was printed by Cun- 
raden at Amsterdam, the Dutch version by Wynbrugge at 
Rotterdam. This was the earliest notice of Pennsylvania 
in German, and was reprinted two years later (1683) at 
Leipzig. To both of these translations, Furly, further to 
strengthen Penn's claims to German and Dutch recognition 
and to stimulate emigration from those countries, added a 
translation of Penn's " Liberty of Conscience." It was also 
reprinted in the Diarium Europacuni. 

About the same time (1681) an enlarged German version 
of Du VaPs Universal Geography was issued by Froberg 
of Niirnberg, giving some notice of Pennsylvania ; and also 
a French book, by Reinier Leers, at Rotterdam, which 
mentions Pennsylvania upon the title-page. 

By the aid of Furly's commercial and personal corre- 
spondents this literature was circulated throughout the Low 
Countries and in Germany, as far as Liibeck and Dantzic 
in the East and down the Rhine among the Palatines even 
into Switzerland. 

The first practical results from these advertisements are 
shown by the conveyance on March 10, 1682, of 15,000 
acres of land in Pennsylvania to Jacob Telner, Dirck Sip- 



Crefeld Purchasers . 1 1 

man of Crefeld and Jan Streypers of Kaldkirchen. These 
men were the first of the original Crefeld purchasers. 

Shortly afterwards (1682) Penn issued another advertise- 
ment of his province. It was a pamphlet of three and a 
half pages, two columns to a page, the object of which was 
to furnish information for prospective settlers of the differ- 
ent nationalities. 

The heading of the English version sets forth : 

Information and Direction to Such Persons as are in- 
clined to America^ More Especially Those related to the 
Province of Pennsylvania. 

This was also translated and issued in both German and 
Dutch. No German copy of this rare pamphlet is known, 
but a Dutch copy, lacking the last page and the imprint, 
was found among the Penn papers in the collection of the 
Pennsylvania Historical Society. It is endorsed : " Dutch 
information over Pennsylv." 

Another Dutch edition of this pamphlet, with a somewhat 
different heading, was issued in 1686. 

In the meantime Penn had printed the Articles^ settle- 
ment and offices of the free Society of Traders in Pennsyl- 
vania; also his Frame of the Government of the Prov- 
ince, etc., neither of which appear to have been translated 
into any other language. 

These issues were quickly followed by Penn's Brief 
accottnt of the Province of Pennsylvania, which was at 
once translated and published by Furly in Dutch, French 
and German. This was supplemented with Plantation 
zL'ork, the zvork of this Generation, which however does 
not appear to have been issued in any but the English 
tongue. 

Such was the literature that was being scattered broad- 
cast throughout the different countries to bring the province 



12 



Curieuse Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 



into notice, during the eighteen months that Penn had been 
in possession of his charter. 

While Furly was bending his efforts to induce emigra- 
tion to Penn's province chiefly among the non-orthodox 
sects, such as Sectarians and Separatists in Holland and 
Germany, Penn was completing his arrangements for going 
to his province. He finally sailed on the Welcome in 
August, 1682, arriving at New Castle on the Delaware on 
October 27, after a voyage of fifty-four days. 




CURIEUSE NACHRICHT VON PENNSYLVANIA. 





^, 



y?-#-^-r ^"'-^"-'I— ^^«^'-''^^^»^ 



BENJAHIN FURLY. 



RrRIL 13. 1636: D.NRRCM. I 7 I ^v. 




CHAPTER III. 



Francis Daniel Pastorius. 



^ YEAR later, August 
^^ i6, 1683, Francis 
Daniel Pastorius arrived 
at Philadelphia. He came 
out as the representative 
of a number of German 
Pietists who had acquired 
considerable tracts of land 
from Penn. Two months 
later he was followed by 
the first German settlers 
from Krisheim and Cre- 
feld, who arrived in the Concord, October 6, 1683. 

Up to this time the narratives and descriptions of the 
country were derived from verbal accounts and hearsay, 
obtained from diverse sources which were deemed by Penn 
and Furly to be reliable. The advent of Penn, Pastorius, 
the Crefelders and other settlers brought forth a new set of 
letters and authentic descriptions, direct from the New 

13 




14 Curieuse JVachricht voii Pennsylvania. 

World, giving personal experiences and accounts derived 
from actual observation. 

This class of literature v^^as destined to attract greater 
attention than the vague accounts heretofore published, 
and thus gradually to stimulate German emigration. 

• 

These missives were not all printed immediately, but 
were transcribed as soon as received by Furly, and copies 
were sent to leading Pietists and Sectarians in Germany 
and Holland who were interested in promoting the settle- 
ment of Pennsylvania, a colony where liberty of conscience 
was assured. Some of these persons in turn made new 
copies thereof, either in whole or in part, for their own use 
before passing the original transcript to others who were 
interested. Thus was the information of Penn's colony 
in its earliest days spread in the non-orthodox circles quickly 
and quietly. 

It was the good fortune of the writer, in one of his pil- 
grimages to the Fatherland, to discover in the Ministerial 
archives of Liibeck one of these manuscript volumes relat- 
ing to the early settlement of Penn's province. These copies 
were made by one Jaspar Balthasar Konneken, a book- 
seller of Liibeck (d. 17 15) scholar and Pietist, an intimate 
associate of the members who formed the Frankfort Com- 
pany. Konneken, as correspondent of Furly, took great 
interest in the settlement of Pennsylvania, and was only 
dissuaded from going out in 1683 or joining the colony on 
the Wissahickon in 1694 on account of his advanced age. 

He carefully copied and preserved the information sent 
him by Furly. Here we find : 



An Ijiteresting Manuscript. 



IS 




tt ^ ^ 






i6 Cicrieuse Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 

1. The letter sent by Pastorius to his parents, dated 
Philadelphia, March 7, 1684. 

2. Pastorius' report to the Frankfort Company of the 
same date. 

3. Letter from Benjamin Furly, 5th of 3 Mo., 1684. 

4. Missive from William Penn, Philadelphia, Aug. 26, 
1683. 

5. An account of the City of Philadelphia. 

6. Extract from a letter by Thomas Paskell, February 
10, 1683. 

7. Letter from Philadelphia, February 12, 1684, g^"^'^"g 
the earliest information from Germantown, written by one 
of the Op de Graffs. 

8. Extract from an open letter by Van der Walle from 
America. 

9. Letter from Penn to Furly, August, 1683. 

10. Letter from Philadelphia, Sept. i, 1683. 

11. Letter from Philadelphia, March 27, 1683. 

12. Letter from John Rodger Langwart to Peter Hen- 
dricks. 

Most of these missives were afterwards printed in whole 
or in part, but some are so excessively scarce that three of 
the most important among them were entirely unknown to 
Pennsylvania historians until brought to their notice several 
years ago by the present writer, when written copies were 
made of the German letters at his direction. A later com- 
parison, however, with the original manuscript showed so 
many discrepancies that photographic fac-similes were 
made of all the missives both German and Dutch, and 
these are now available to the American student. 

The first and most important of the above to be printed 
was Penn's Letter to the Committee of the Free Society of 
Traders, in 1683. This was quickly translated and issued 



German Letters from Pennsylvania. 17 

in Low Dutch, German and French. To these were added 
Holmes' Description of Philadelphia and Thomas Paskel's 
letter of February 10, 1683. A second edition of the 
Dutch version was published in 1684, as is shown by the 
Konneken manuscript. This publication was followed a 
year later by another advertisement by Penn, known as 
A further account of the Province. This was also printed 
in the Continental tongues. 

Next we have Pastorius' two missives, numbers one and 
two on the above list '} 

(i) Cojf>ia eines, von eineni Sohn an seine Eltern aus 
America abgelassenen Brieffes. Sub. Dato Philadelphia 
den J Martii^ 168^. 

(2) Sichere Nachricht aus Amerika, wegen der Land- 
schafft Pennsylvanien^ von ei7ien dor thin gereisten Deut- 
schen. Sub. dato y Martii, 1684. 

We also have two missives in Low Dutch, one from 
Joris Wertmuller, a Switzer, dated Germantown, March 
16, 1684, the other from Cornelius Bom, a cake baker, 
dated Philadelphia, October 12, 1684.^ These two letters 
were published by Pieter Van Wynbrugge at Rotterdam, 
and are undoubtedly the first accounts from actual German 
or Dutch settlers to be published. The above mentioned 
Pastorius missives not having been printed until the follow- 
ing year, the title reads as follows : 

Twee Missiven geschreveti uyt Pennsylvania a' Ene 
door een Hollander zuoonachtig in Philadeljia^ d' Andcr 
door Szvitzcr, zuoonachtig in German Town, Dat is Hoog- 
duytse Stadt. Van den 16, Jlfaert, 1684. Nieuwen Stij'l. 
tot Rotterdam, anno 1684.. 

^ Both of these missives are reproduced in facsimile and translation in 
Sachse's " I,etters from Germantown, 1683-1684." Liibeck and Philadelphia, 
1903. 

2 For translation of these two missives see Pennypacker's " Hendrick 
Pannebecker, 1674-1754," pp. 27-39. 



i8 Curiczise Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 





©ic^ere 5?ac6rlc^e a«0 America, xomxi Ux £at1^f(^a(ff 

dedato Philadelphia, t)CIJ7» Martii i6i^, 

filter /(^iifMi^en DHie^en^cIf fo tvol ar^au* imlnem?(&r(tieWt(5cn Serfpre^tien <fn 
CJ5cnuijciijUia'iTeii/roiirf;cwab'uiiit»f!4HD(i(tcradYifiren, h?t<iiiil)jrrt6 ;(tj ^leftjjec 
faitbcii rfcfiiiiben unt angemerctft^flbc/ untweKcn mir ni(t)tuiwiffeiib / fa^ l>urdS> 
uiigldrfic Didation ((jrer »k( Winter tiab' ii(t)t gcfiUret n?ur6cii / berfiftm ifft iuin tor-- 

flup/l)a^irf) nuto^npmtf)ej)ifa)fr5ct)«o^n<t)crf^{f(t!irt)«»3i»rfl6/ tJ^^c^ t>ic Ungc* 
m A(t)(irf}f cifcii l)cr !iXf ip uiiD ten SDian^el f)if figer »prouin6 / al^ txa ton intern m 

^ . ^«rii»'<^t?rfie(obr(nUb<rftuf t<ffelbcaamcii(l(()anfiUr(nwoUc::J)rtnuirt)»«lai^^^ 

All imineiimifniacapm incbr mxi mi\x waubclii iiiDfnSupflflpffditcf jeni^di/ wcKtieri'ltbcc 
2i3^jMint3iifc(acnrctncn^et(ramenUer<ii/ milSrti< VParbeir if!/ fluff Jflpirt)unfluff^&rlia)iuit 

*,n f.1'* 2?^i''il'^ ^!," ^"fe"^ '■'^^*^" ^''"^ff ©«farf/wef(^e (t(^er(t(t» fo tvol wf^cn ter ju kfi'ir^* 
f hJ%S i'^'^i'"'"'"^^^^^'^^^^'*''^'^ «"* t^fSf 11 b« r(^(e(tfcii nut ?)flrKn ©(^iffefofl/fcer l)ff(;^wet» 
l^i^i , a^> rtiJH eigfncr 'ecfa^ruu^ nun aieiniiit) t>erftc^f/»rfl^®fl\?it) im 1 07. 'PrflUn fagt / taf nwii 
mm Km -J^cnitrt)nuixt)'.c2Buiit)crtt>ercftc^-t)Srni / fonlxrn flurf)ll«ll©dfl^cPUHgcn)irtcr^t)er< 
rPii{)rcniucroflnicji>.u';jfoii)!<, Sann nKinc2ln()crorci^bc[<iiigcnWbin 1(6 mif 4. ^'iK(()t<n/i.?D?ag< 
S4:a/ 1. y.(.iDcrn uiiti ■ . 3urt<K:!/Ka i o. 3un. ton Senl abijCKcjelt , (jartcii ka gaiifjca 2Dc^ fiber iii«* 
!f "xJ'^^"'"''""'^f ' 2.(Smti5 <in(liiaiiC«ffl»oMb(en2Bint/»i€l®ttBrni'unl»2)onaer»t)(tter/au($ 
i«rbrart) ter toov tcrfic 2J]af! ju jwcijca nm«a/ro bap wjr cr(! fcjanm i o. 2Do(f)ca aU()t« arnvirt ; jrt)«^ 
iac cuo, h lat benif. S}iaffc;i<^fc(ten ^er^^ic^ct/ta^dnlacDidjeifllitcrflnftcro fomnwi. Sie^rT* 
feiccr/w<[(f)e Wa 6. Oct obr. fli{()ier flngclan^t/irflre a ebenfaW i o.!2B ortxn fliilf txr ©(f / unt m g(6iff 
cfl? mtt ccin uaRrn ton £)(al au^c^efa^rcn/ttflr 1 4. ^ag .'5ng« uatcrwcB^ / au(t) ffarbcn einlgc SKcn* 
R)ea oarautf. ©ctrttfcte Grcfcijcr ^(Jbfii auf^ iwifrtjea 9lotert)flm nnt (JatjeUaiii' fi-f crttflf^fcne 
Softer t)criorea/tt»c'(t)« 33 erdift jcbod) iwifitm (Sagdlant) unt) $eanrt(t)antcn niitt>er (Scburt ^weijer 
5ltap«<rr(|t»torren. 2luffuar«m6(^itf ^in^cgen if! aienifliiD toKstJerfabrca /flU(t)akinanD ^{bo-- 
rca/K. 5aft flilopAflTrtgicrgtraren €t(jrt)e'5<jij laag ©ectrantf/l(5abcrni(tnUcr 4. ©tunt/bcrcnf^c* 
q^iwyox 1'^ «ji.b«rii 2(cciJeiit(ca uaferttorffc a/td mit wmU) ti< ^we^ aupi^cftaiunc i6bea ubf r tinferet 
G(|ilft}(o^frt)icrmyiucf<ncia9errf;(agcn / tmt> '(^ ten?. 3u(. beonaittlKteii ©mrn^fouajeflumnj 
fluf Nduitfe tociren i?cfauca / Dflg irt)emt<ic'Ja4 ubcr l)(^ 55crr5bufca uuiffe. SicfcbcfbcSau 
(m; m:* aajtmct (ut tc^ erffca auffaHc ibrepottcririSt Dur(t).>crriau3c:iea gall?" unferer Urdrcra / w«(? 
<^cnaetm9arat>c:P / <iurf)to[c(ertcr jeaiaea / DiCKfeiatUf'^ni^ammcrt^aimciae^cxiliifefgaa^, 

Per vinos carus.&c <l\\(\\UfXiXi\^XkX!\\i'XiMiXW:^%W\is>i\^(SX\\^^^^ 

wa'6 wicrei autfncfttef/uat) jtiriicf bAlt/fcrniilt h?ir aiftt aaiifi(id) t>f rfaUca / m tea ?vbgruii& tf p 21r^m. 
©orciTBcrtmAlIcr ftc(;\'ct(tniaiTi3iiberflu§bai-(/ Jbonw^ 0flfrcr/r<f)(ug flinidbff^r flug/ tie eaglu 
g)c 2Jia>it) bflttc ba^ iiXot^tauf/ uiiD Sfflflf ^[«>rc(e,tcr fonfi Im auffcrlaftcn 21iiff ben nrtri) ter ffi^rcf* 
ncMani laiigftcn fcaraeter. ^atrc iAaifo etaen eiaV-tii ©rf^iff'-l^orriMI / wiea-'Of I'rt) flfleta toa lim 
4Ciu!*min(iii{iajej|t^truaferka^n3lir(f)cagcnomnKn/2c- ^laPclaSJoo'ggefcIIiDirinaig/uaBuat 
i«cn}iir j«iii)roita:ijgU{^fliif(t)ifl3m cuj«^ 2Bflaftf4)<^ juuj3i"«a ben?c^^ 

FACSIMir^E OF PRINTED VERSION OF PASTORIUS' " SICHERE NACHRICHT." 



Missive to Model ins. 19 

These publications were followed in the year 1685, with 
a more extended account of the Province by Cornelius 
Bom, and a Latin missive, descriptive of Germantown by 
Pastorius, dated Germantown, December i, 1688. It was 
sent to Dr. Modelius, a Professor at the University of Alt- 
dorf, and intended to attract the attention of the learned 
classes. It was not, however, published until April, 1691, 
when the missive was inserted in the Monatliche Unter- 
redungcn, a serial published by Wilhelm Ernst Tenzel, the 
celebrated royal Saxon historian and author, at that time 
Professor at the Gotha Gymnasium. The letters, however, 
failed to interest the learned classes to any extent at this 
time, nor is it known to have been translated or republished 
until the year 1700 when a portion of this letter was incor- 
porated by Pastorius in his Bcschreibtmg -von Pennsyl- 
vanicn, Contenta Liter ariun Francisci Danielis Pastor ii^ 
an Herrn Gcorg Leonhard Modeln, Rector em Sckolce 
Windsheimensis . The missive contains little that is new 
or of interest except the statement that within the five 
years past the population of Germantown has increased 
from 13 to 50. 

" Quanquam enim anno 1683. tredecim tantum inchoa- 
verimus, unius tamen lustri intervallo numerum excreve- 
runt quinquagenarium." 

Families, and not persons are evidently meant here, as 
in his letter of March 7, 16S4, he states that " twelve 
families (consisting of forty-two persons) already live 
there pleasantly," etc.^ 

He also makes mention of the German version of Penn's 
Account of the Province of Pennsylvania of 1681, and 
that he had gathered together in one volume, prior to his 



* Sachse's "Letters from Germantown, 16S3-16S4." Translation, p. 5, 
Facsimile, p. i. 



20 



Curietise Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 



f)oc&uiigeineme 




DC oftiniufn Safidorum Vkis 

I. Deomnium Pontic ctim Statutfs 

II. De ConCiliorum Decifionibus 

V. DeEpifcoprs & Patriairchis ConftaH* 
dnopolitanis^ 

!. X^cn 2lUer pipfte (BifcQ-. ginfu^nil^J 
{•Ton ^cr Ccncilten Sti'itt^Sopivung* 
[., Uoi; Oei]eiv23tf(^6ffca unb Patmrc^en 
SU (ronftantinopd. 

gum (5)nmbe 

©et !unfftfgl)tn noct)ferner bixrauf 

prssmittiret, 

FRANCISCUM DANIELEM 

PASTORIUN. J. IK L. 

@i:un5 angckgtcn /, unD nun mit gutcm 

Succefs aufeel)ent)en <gtai)t: 

GERMANOPOLI 

/tfMno CArii/?i -W. OC JtC 



TITLE PAGE OF PASTORIUS' "FOUR USEFUL TRACTS." 



CURIEUSE NACHRICh 




A DUTCH MAP SHOWING THE SWEDISH AND DUTCH SETTLEMENTS 

Engraved about 1665. 



'ON PENNSYLVANIA. 



^<x^_y 




THE WEST AND EAST SIDES OF THE SOUTH (DELAWARE) RIVER. 

Original in collection of J. F. Sachse. 



German Interest in the Province. 



21 



departure from Germany, several pamphlets bearing upon 
the province. These were evidently the different versions 
of Penn's "Account" and' other pamphlets published by 
Penn and Furly to advertise the province, and for his 
information and use in connection with the formation of 
the Frankfort Company. [Not printed in Frankfort as 
the quotation quod Francofurti typis excrifttmi foras 
frodiit; has led some students to believe.] 

German interest in Penn's colony gradually became 
aroused, especially in mercantile and pietistical circles. 
As a result we find the members of the Frankfort Com- 
pany taking a more active interest in their venture, as is 
shown by the celebrated agreement dated November 12, 
1686. 

This interest was accentuated by the publication, in 1690, 
of Pastorius' Vier Kleine dock tingemcine und schr Niitz- 
liche Tractdtlein^ followed two years later (1692) with a 
publication of his Kiirtze geographische Beschreibung, ap- 
pended to his father's sketch of Windsheim. This descrip- 
tion was reprinted in various periodicals of the day. 

Henceforth we have a number of German accounts and 
descriptions from settlers in Pennsylvania. 





CHAPTER IV 




CuRiEusE Nachricht VON Pensylvania. 

/^WING to the continued perse- 
^^ cutions of the Pietists in 
Germany, the attention of such 
leaders as Spener and Francke 
was serously turned towards Penn- 
sylvania as an asylum for German 
Pietists, and resulted in the send- 
ing out of the party under Magis- 
ters Kelpius, Koster and Daniel 
Falckner, who settled on the Wissahickon in 1694. 

From thence we have one of the most interesting and 
instructive missives from the province, dated August 7, 
1694. It was written by Johann Gottfried Seelig, a former 
secretary of the great Spener. The manuscript is still pre- 
served in the archives at Halle. It was printed in 1695 
and is exceedingly scarce. From this time onward we 
also have some controversial literature in which Koster 
and Pastorius figured, which was circulated in Germany 
and tended to advertise the Colony. 

Gabriel Thomas' " Historical Account " was published 
in London in 1698, and was by far the largest and most 
pretentious history of Pennsylvania thus far attempted. 



FraMcke's ^lestions. 23 

Almost simultaneously with its appearance in London it 
was issued in German in the interests of the Frankfort 
Company, and was followed in 1700 by Pastorius' Um- 
standige geographische Beschreibnrg. 

In the meantime Daniel Falckner had returned to Ger- 
many, arriving either late in 1698 or early in 1699, and 
reported the condition of the province to Furly at Rotter- 
dam and to the Pietistic leaders at Halle. 





While at the latter place. Rev. August Herman Francke, 
who was then at the head of the Pietistic movement in 
Germany, propounded seventj'^-three written questions to 
Daniel Falckner, relative to the voyage to America and 
the conditions of the country and its inhabitants, both Euro- 
pean and Indian. 

These questions were replied to by Falckner in writing 
in exhaustive answers, wherein he gives the results of his 
own experience and observations. His manuscript is pre- 
fixed with a lengthy preface or Praemonenda, showing 
that he was of the orthodox Lutheran faith. The whole 
closes with an extended scheme for a moral and religious 
communistic settlement or economy, based upon a capital 
of 4,000 Rix Dollars. 

Later on twenty-one additional pertinent questions were 
propounded to him as to certain conditions in the New 
World. These were also answered with an equal degree 
of frankness. Transcripts of these questions and answers 
were also made and circulated similar to the Konneken 
MSS. The original set of questions and answers, with 



24 



Curicuse Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 



|orl)en * America 

InnD nac!) obigeni l^aaDe Anno 1700, 

crtljeilef/unDnun Anno 1702 in Dcni^rucf 
gc^cbcn tvorbcn. 



netn/Profcflbrc, 

3" Pnbeii fee,, anbreag Otto/35H(5§5nM««|. 

3"! astt (JOcillj I78J. ^^ 



TITLE PAGE OF FALCKNER'S "ACCURATE TIDINGS." 



Falckncr : '■'■ Accurate Tidings.'" 25 

several fragments of the transcripts, however, remained in 
the archives at Halle, where they were found, examined 
and copied, after the lapse of two hundred years, by and 
under the direction of the present writer. 

Two years after the return to America of the Falckner 
brothers, as attorneys for the Frankfort Company, as well 
as Benjamin Furly, an edition of these questions and 
answers was published in the coloquial style of the period 
by the Frankfort Company. The printed copy as before 
stated differs in some particulars from the original manu- 
script, as some additional matter concerning the Indians 
was added, and the preface, which was really a religious 
dissertation, was greatly reduced. A translation of the 
title reads as follows : 

"Accurate tidings from Pennsylvania in Northern Amer- 
ica, which, at solicitation of good friends, regarding 103 pro- 
pounded questions, upon his departure from Germany to 
the above country, anno 1700, were imparted, and now, 
anno 1702, are given in print, by Daniel Falckner Profes- 
sor,* Citizen and Pilgrim in that very place." [Frankfort 
and Leipzig. To be found at Andreas Otto's, Publisher. 
In the year of Christ 1702.] 

Little did either Rev. Francke or Daniel Falckner at 
that time realize the worth of this contribution to our his- 
tory, or the factor this little book was destined to become 
in stimulating the German emigration; nor could they ever 
have imagined the financial value placed upon a copy of 
this book two centuries later. 

Pastorius' Ufnstdndige Geographische Beschreihung and 
Falckner's Curietise Nachricht were issued in several 
editions. In 1704 a new edition of both was published in 
one volume under the title : Continuatio der Beschreihung 

4 Of Religion. 



26 Curieuse JVachricht von Pennsylvania. 




PENSYLVA- 

AMERICA 
3n i>er OBcl! ^ ® eft S^legenv 

FRANCISCUM DANIELEM 

piasTORiaM. 

J. V. Lie; rnib gtieMJf '.iStilttm 

S0r6eDangel)eiic!ee jiii&tfiifge 110^' 

©Avei&en an Dejjen ^enrit 
fatten! 

MELCHIOREM ADAMUM 
PASTORIUM, 

Unt^ anOecc gut e greunoe* 

1 1 'm il III » I ■ ■ ■■ - ■ I . ■ !—.«««»—— 

TlTIvE PAGE OF PASTORIUS' GEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION. 



The Combined Accounts. 27 



CONTIN£I4TIO 



sylva; 

AMERICiE. 



Rclationcs. 
3n jtc^ baltent) : 

©ie Situation , un& gnicfttbarfett Dfg 

^luffe. :^ic 2(njal)t berei' bi^^ero oebauten ^tdbte. 
^!C leltiame ereoftiren an 2(>iwn/©«Jg<ln Jia&gJfc^en. 
JDic Mmeraiien Hn& (Siicltjefieinc ©ewu flnge^obrnen ttll» 

Die (r(tm ®bi'i/}n(^ti IDflan^et und Slo&aiicc 



•S5clcf;em Tradcldein nodb bei)9efu9eC (in& : 
>^$tt.DANIEL'FALCKNERS 

^urgcr^ uni> ^ilgrim^ in Penfylvania i93. 
SgeaiUivortuiigcn u/f vorgeleatc f^ragcn von 



Jrancf furt unb fi-eipug / 



TITI^E PAGE OF PASTORIUS' "CONTINUATION" TOGETHER WITH 
THOMAS' AND FALCKNER'S "ACCOUNTS." 



28 Ciirieitse Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 

del' Landschafft Pennsylvania (" Continuation of the 
description of the province of Pennsylvania "), to whicli 
was added a German translation of Gabriel Thomas'" Ac- 
count." This combination formed the most important early 
work on Pennsylvania published in the German language. 

It was these successive editions of Pastorius and Falck- 
ner's accounts that called the attention of the sturdy yeo- 
manry of the Fatherland to the advantages of Penn's col- 
ony, and started that great stream of emigration which at one 
time almost threatened to depopulate the Palatinate, brought 
thousands and thousands of Germans to our province and 
made Pennsylvania the great Commonwealth it is to-da}'. 

Stran_ge how little this work of Daniel Falckner was 
known to historians and writers on Pennsylvania histor}^ 
prior to the publication, by the Pennsylvania-German Soci- 
-ety, of the Narrative and Critical History, under the title : 
Pennsylvania: The German Tnjliience in its Settlement 
and Development. Its very existence was almost un- 
known, and still more that of its author, and is now for the 
first time fully brought to the notice of the public. 

How different is the case with the English version of 
Gabriel Thomas' "Account." The importance of the 
work has always been more or less recognized, essays 
have been written upon it ; quotations and extracts printed, 
and the work itself reprinted in both modern type and fac- 
simile so far back as 1848, and even at the time of writing 
a fac-simile copy, with annotations, is in course of publi- 
cation in one of our Western States. 

Yet the works of Pastorius and Falckner, which exer- 
cised a much greater effect in inducing the emigration of 
desirable settlers, have thus far, with a single exception, 
failed to find a champion to suggest a reprint or a fac-simile 
reproduction of these valuable works. 



CURIEUSE NACHRICHT VON PENNSYLVANIA. 



©eograp^ifc^.'jlattjTifc^e 

S5 e f (^ r e i b u It 3 

hit ^toi)irts 
u n 




3m Mueiiig mit 9Inmerfuntjcii. 

9Jl e m m t n g c n, 

I 7 9 2» 



FASTORIUS' BE5CHRE1BUNG. 

FflCSmiLE TITLE OF nENMINQEfi EDITION OP 1792. Rti HERETO- 
FORE UNKNOWN UERSION, POUND AFTER THE FREFflTORY CHAPTERS 
TO THE PRESENT WORK WERE WRITTEN. 



ORIGINAL IN COLLECTION 



CURIEUSE NACHRICHT VON PENNSYLVANIA 



^(fdirriliung son Itriuiftiltiaiurn. 



92 a d; b i [ b ini g 

tifv in Srrtnlfuvt a.jTl. im ^jn^rc 1700 cvfdjietKiifii 

Driginal^5lu6gaIJe. 



CT 




^erouSgegeben 



uom 



(Urcfelbfr herein fur iuilTeurd)aftlid)e l^ortragf. 

3Wit ciner ©inleititng 
Don 



-S^:^- 



Stud con Aramet & SBaum. 
1884. 



FASTORIUS" BE5CHREIBUNC. 

FRCSiniLE TITLE OF CREFELDER REPRINT OF iSS'i. 

ORIGINAL IN COLLECTION OF JULIUS F. SACHSE. 



A Pastor ins Refrint. 29 

It is true that Pastorius and his works in America did 
find an able champion in our late lamented Dr. Oswald 
Seidensticker who, it may be said, was the first to properly 
introduce Francis Daniel Pastorius to the American public 
and tell his story of Germantown without, however, bring- 
ing about any reissue of his books. The only instance 
when any such attempt was made was that of the late 
Friedrich Kapp of Germany who, inspired by the accounts 
of the bi-centennial celebration, in different parts of the 
United States, October 6, 1883, of the landing of the Cre- 
felders in Pennsylvania, induced the Crcf cider Vcrcin filr 
Wisscnschaftliche Vortrdge in Germany to republish Pas- 
torius' '■'■ Bcschreibung''' of 1700. To this Kapp added an 
introduction, which was mostly a reprint of Seidensticker's 
Erste Detiischc Eiwivandcriing. 

The addition, however, was a small one and the book 
cheaply gotten up. It is now out of print and almost 
unknown. 

Far more important for furthering German emigration 
than either the works of Pastorius or Thomas, was Falck- 
ner's Curieuse JVachrichl, which gave more authentic infor- 
mation than any of his contemporaries as to the state of the 
province, the social and domestic affairs of the settlers, and 
the habits of the Indians, of which Governor Penn3-packer, 
in his "Settlement of Germantown," says : "I know of no 
other such graphic description." 

The combining of the three works in a single volume 
was a wise provision of the Frankfort Company and shows 
the acumen of the leading spirits of that organization. 

There were other books printed both in German and 
English during the same decade, advertising the province. 
A full list of these, together with fac-similes of title-pages 
and descriptions of each, can be found in my Father- 



30 Ctwieuse Nachi'icht von Pennsylvania. 

land, in the seventh volume of the Proceedings of the 
Pennsylvania-German Society. 

In the following pages the whole of the original manu- 
script of Daniel Falckner's Curieuse Nachricht will be 
given both in the original German and a translation, with 
annotations by the writer. Where the printed version 
differs from the original manuscript both versions will be 
given, thus enabling the reader to make his own compar- 
ison and deductions. 





CHAPTER V. 
Daniel Falckner. 




^ANIEL FALCKNER, 

author of our Ciiriease 
JSfachricht, Citizen and Pil- 
grim in Pennsylvania, in 
Northern America, as he 
signs himself therein, was 
born November 25, 1666, was 
the second son of Rev. Daniel 
Falckner, the Lutheran pas- 
tor at Langen-Reinsdorf (for- 
merly known as Langen- 
Rhensdorf and Langeramsdorf),near Crimmitschau, parish 
of Zwickan, situated in that part of Saxony formerly known 
as the Markgravate of Meissen, and was a scion of an old 
Lutheran family. His ancestors on both sides had been 
ordained Lutheran ministers. 

His grandfather, Christian Falckner (died November 5, 
1658), as well as his son, Daniel Falckner (died April 7, 
1674), father of the subject of our sketch, were both pas- 
tors of Langen-Reinsdorf. Pastor Daniel Falckner, the 

31 



32 Ctiriensc JVachricht von Pennsylvania, 

elder, was a man well versed in many branches of learn- 
ing besides theology, as his library, an extensive one, 
contained works upon almost every branch of the arts, 
sciences, philosophy and history, besides the theological 
works of the day. This great collection was kept intact 
until the year 1704, when it was sold at auction. A printed 
catalogue of this library, which forms a book in itself, is 




^X?lO/ 



still preserved in the great Stadt Bibliothek of Bremen, 
and was examined by the writer during the past summer. 

Thus it will be seen that the children of Dominie 
Falckner had exceptional facilities for obtaining knowl- 
edge at that early day. 

From data that have come down to us, we learn that the 
subject of our sketch, during his early life, was not of a 
robust nature, as he was a weak and sickly child from the 
time of his birth, a condition which changed but little until 
he came to Pennsylvania, where he himself credits the 
improvement in his physical condition to the out-door life 
and exercise in the New World. It will be further noted 
that in the very introduction to his Curictise JSTachricht he 
makes mention of his " bodily ailments." 

The connection of Daniel Falckner with the German 
Pietists dates from almost the very commencement of the 
movement which opposed the rigid and externalized ortho- 
doxy in the Lutheran churches in Germany during the 
close of the Seventeenth Century. 

From the correspondence between Spener and Francke, 
still preserved in the archives of the Halle Orphanage, it 



CURIEUSE NACHRICHT VON PENNSYLVANIA. 




^$^~^<i^ymh :J tntyore cflccejjto cvVohis <./^CtlS KJjcauaiticnem <yrla.turat 
V, Z'h XVigXVll i-^ ib^ali ^SsaXLlXsn . Gov. VI z 1'.* i.'A7\ -j. 



-rr^^'-'- 






PHILIFF JAKOB SPE/NER. 

P>. JAN. II, 1635; D. FEB. 5. 1705. 



Spener^s Tntej-cst in Pcnii's Colony. 33 

appears that Daniel Falckner, the same as both Spener and 
Francke, was imbued at the very outset with a belief in the 
visions and supernatural powers of several ecstatic maidens, 
such as Rosamunda von Asseburg, Anna Maria Schuckart 
alias the Erfurth Prophetess and Magdalena Elrichs. 
Further that even Daniel Falckner himself at times went 
into a state of ecstasy seeing visions and making enraptured 
exhortations. A condition from which he was awakened 
by the austere Koster. This fact is commented upon by 
Spener in a letter to Francke, dated Berlin, May 6, 1693, 
some months before the Kelpius party sailed for Pennsyl- 
vania, wherein it says : " Thus has Henry Koster brought 
Herr Falckner so far that he now has no further ecstasis. 
He has also told how he came thereto, and how he himself 
could by intense imagination awaken divine matters. And 
that as he now intends differently and seeks a better path, 
he is more calm." 

It was not until nine months after this letter was vvritten 
by Spener that the long cherished plan of founding a 
colony of German Pietists in Pennsylvania was consum- 
mated, and the start was made by the party of religious 
enthusiasts from Germany to Pennsylvania by way of 
England. 

Many had been the difficulties in bringing this cherished 
object to a final stage of success. Even at the last moment, 
when all were ready to embark, Magister Zimmerman 
died. This, however, did not deter the party, who con- 
tinued the voyage under the leadership of Magisters 
Kelpius, Koster and Falckner. 

There is one important fact in our history that has thus 
far failed to attract proper attention. This is nothing more 
nor less than the interest the great Spener took in the 
success of the German settlement of Pennsylvania. From 



34 Curieusc Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 

letters and memoranda which have come down to us it 
appears that Spener and Pastorius were in close touch 
during the early days of the latter's residence in German- 
town, and that Spener kept himself well informed as to 
the state of the Germans in Pennsylvania. That this inter- 
course ceased upon Pastorius' joining the Qviaker fold be- 
comes apparent from Spener's letter of August i, 1689, viz. : 

" I do not remember having heard anything of Herr 
Lie. Pastorius since I am here. But would be much 
pleased if one of his pamphlets should come to my notice.^ 
Such as take their refuge thither, I leave to their own opin- 
ions. I could not advise anyone to flee, before the Lord 
drives us out. Thus it appears that yonder place is as 
liable to come into danger, as any other. As it stands, the 
present English disturbances may also cause some changes 
there. 

"About Herr Penn it has already been reported for some 
time among his own people, that he is not by far what he 
formerly was. 

" My thoughts are to remain at all times where the Lord 
places us, and to remain there so long as he permits, and 
to go whenever he commands us to go. Upon such paths 
I am surely safe."" 

Magister Kelpius writes in his Diary that on Monday, 
the seventh day of January, 1694, He, being convinced by 
God, resolved upon going to America, his companions being 
Heinrich Bernhard Koster, Daniel Falckner, Daniel Lutke, 

^ Pastorius' Latin missive to Modelius of December, 1688, is evidently indi- 
cated here ; so far as known this was not published until April, 1691. 

^ Philipp Jacob Speners, D. Theologische Bedencken, und andere Brief- 
fliche Antworten auff geistliche, sondern zur erbaung gerichtete materien zu 
unterschiedenen zeiten aufJgesetzt, und auff canguirthriges anhalten Christ- 
liche freunde in einige ordnung gebracht und herausgegeben. Dritter Theil 
Halle, in Verlegung des Waysen-hauses, 1702. From copy in Ev. Luth. Semi- 
nary, Mt. Airy, Philadelphia. 



Magjstcr Kelp ins. 



OD 



'^J>'^ fnn*t^u ^i^;r '^ ^'^y ^ ^^^jf^^^ 
Atffttx ^'•*** »^r** <^^0 ;^4tK^rot*f. 






















nCiVPn* h*>r-T^T»*t -VfiUfvi ^P'a.'^ ""••/ 



facsimile; of first page of magister kelpius' diary. 



^6 Cur /e use JVachricht von Pennsylvania. 

Johan Seelig and Liidwig Biederman, together with about 
forty other companions, some of whom Kelpius says were 
numbered and others convinced by God, in Germany, and 
had in the preceding 3^ear resolved upon that voyage. He 
then states that on Wednesday, February 7, he engaged 
for them the ship Sara Maria Hofezuell, Captain John 
Tanner, for seven English pounds of silver, which was paid 
out on board one week later, the company having em- 
barked on Monday, February 12, but Kelpius did not join 
the Sara Maria at Gravesend until the 13th. It was upon 
the next day when the money was paid and the anchor 
raised, and the good ship, the Sara Maria, carrying a crew 
of thirty mariners and an armament of fourteen guns, com- 
menced on her voyage to America. 

The vicissitudes of the party, however, were many, the 
dangers of Goodwin Sands, storms in the channel, and 
visits of the press gang were happily passed. It was not, 
however, until Friday, April 15, when the English coast 
was lost to sight. 

There is but little mention of Daniel Falckner in this 
Diary except that on Friday, February 15, both Kelpius 
and Falckner's apprehensive minds presaged evils with a 
fortunate outcome. These proved to be, first, a visit of 
the press gang, and later the miraculous escape from 
destruction on the Goodwin Sands. When Falckner, 
filled with the spirit of God, poured forth fervent thanks- 
giving : "Praised be the name of the Lord forever! 
Amen ! Hallelujah !" 

Toward the close of the Diary on Sunday, June 17, 
Kelpius enters a memorandum : 

" The memorable excommunication of Falckner by 
Koster and that of Anna Maria Schuckart, the Prophetess 
of Erfurth." 



ClIRIEUSE NACHRICHT VON PENNSYLVANIA. 





FORTRftIT OF JOHANNES KELF1U5. 

BY CHRISTOPHER WITT IN 1705, 

BELIEUED TO BE THE EARLIEST fiMERlCAN FORTRBIT IN OIL. 



Scheme for Communal Settlement. 37 

This entry in the Kelpius Diary has always been a 
conundrum to students of Pennsylvania-German history, 
and has led some to suppose that the woman was among 
the passengers on the ship. 

How Daniel Falckner came to Pennsylvania with this 
party headed by Magister Kelpius in 1694 and settled on 
the Wissahickon, has been fully told in my volume on the 
German Pietists in Provincial Pennsylvaftiay and need not 
be repeated here. Suffice it to say, as before stated, that 
late in 1698 or early in 1699 he was sent as an emissary 
from the Pietists on the Wissahickon to the Fatherland, to 
make known the true state and spiritual condition of the 
Germans who had emigrated to Pennsylvania ; and to set 
forth the labors of the Pietistical brethren among their 
countrymen in America, and solicit aid and additional re- 
cruits, so that the perfect number of forty could be kept 
intact, and at the same time could extend their usefulness 
in educating their neglected countrymen in Pennsylvania 
and Virginia.^ 

Another important scheme then under consideration was 
the emigration of the members of the Philadelphian 
Society in a body from England and the Continent to set- 
tle in Pennsylvania, and there found a colony or colonies 
where their peculiar teachings should be their only law. 
And it may easily be inferred that the plan fully outlined 
in his manuscript and touched upon in the printed version 
for a Communal Settlement in Pennsylvania upon a cash 

' As a matter of fact there were German settlements in Virginia prior to the 
beginning of the XVIII. century, as both Koster and PetrusSchaffer journeyed 
there about the time when Daniel Falckner sailed for Europe. This interest- 
ing fact is proven by a manuscript report in the Halle archives from Rev. Pet. 
rus Schaffer to Rev. August Herman Francke. He also states that he sent a 
complete history of Virginia to Halle (1699) and requests that it be published. 
Thus far this interesting manuscript has not been found in the Halle'archives. 

J. F. S. 



38 Curieuse Nachr icht von Pennsylvcuita. 

capital of 4000 Rix Dollars alludes to the above scheme, 
if it does not virtually give us some insight into the plan 
upon which the original settlement of Kelpius and his as- 
sociates on the Wissahickon was organized. 

It is unnecessary here to follow the course of emissary 
Falckner while upon his visit to the Fatherland : how he 
reported to Benjamin Furly the Rotterdam merchant, who 
did so much to promote German emigration, and was sub- 
sequently, together with his younger brother, Justus, made 
attorney in fact, for Furly's holdings in America ; or how 
the Frankfort Company dismissed Pastorius and substi- 
tuted Falckner, Kelpius and Jawart as attorneys to take 
charge of and protect their interests in Pennsylvania. All 
these facts are matters of history and have been fully told 
in previous publications. 

For our present purpose we shall confine ourselves to 
the chief result of his visit to Halle on the Saale, which 
was then the great center of German Pietism and religious 
thought, with Francke as its leader. 




CURIEUSE NACHRICHT VON PENNSYLVANIA. 




AUQUST HERMAN FRA/NCKE. 

B. LUBECK, MAR. IZ, 1663; D. HALLE. JUNE 8. 17Z7. 




CHAPTER VI. 
August Hermann Francke. 




H 



UGUST HER- 
MANN FRAN- 
CKE not only con- 
cerned himself with the 
evangelization or reli- 
gious condition of Ger- 
many, but of America 
and the East Indies as 
well. This is attested 
by the voluminous cor- 
respondence with Cot- 
ton Mather in New 
England ; Falckner in 
Pennsylvania ; Schaf- 
er in Virginia ; Bart- 
let in Rhode Island, and many others in various places, 
much of which is still preserved in the archives of the 
Glaucha Institution. 

Accordingly, when Daniel Falckner arrived in Halle, 
he was cordially received by the elder Francke, and in- 
stalled at the newly opened orphanage at Glaucha, then a 

39 



40 Curieuse Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 

suburb of Halle. The emissary from Pennsylvania was 
requested to render an account of his stewardship, the re- 
sults obtained by the Pietistical community on the Wissa- 
hickon, and finally as before stated to give accurate infor- 
mation of the affairs, both civil and religious, in far-off 
Pennsylvania, with special reference to such as might be- 
come inclined to transport themselves hither. 

For this purpose Francke presented the questions in 
writing to Falckner which were intended to cover the 
whole field. These interrogations and the answers by 
Daniel Falckner cover no less than one hundred and 
ninety-seven folio pages. 

It is these documents, to which attention is now called, 
together with the printed version, which proved so impor- 
tant a factor in guiding the great stream of German emi- 
gration to Penn's province on the Delaware. 



Daniel Falckner, although one of the prominent charac- 
ters during the second decade of Germantown's existence, 
little was known of his career to students and historians 
in this country, as a scholar, pietist, landagent, bailiff, 
attorney and pastor, until some ten or twelve years ago, 
when the present Governor of Pennsylvania was compiling 
the work known as The Pennsylvania Colonial cases. 
Wherein for the first time appeared in print Pastorius' 
biased account of his difficulties with John Henry Sprogel 
and incidentally with Daniel Falckner, thus bringing this 



Daniel Falckner. 



41 



learned pioneer and pietist into public notice after a lapse 
of two centuries. Unfortunately in this as in other manu- 
scripts, Pastorius places his successor in office as bailiff 
and attorney for the Frankfort Land Company in anything 
but a favorable light. Pastorius, himself says that this 
was written in 17 13 while he was confined to his bed 
with a serious illness. It will be noted that this account 
{exemplum sine exempio) was written from five to six years 
after Daniel Falckner had left the province and taken 
charge of several German Evangelical Lutheran Congre- 
gations on the Miihlstein and Raritan, in East New Jersey. 
Then again as this manuscript, which Pastorius evidently 
intended to print, was never made public by him as he 
may have been deterred by the fear of legal prosecu- 
tion ; the accused party had no means of making any 
defense against the secret defamation. Thus the matter 
remained hidden during all this lapse of years, and when 
finally brought to light in Pennypacker's Colonial cases, it 
pictured this German pietist and scholar, before the legal 
world, in anything but a favorable light, " as such a 
spendthrift and ever-drunk, ever-dry, that he made bone 
fires of the companies flax in the open street at German 
town, giving a bit of silver money to one lad for lighting 
his tobacco pipe, and a piece of eight to another for show- 
ing him a house in Philadelphia, which in his sober fits he 
knew as well as his own." 

Under this dark cloud the memory of Daniel Falckner 
was obscured until the writer in gathering material for the 
publication of his German Pietists and investigating the 
story of the German mystics, who settled on the banks of 
the romantic Wissahickon in the year 1694, found material 
which threw an entirely different light upon the life and 
character of Daniel Falckner, the writer of the Curieuse 



42 Cttrieiise Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 

Nachricht von Pennsylvanien^ a work which proved one 
of the most effective means to induce German emigration 
to Pennsylvania. 

Further a careful perusal of the preface of Falckner's 
answers to Francke's interrogations as found among the 
manuscripts in the archives at Halle, and now for the first 
time reproduced and translated, will give the best insight 
into Daniel Falckner's moral and religious bent, while 
his answers to both manuscript and printed versions will 
show the careful student, observer and scientist. 

In fact, all of the documentary evidence we now have 
of this early pioneer goes to refute the slanders heaped 
upon him by the so-called founder of Germantown. 

Another point in favor of our claim for this German 
pietist is that notwithstanding the slanders and defamations 
heaped upon him by Pastorius, a large tract of land some 
distance above Germantown, peopled by German settlers, 
was at that very period named after this same defamed 
pioneer, and more than that, the church within this tract, 
of which he undoubtedly was the founder, the oldest Ger- 
man Lutheran congregation in America, even down to the 
present day, after the lapse of two hundred years is known 
as the Falckner Swamp Ev. Lutheran Church, a far greater 
monument to his honor and worth than any granite shaft 
or brazen tablet. 

In bringing this matter again before the public after the 
lapse of two centuries, the following course has been 
decided upon. As there is some difference between the 
original manuscript and the printed version, both versions 
will be used in the present edition. The published version 
of 1702 will be printed in heavy German type, any varia- 
tions or omissions from the original manuscript being in- 
serted in brackets and printed in Roman type. The Ger- 



Conclusion. 



43 



man version will appear upon the left hand pages, with my 
translation opposite, so far as possible upon corresponding 
lines. Variations as to numerical arrangement between 
manuscript and printed version are carefully noted, the 
whole being amplified by explanatory notes by the trans- 
lator. 

Thus the student, historian and investigator of the 
future can judge impartially and satisfy himself of both 
meaning and intent of the pious emissary who compiled 
this information, as well as the correctness of the trans- 
lation now presented, which in every case adheres to the 
original manuscript in preference to the printed version, 
with the chief aim in view of reproducing as nearly as pos- 
sible the meaning, phraseology and idiom of the original. 

It is a matter of congratulation that this reprint is issued 
under the auspices of the Pennsylvania-German Society, 
an organization composed exclusively of descendants of 
the early German emigrants who came to Pennsylvania 
during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Many 
of whose ancestors were led by this very book to forsake 
the Fatherland with its tyrannies and oppression, and come 
to the sylvan groves of Penn's Province, build up their 
homes and erect the altars of their faith and enjoy the per- 
sonal and religious liberty of the great Quaker experi- 
ment, and at the same time become powerful factors in 
the formation of the grand old Commonwealth of Penn- 
sylvania. 



^^^d^^J^ 



i^ije^^U^_^ 



Phii.adei,phia, October 6, 1903, being the two 
hundred and twentieth anniversary of 
the landing of the Crefeldt pioneers. 




44 



Curieufe ^<t$nSt 

Don 

PENSYLVANIA 

in 

XVeicbef 

2luf 55e9e|)rcn guferSreun&c:/ 

bee Docgelegte 103. %t^ 

gen / bet) fauer 2Jtnei6 au6 ?ewf(|>^ 

InnD nad) obigem IfanDe Anno 1700^ 

evtljeilcf/unDnun Anno iToainDcn^rucf 

gcjjcbcn worben» 

Von 

S5amel ^alfnecn/Profcflbrc, 

Surgennmb g)l(qrim aUDa. 



45 






The Seventy-three Original Questions, together 
WITH THE Twenty-two Additional Ones, Pro- 
pounded BY Rev. August Hermann Francke to 
Daniel Falckner Upon His Return from Pennsyl- 
vania TO Germany in the Year 1699 — as they 
Appear in the Halle Manuscript.^ 



(i) I. 2Bic iiic 0lctfc noc^ 5(mcnca onpftcttcn ? 

(2) II. 2Bic man fiii^ auf bcr 9lci[c ju tJcr^attctt? 

(3) III. SSic ttton fi(^ iiie Oleifc rcjl^t 3tt ttu^ ju ma^ctt ? 

(4) IV. Wit mott in f^cctc auf iicr Olcifc ^^ ju fcincm 

botl^akttlictt Stoeif in 5(mcrica xt^\fr(Bfa- 

rircn fiinnc? 

(5) V. SSofiir Wttn jii| auf tier ^cifc gu ptcn ? 

(6) VI. 23So^ ttuf iicm @j|iffc tocgen umpng wit ftcn 

@jl^ifflcutett in o^t ju nc^mcn ? 

(7) VII. SSti^tocfiCtt iicr ©li^iffi obcr ®ccs^rottf|cit in 

a^t 3U nel^men ? 

(8) VIII. SBic jungc ficutc, iiic cinmo^l ba^in foffcu ju 

bcton^tcm gtocrf, ouf allc SBcifc iittju ju 

frcefariren fe^tt ? 

(9) IX. SBa§ Jet) iict Stnfunft in ^ennf^tticttitt obcr 

S^ttQinictt JU observiren ? 



* The bracketed numerals refer to corresponding questions in the printed 
version. 

46 






The Seventy-three Original Questions, together 
WITH THE Twenty-two Additional Ones, Pro- 
pounded BY Rev. August Hermann Francke to 
Daniel Falckner Upon His Return from Pennsyl- 
vania to Germany in the Year 1699 — as they 
Appear in the Halle Manuscript.^ 

(i) I. How to contrive for a voyage to America. 

(2) II. How to conduct oneself upon the voyage. 

(3) III. How one may rightly turn the voyage to 

profit. 

(4) IV. How one may rightly prepare himself dur- 

ing the voyage for his intended purpose 
in America. 

(5) V. What one has to beware of on the voyage. 

(6) VI. What one has to be mindful of in his inter- 

course with the sailors and crew. 

(7) VII. What is to be observed concerning ship or 

seasickness. 

(8) VIII. How young persons, who intend going there 

for any specific purpose, are to be prop- 
erly prepared. 

(9) IX. What is to be observed upon the arrival in 

Pennsylvania or Virginia. 



^ The bracketed numerals refer to corresponding questions in the printed 
version. 

47 



48 ^urieufe ^lad^tiii^t Un ^cnitftjlDania. 

(10) X. SBic mtttt fi^ fiitfiii^ttg unii unaitftij^ig gcgctt 

bie mani^erle^ 8ectcn bort t)er^a(ten foUe ? 

(11) XI. SBie man fi(^ tiort am kjten cinriti^tcn fiinne 

jur information, jur §on^s5(rkit, jur 
§on^^aItunQ, :c. 

(12) XII. ^a^'Qtv(Sh)mi'Q^tli\Ot%tn'bOttlUodscrvzrejiP 

(13) XIII. SBSic Hie fiuft Jiort SommcrS unJi JBSintcrS Us 

fj^ttjfcn? 

(14) XIV. !SBon Jjcr fertilitct iic§ SanJJc§. 

(15) XV. 2Bo§iio§Cttnlifiirtytit(i^tcnnii@ctotti^8 9icbct. 

(16) XVI. 2Sic fi^ H tilt ^nvopdcx, unti nuf toie untcrs 

[(^iciienc SBcifc fic fii^ ne^rcn? 

(17) XVII. 2>on iicn SSiliicn, i^rcn nntioncn, 5(n3o|I, 

@|irtt$cn. 

(18) XVIII. 23Sic mit i^ncn nmpQc^cn ? 

(19) XIX. SSa§ i(jrc Sngcniicn uniJ Saftcr fc^n? 

(20) XX. 2Bic fit too^ncn, unii toic tatii iiic §iittcn ton 

cinanticr ? 

(21) XXI. 23Sic fie fidj ne^ren? 

(22) XXII. SSie fie iien Xa^ juiringen, SWiinncr, SBeiier 

nnii tinier ? 

(23) XXIII. JBBie fie i|re tinier etjie^en ? 

(24) XXIV. SaBie fie fil^ t)Cr^et)tttt$cn, qidbtis ceremoniis, 

nnii 06 fit foly garni? 

(25) XXV. Cb fie aa§ gntc kto^nen, nnii iia8 biifc beftros 

fen, nnii loie? 

(27) XXVI. S$on i^rem Stegiment, ob fie eincn oiiet biet 

-tiinige ? uni) ob fie ifeinen anbcren SWagis 
ftrat? nnti iier ♦tiinig fcine Mhiistros, 
foniiern gan^ allein rcgiere ? 

(28) XXVII. saSorinncn iiie ^iinig U\i aniern nnterf(|ieiien 

fet|n, in ^(ei^ung, SBo^nung, aufferHdjer 

aiitoritdt etc ? 



Falckner's ^'•Ctirieiise Nachricht.'''' 49 

(10) X. How to conduct oneself there circumspectly 

and inoffensively toward the divers sects. 

(11) XI. How best to establish oneself, and concern- 

ing information about domestic affairs and 
the household. 

(12) XII. What is to be observed regarding one's 

health. 

(13) XIII. How the climate is constituted there in sum- 

mer and winter. 

(14) XIV. Regarding the fertility of the country. 

(15) XV. Of the sorts of fruits and vegetables the 

country produces. 

(16) XVI. How the Europeans support themselves, and 

the various ways in which they earn their 
livelihood. 

(17) XVII. Of the savages, their nations, numbers and 

languages. 

(18) XVIII. How to establish intercourse with them. 

(19) XIX. What are their virtues and vices? 

(20) XX. How they live, and what distance their 

cabins are apart. 

(21) XXI. How they support themselves. 

(22) XXII. How men, women and children spend the 

day. 

(23) XXIII. How they rear their children. 

(24) XXIV. How do they marry, with what ceremonies, 

and whether they are polygamous. 

(25) XXV. Do they reward the good and punish the 

evil, and how? 
(27) XXVI. Of their government. Have they one or 
many kings ; have they any other mag- 
istrates, and the king any ministers, or 
do they rule absolutely alone? 



50 ^uricufc 9ltt(^nii^t )ion ^cnn\\}{Mnh, 

(29) XXVIII. 2Bic iiencn 2Bi(iictt cinigc ^iinftc unii SBiffens 

(30) XXIX. 23Sic i^nen titoa cinigC frincifia generalia 

religionis kt| JU brtttflcn ? 

(31) XXX. Wit man i^ncn realitcr baS Tc^tf^offene 

SflJcfctt cittc§ 6|n|tctt Dor ^(ugcn ftcCcit 
Idnnc, iia^ i^nen tiaS :i^t(i^t in tiie $(ugen 
(cu(^tc, unii einigc ^^untfcn in intern ©cs 
miit^c ertocrfc ? 

(32) XXXI. 23Sic mott mc^nc iia§ iiic SBiliicn in Americam 

lommcn nnii jtonr bic untcrfj^iciicncn ««- 

t lone 3 ? 

(33) XXXII. SKic iicn SBiliicn bic 3^cntf^c obcr ^nglijii^c 

®|ito(i^c bc^ ju firingcn ? 

(34) XXXIII. Cb ni(^t bc^ i^rcn -^inicrn fotd^cS ongc^c ? 

(35) XXXIV. Ob nirfjt fromme Scntfii^c liott \\xt ^inber 

mit lyreunlili^feit an fi(^ ^a(ten, uni) krges 
ftalt 3ur ®|ira^e anlciien fdnncn. 

(36) XXXV. llnl) ob i^ncn niri^t nnf fo((|e SBcifc gutc^m/- 

cipa timoris Dei bc^ 3U btingcn ; iiaronf 
noi^ fcrncr nai^ unti na(^ guteg ju erbauen ? 

(37) XXXVI. Cb nid^t auf iiicfc SBcifc iuri^ tiic ^inbcr 

ani^ iiic ^(tctn yx gctoinncn ? 

(38) XXXVII. Wit iiic SaSiliicn je^t i^rcn cultum ^nltcn, 

toag ftc nnbeten, ob unli mie fie o^ifcrn ? 

(39) XXXVIII. 2Bic fie bor^in gelebet, e|c Hie @uro|itter ^ins 

ein fttmcn ? 

(40) XXXIX. 2[Btt§ fie nnn toon ben ^nto^ittern?ongenomnien? 
(49) XL. ©b nid^t, toenn man fromme ©nt^mirfer ^ins 

einfri^irfte, bie @a(^qncllcn be^ ^^i(abc(: 
^^ia m\ gro§em 3>ort^ei{ yx gebrauii^en, 
unb bnrd^ foliQe bann ba§ %vA,t bort befdrs 
bert merben fdnte ? 



Falckner's '■'■Curieuse JVachrtcht." 



51 



(28) XXVII. 

(29) XXVIII. 

(30) XXIX. 

(31) 



XXX. 



(32) XXXI. 



(33) XXXII. 

(34) XXXIII. 

(35) XXXIV. 



(36) XXXV. 

(37) XXXVI. 

(38) XXXVII. 

(39) XXXVIII. 

(40) XXXIX. 



Wherein the king differs from the others in 
dress, habitation, outward authority, etc. 

How to introduce some of the arts and sci- 
ences among the savages. 

How to introduce among them some of the 
general principles of religion. 

How one could properly place before them 
the true righteous nature of a Christian, 
so that the light would shine into their 
eyes, and divers sparks awaken their 
nature. 

How it is supposed that the savages came to 
America, and in particular the different 
nations. 

How to introduce the German or English 
tongue among the savages. 

Would such be possible with their children? 

Whether devout Germans there could not 
by friendliness attach their children unto 
them, and in such manner induce them 
to learn the language. 

Whether in this manner good ■principia 
timoris Dei might not be impressed upon 
them, whereupon to gradually build good 
results. 

Could we not in this manner reach the elders 
through the children? 

How the savages now keep their cult, what 
they worship, and as to their sacrificial 
rite. 

How they lived prior to the advent of the 
Europeans. 

What they have adopted from the Euro- 
peans. 



52 ©uricufc 9lot^ri(^t bon JjJennf^Hiattia. 

(50) xLi. (©0 au$ mit frommc SBcrgsScutcn ? 

(51) XLii. %VM geogra^hische ©cfj^rcibung ^m Pe7i- 

sylvantay Virgmia Uttil anilCt nal^C gclcs 

gen iSanbern unti ^nfudt. 

(52) XLiii. 23Sic C§ wit &cr Correspondence in Amei'i- 

cam nnii toiclicr ^crauS jn l^altcn ? 

(53) xLiv. Cb nij^t offcr^onii ^anbtocrrfcr brinncn Wns 

nen fortlommen ober mediae fiirnel^mnd^ ? 

(54) xLv. Wit man gutc crbautii^c ©i^rifftcn ? I^indn 

3tt bringen in Teutschery EngUscher, 
Schzvedischer^ Frmitzosischer S^tn^e^ 
Jic nationes fo in Pensylvania,, Virginia^ 
?ieu- Engelland fe^n, iioiintl!^ iftttjftig Jtt 

crboncn ? 

(55) XLVI. SBie man 8cntc tCli^t fhiladelphischen ®ci; 

ftcS toon Schweden^ Engelldndern^ Deut- 

schen unti tion alien religionen, fo barinnen 

ftnb 3u fuii^en, )iie gur «^ortierung ticg 

2Bcri!c8 iic§ ^crrn cinaniicr iiic §anii xt^i 

bictcn fiintcn? 
SBie alt die 9[&i(den toertien? 
C)b i^re SBeiber einanlier in tier @eburt| be^s 

jte^cn? 
SBie fie t^ mit den gan^ fteinen ^inbern 

fatten ? 
2Ba8fiir ^(iiffebafe^n? 
SSie fie gebrau^et merben ? 
SaSie fie i^re i5if<|ftf^f« ^^U'X ? 
llnb i^re %^tx^, ? 

2»o8 fur 3:$ierc ba fc^en, ga^meunb SBilbc? 
2Ba8fiir ^oget? 
SBie man fti^ gegen bie S3aren nnb anbere 

milbe S^iere betua^re ? 



(56) 


XLVII. 


(57) 


XLVIII. 


(58) 


XLIX. 


(59) 


L. 


(60) 


LI. 


(61) 


LII. 


(62) 


LIII. 


(63) 


LIV. 


(64) 


LV. 


(65) 


LVI. 



Falckner's ^^Ctirteuse Nachricht ^ 



53 



(49) 



XL. 



(50) 


XLI 


(51) 


XLII 


(52) 


XLIII 


(53) 


XLIV 


(54) 


XLV, 



(55) 



XLVI. 



m 


XLVII. 


(57) 


XLVIII. 


(58) 


XLIX. 


(59) 


L 


(60) 


LI, 


(61) 


LII, 


(62) 


LIIL 


{^z) 


LIV. 



If pious salt workers were sent over to de- 
velop the saline springs near Philadel- 
phia, could they not be used with great 
profit, and through them further that 
which is good? 

How about pious miners? 

A geographical description of ',Pennsylva- 
nia and adjacent countries and islands. 

How about correspondence with America, 
and from thence outward? 

Whether all kinds of artisans cannot find 
subsistence there, and which in particular. 

How to introduce good devout literature in 
the English and French languages for an 
energetic edification of such nationalities 
as have settled in Pennsylvania, Virginia 
and New England. 

How to seek out persons imbued with a true 
Philadelphian spirit from among the 
Swedes, English and all religious per- 
suasions who are there, and would be 
willing to extend their hands to one an- 
other in the furtherance of the word of 
the Lord. 

To what age do the savages attain ? 

Do the women assist each other during par- 
turition ? 

How do they care for their infants? 

What rivers are there? 

How are they utilized? 

How is fishing followed? 

Concerning their hunting. 

What kinds of animals are there, both do- 
mestic and wild? 



54 G^uricttfc 9lo(fjti(^t Uon $|Jcnttft)(iiattta. 

{66} Lvii. SBotttit iiic 2SiIiicn HK^cro fonticrUji^ Jjoii lien 
^uro^eern Qctirgert, unti jum Xt^tii no(^ 
f^limmer gcmai^t tocrkn? 

LViil. 2Bic fo((^ 5lergcrni^ JU cmendircn ? 

(67) Lix. 2Sie won loutcr nu^tii^c ^iinftc unti SBiffcns 

jr^afftctt in 5(mcricttm 6ringcn fiinnc ? ^ic 
S3i)fen, unniit^cn unti unnbt^igcn meg taffcn. 

(68) Lx. sasic iittS Sanii ju fcincm rci^tcn ©cftroni^ nnii 

9ln^cn ju Bringcn ? 

(69) Lxi. SScnn i^ri|t(i(^c Scntc ^inein mollen, iitc pobc 

an|fcrli(^c 5(rbcit nid^t ucrtiii^tcn fiinncn, 
mie man fie ju gckaui^cn miffe unti mie fte 
ji^ na^ren fiinncn, 06 Iiuti^ information 
oticr no(^ auf anticre ^eife ? 

(70) Lxii. 29Bcnn ncuc Colonkn ^incin fommcn, 06 fie 

fiii^ 3U iien alien f(i^(agen miiffen, otier 06 fie 
fetb^ eine nene ©taiit anri(|tcn fdnnen? 

(71) Lxiii. saSaS fiir l^orfi^foge jn einer folii^en neuen 

Colonie jn t^un fctjn ? 

(72) Lxiv. 2i6ie in specie c§ iiamit einjnriii^ten, iia§ iiie 

9lar^fommen fii^ einer ^vAtM ©rtmnng in 
alien 8titifen miii^ten 3U erfrenen l^aben? 

(73) Lxv. %^ toag fitr ©riinnng liie S^ififn Colonien 

fte^en, mie fie tiom Magistral tegicrt mers 
tien, mie Iiem iiifen getue^ret, toie }ia§ gnte 
befiiriiert toirli ? 

(74) Lxvi. saSaS man gntcS unH re^tfi^affencg iiarnnter 

finiie? 

(75) Lxvii. SBie iiie ^tniite in gjenf^ltoonin alle ^ei^en, 

mie meit fte toon einaniiet gelegen, mie fte 
gelegen, m, toa§ tior i5l«lfc». toa§ fte fiir 
@emai^li(i^feit l^aben, mie tiiel ^aufer unti 
©inttifl|ner? ©6 in einer jeiien Staiit 



Falckner's '■'■Cnrieiise Nachricht.^ 



55 



(64) 
(65) 

(66) 



(70) 

(71) 
(72) 

(73) 

(74) 
(75) 



LV, 
LVI, 



LVII, 





LVIIl, 


(67) 


LIX 


(68) 


LX, 


(69) 


LXI. 



LXII. 



LXIII. 



LXIV. 



LXV. 



LXVI. 



LXVII. 



What kinds of birds are there? 
How to protect oneself against bears and 
other wild beasts. 

Whereby the savages have thus far been 
irritated by the Europeans, and are partly 
made still worse. 

How such irritation may be amended. 

How to introduce purely advantageous arts 
and sciences into America, and eliminate 
the evil and useless ones. 

How to develop the country and bring about 
its proper uses and advantages. 

If Christian people want to come in, who 
could not perform the ordinary rough 
work, how could they be made useful, 
and sustain themselves? If through in- 
formation or otherwise. 

When new colonies come over, must they 
join one of the older ones, or must they 
build a new town for themselves ? 

What suggestions are to be made to such a 
new colony? 

How in particular to make arrangements, so 
that those who follow may enjoy good 
order in every way. 

Under what regulations do the present colo- 
nies stand, and how are they governed 
by the magistrates? How is evil com- 
bated, and the good encouraged? 

What is to be found amongst them, that is 
good and righteous? 

How are all the towns in Pennsylvania 
named, and how far are they apart, upon 



56 



^ttdcufc 9ltt(i^ni^t tjon ^cnnftjltinnitt. 



(76) 


LXVIII 


(77) 


LXIX 


(78) 


LXX 


(79) 


LXXI 



(80) 
(81) 



UttfCtfd^iclint^C Secten oilcr 7'eligionen, 

oiict in cinigcr nur cine? 
SBo^in unti anf tnaS ^eife, unb toiomit iier 

§ttniict m ^cnf^ttJttnitt gctticfien toiri) ? 
9(uf mag S^eifc man fii^ ticffen 3U eincm 3>drs 

lOcil in drnjcitcrnng iic§ Slcid^eS ©oltcS 

bciiicncn fiinne ? 
llnli toenn Jiaimrr^ icm 9ici^c ®otte8 cintgct 

Si^aticn gc)(^ic^et ob nii^t fo((^em auf 

cinigc SBcifc ju bcgcgncn ? 

2Ba§ lion paj-ticulier Historien bcfannt ijit, 

fo fi(§ mit lien 2Si(iicn p gctragcn. 

^^Cggleidjen Historien untcr l)cncn nationeti 

fclftft |o in Americam fommcn, fo cinigc 
gntc (^rinnernng oticr 9la(^ti(^t ctton an iiie 
|>onl» gckn fbntc ? 
Lxxii. SSog Uon i)cm ^ujitttnlic anbetct Sanger oiicr 

Insulen in America befant ift, inprimis 
quoad statimi religionis ChristiancB f 

liSic in Pcnnsylvatiia mit cinigcm (ia|»ittti 
cin Profi ju mttj^cn ? 



' This question is lxxii in the original list of questions. No reply, how- 
ever, appears to have been made to it, as the next question (80) appears as 

LXXII. 




Falckner's '•^Curteuse Nachricht.'''' 



57 



what rivers and their conveniences, the 
number of houses and inhabitants, and if 
in every town there are divers sects and 
religions, or only one? 

(76) Lxviii. The commerce of Pennsylvania, whereto, in 

what manner, and wherein does it consist? 

(77) Lxix. In what manner could this be made to serve 

to the advantage and extension of the 
kingdom of God? 

(78) Lxx. Should anything arise thereby prejudicial 

to the kingdom of God, could it not be 
overcome in some manner? 

(79) Lxxi. What particular histories are known con- 

cerning the savages? 
Lxxii. Likewise traditions current among the set- 
tlers themselves who have come to Amer- 
ica, which would give some good remin- 
iscences or accounts thereof. 

(80) Lxxiii. What is known about the condition of the 

other countries and islands in America : 
Imprimis quoad stahim rcligionis Chris- 
tiancB ? 

(81) Lxxiv. How to make profit with capital in Penn- 

svlvania. 




ADDITAMENTUM Q^J^STIONUM. 

SBoran in %mtxUa Wlan^ti fe^ ? 

SBo^er man tin jjelieg not^nienliigeg ^ing Bes 

!ommen fan ? 
SBaS Hie ^uro^aer m^ ^ngcUanli unii ^oHanti 

bon ticrgkif^en ^ingen tiorne^mlii^ ntit 3U 

ne^men |aBen ? 
23Bag man [onHcrUd^ au8 ^ollanti otict ^n^tU 

lanti jur SeibeS unti @efunti^eit ^flege mit 

3U S^ijfe 3unc§men |abe? 
©ct| iDcm man fid^ bc^ fcincr 5(nfunft in %mt: 

rica am erjiten p mtltitn ^abe ? 
Cb uur| cincm ^nxop'atx frc^ jtc^c, mit fcincm 

in $(merica ermorbenen @ute mieder nai^ 

fcincm Sclicbcn juriiif gn fc^rcn ? 
$(n maS fitr ^antimcrfStcutcn eg Hafelbfit am 

mciftcn fc^te ? 

(89) Lxxx. SBic e§ bie SSitiicn bc^ iicm 23egrobni§ i|rer 

XoUtn fatten? 

(90) Lxxxi. Ob bcr (^iiifii^ttittr bc^ i|ncn SBroui^lir^, toie 

fo((!^cg 6e)(*^c(je unl) be^ mem |te fri^tnoren ? 

(91) Lxxxii. Cb Hie SSitiicn ben fiebeniien 2aft ^ciligen 

unii toie fie folri^cn fctjern? 

(92) Lxxxiii. Cb bci Jicn SSitJien nii^t einigeS S5er(angen 

nai^ iiem toa^ren ^rfonntni^ (Boiit^ ]n fins 
tien toenn biejenigen fo i^te S^rai^e tiers 
fte^cn, mit i^ncn teiien ? 

(93) Lxxxiv. 2[6a§ bie 2Si(iien bon iier 5(ufer|te|nng tttx 

%otUn ^a(tcn unti g(auben ? 
58 



(82) 


LXXIII. 


(83) 


LXXIV. 


(84) 


LXXV. 


(85) 


LXXVI. 


(86) 


LXXVII. 


(87) 


LXXVIII. 


(88) 


LXXIX. 



ADDITAMENTUM QXJ^STIONUM. 

(82) Lxxiii. Whereof is there a deficiency in America? 

(83) Lxxiv. Where are all necessary things to be ob- 

tained? 

(84) Lxxv. What the Europeans have chiefly to bring 

with them from England and Holland. 

(85) Lxxvi. What should be taken on shipboard from 

Holland for the special benefit of the body 
and health. 

(86) Lxxvii. To whom must one report firstly upon his 

arrival in America? 

(87) Lxxviii. Is a European at liberty to return at his 

pleasure, with such property as he has 
acquired in America? 

(88) Lxxix. What manner of handicraftsmen are mostly 

wanting? 

(89) Lxxx. How do the savages act at the burial of 

their dead? 

(90) Lxxxi. Is an oath customary amongst them, and 

how is it administered, and by whom ? 

(91) Lxxxii. Whether the savages sanctify the seventh 

day, and how they observe it. 

(92) Lxxxiii. Whether there is evident among the sav- 

ages some longing after a true knowl- 
edge of God, when such as speak their 
language talk with them. 

(93) Lxxxiv. What the savages hold and believe of a 

resurrection of the dead. 
59 



6o 



^uneufe 9laii^nii^t tion ^cnnf^(Danta. 



(94) LXXXIV. 

(95) LXXXVI. 



(96) LXXXVI I. 

(97) LXXXVIII. 

(98) LXXXIX. 



(99) 
(100) 

(lOl) 



(102) 
(103) 



XC. 



XCI. 



XCII. 



XCIII. 
XCIV. 



2Bo§ liic roUtitn 8eutc fiirOcUic^r fii^rcn? 

Cb nir|t cintgc PhHoso^hi oiicr gctc^rtc 
Seutc utttcr iicn 2Bi(iien, toorinii fie |til^ 
itdcn unt) ob jie aui^ Iicn Qauf beg ^iinmelS 
obferbiren ? 

£)6 bie S[3i(}ien aui^ eintge aufferor&entUile 
3ei(i^ett obferuiten unb erfennen ? 

Cb nii^t unter i^nen our^ einige motus obet 
!©ett)epnQett ju f|)uren ? 

Cb nii^t unter benen Seeteit auii^ eintge unge: 
mo^nnd^e bemegungen unb Dorbat^en iiet 
l^etanna^eniiett O^erit^te C^otteS ju f^iiren ? 

iJCie |i(^ iiie fogenannten ©cifitlii^ett nnter iien 
wan^erfe^ ®ectcn in 5(meriett aup^ren 
und fonio|( unter fti^ [elbjt, a(3 gegen antiere 

co7nportircn f 

2!Bo8 bor ^offnung fe^, i)o§ bie montfjertel) 
©ecten in eing jufomnien treten mbr^ten ? 

^urri^ nitt§ fitr 9Jiittc( man bie ^\{^u\ am 
nteijten an fi(^ jie^e ober moburi^ fie Wi 
meiften abgemenbet Uierben. 

2Ba8 bie liBilben fiir 9la^men fii^ren ? 

^enn fie ifjren Minbern 9U§nien geben ? 




Falckner's '■'■Curieuse IVachricht." 



6i 



(94) Lxxxv. What sort of arms the savages carry? 

(95) Lxxxvi. Whether there be not some philosophers or 

learned men amongst the savages ; what 
they practice and whether they observe 
the course of the heavens ? 

(96) Lxxxvii. Do the savages also observe any extraordi- 

nary phenomena and understand them ? 
(97)lxxxviii. Do not some among them perceive any 
motus or agitation? 

(98) Lxxxix. If there be not some unusual manifestation 

perceived among the sects of the har- 
binger of the approaching millennium ? 

(99) xc. How the so-called ecclesiastics among the 

manifold sects in America conduct them- 
selves toward each other, and how they 
comport themselves toward others. 

(100) xci. What hope is there that the divers sects 

may come together as one? 
(loi) xcii. By what means can the savages best be 
drawn toward us, and whereby are they 
mostly repelled? 

(102) xciii. What manner of names the savages have? 

(103) xciv. When do they name their children? 




62 ^urieufe 9lai^rtt^t tion ^ennf^ttiania. 



Nine Questions in the printed Version which do 

NOT APPEAR in THE ORIGINAL MANUSCRIPT PRESERVED 

IN THE Halle Archives. 

(25) ^an tier SBtltien ti^re 8|irai!§c unb umBgang ? 

(41) ^m iicn aaSiliictt i^rcn (iurcn unli ^ronifs 

l^eitctt ? 

(42) S3Bc8 bie SaSiliicn fiit trieg fii^ren ? 

(43) ISott icr 2Bi(iictt i^rcr cigent(i(i^ett ^au^s 

^alten ? 

(44) ^m bcr 2Bi(bctt i^rem ^ou§rot|c. 

(45) S^Ott bcnctt 2$tcren, fo in Pensylvania 3tt 

befintien. 

(46) SBttg flibt c8 bttttn fitr SBoffct 2^icre ? 

(47) !^a§ gibt eg bann fitr 8i^abli(^e Sper tm 

SBttffer? 

(48) SlBaS jte^et man bann auf benen Staffers 

plfen fiir 2pere fi^Jniinwett ? 



[From Halle Manuscript.] 

SKte in Pennsylvania wit etntgem Stt^ttot eitt Pr^/ Jtt 
maiden ? 

S^fttt bcrjcittgcn SBa^rcn, fo in Pensyhamen ttttgenc^w fittb. 
^^H] ^. f^alifner fetnem Se^alt aufgejeiilnet. 



Falckner's ^^Oirieuse Nachrickt" 63 



Nine Questions in the printed Version which do 

NOT APPEAR in THE ORIGINAL MANUSCRIPT PRESERVED 

IN THE Halle Archives. 

(25) Of the savages their speech and inter- 

course. 

(41) Concerning the diseases and cures of 

the savages. 

(42) The warfare of the savages. 

(43) Of the domestic life of the savages. 

(44) Of the savage's household utensils. 

(45) Of the animals to be found in Pennsyl- 

vania. 

(46) What kind of aquatic animals are there? 

(47) What kind of dangerous animals are in 

the waters there? 

(48) What animals are to be seen swimming 

upon the water courses? 



[From Halle Manuscript.] 
How to make profit with capital in Pennsylvania. 



List of articles, which in the opinion of Herr Falckner 
would prove acceptable in Pennsylvania. 




PR/EMONITIO. 

[Preface to the Original Manuscript in the 
Archive at Halle.] 

^a§ if^ btcfc i^ragctt ni^t sufficient kanttDorteit ifcn, ifi Wt 
Scit, Sic 9)lcngc wcincr SKcrnji^tuttQCtt unii bic llngctooi^n^cit 
pd^ in tiuffcrcu auf [o mani^crtc^ 5(rt auSjukcitcn ft^utii, iiorju 
fomtttt, iia§ i(^ mi(^ iicr llu^ttpii^fcit weincg Scibcg Raider attcr 
^ingc mit eini [o ui(^t crinnmt fan, toel(^e id^ iiai^ etnjeln ^in 
uut) usicSer aug{}c)aget. (iinige Sadden finti, tiarumli i(^ miii^ 
iicfclbctt accural ju ttiiffcn, auii^ in 5(mcrico nitfjt bcfummcrt, 
iic§iijcgen td^ liicfclBcn \s\\ auf tocitcrcn ©cfr^cii) tocrf^arcn xm\ 
iicnu id^ teoUtc nic^t gcrnc cttoa§ ungctoiffcS fdjrcibcii. ^njUJis 
fi|ctt toitii fi(^ 9licmottJi an mcincr Sd^rciBart fcfjrcn, tocltfje 
5///0 5rc?J/ ca/^;'5 ifit ; foniicrn att§ tJtclcn tJaSjcntgc ertocpcn, 
toa§ t^m anftc^ct, gnug iia§ ii^ tn affcn unb kt) aftcn iicn gcneigs 
ten fiefcr iicrfidjcrn fan, iia^ id^ hjci§ an men idfj gtouk unti aud§ 
gcUJi^ Hn, titt^ terfctkgc .^§rt mir nicinc JBcKagc knialjrcn im, 
jo totff, M§ an jcncn Sage ; iicStocgcn idft audfj gvo^c f^rcuiiigfcit 
8c6rau!^c, ben SoJit unti alien ^Bcriierkn ttoi^ jn Met^cn, toeil 
td§ gernc [0 fii^ne auf Hen ^et§ ntctnc§ Cecils fein tooUe, at§ 
immer ein 9Jlenfd^ auf feine unukrtointi(i(^e lyeftung. ^§ ift 
mir ©ottlob Gclungen, unii idfj fcfje tio^ e§ an&ercn aud^ geUnfict, 

(64) 






PRyEMONlTIO. 

[Preface to the Original Manuscript in the 
Archive at Halle.] 

The reasons why I cannot answer these questions satis- 
factorily, is because of a lack of time, and the number of 
my engagements, together with being unaccustomed to 
express myself publicly upon so many subjects. And on 
account of my physical infirmities I fail to remember some 
of the things of which I have now and then spoken upon 
other occasions. Then there are some things concerning 
which I have not troubled myself to learn about in America. 
These I must hold in reserve until I shall have further 
information, as I do not wish willingly to write about any- 
thing that I am not quite sure of. In the meantime let no 
one find fault with the style of my composition which is 
siilo scculi expcrs. but let him select from the abundance 
thereof that which pleases him. It is enough, that I can 
assure the kindly disposed reader, that in all and by all, I 
know in whom I have believed, and am persuaded, that the 
same Lord can secure my] consummation, yea will, even 
unto that day : for which reason I also take great pleasure 
in hurling defiance at death and all corruption. In as 
much as I would place myself as boldly upon the rock of 

(65) 



66 (^\xm\i\t 9ladjri(f)t tion ^cnnftjlDnnto. 

titc cittcrlct) l^opuitg mit mix fmii. §alIe(uiol^. 'i^txntx toic i^ 
in cinfttltigcr liek ju ntcincn 25atcrCanii unli ficfontcn iiurii^ 
^attcS UiiQcu toieiierQefcltct bin, a(3 §ak \^ au(^ kt) mcinet 
9tei)c 6i§§cro ni(^f§ auiicrcg kobaj^tct, a(g iiag kt Scib (^^rifti 
crkttct tocriictt mogtc. S^^ labc 3«w JDcnigjtcn V\t fiick jum 
lyriciicii gcrttt^cn, tt)tt§ fc^too^ ift Qcjtarfct, Vxt JUiiiiictt crmuns 
tctt, licit 25orUiil? gcjitrttfct, unii vxx^ mit iJcncn in ^offnung 
(eknticn gcfreuct, und gc^e nun geftarifet, micUio^l bcr |tnn(ii^en 
^nt^fintiung nor^ foft miiiic, toickt fjin, 06 @ott totff Germamam 
in America ju fe^en unii mic^ tiafe(6[t 3U kjcugcn, mie e§ ntein 
^bnig iicr .tonigc toon mir crfor&crt, iinrju it^ mii^ l)cm ©cbcljt 
unii iicr Sick allcr toa^rcn glickr lie§ Scikg ^cfu cm^fo§(cn 
l^akn mitt. ^1^ ^ratefitirc aBcr ^icrntit noi^ mafjlS i|ti|it(if^, 
Qtciji^ toic i^ im[fc(6c naii^ crforiicrfcr ©cfcgcn^cit miinli(i(^ 
gct^an, iiu^ ii^ nit^t miendirei, jcmunii iiurtf) nicin fommcn oiicr 
mcQgc^cn obct 9lciicn jur ISBcrfur^ung okr Scf^tocrung ju fct)n, 
tiicltticnigcr jcmouku ^inauS in kc SBiiftcn 3U fii^rcn. @§ qc^c 
cin jcgtirfjcr ju ^fjrifto, iicffcn kc ganl^c @rl)c ift unJ) i^rc (^iittc 
unti (erne uon ^^m, nio§ cr t^un folte, fo im tx nu^ iiog ©tiis 
rci(^ kftk». ^0^ ^a6c iii^ ticm tickn Xcutfi^tanti ^vl uni) 
miciicr ctmnS attc3 aufS ncuc gcfaget unti [age c3 altcn mit 
iSut^cti Shorten not^ cinma^, mettle ju finticn in tier S^erma^ns 
ung ttu iiic ©take in 2^cnt)(i^(ttnii ; Sickn ^cntfr^cn — imHoit 
\%x miffcn, ©ottcS 2Sort unti @naiic ift cin ^o^rcnkr Jpia^rcgcn, 
Jicr niji^t toiciicr fommt, mo cr cinma^t gcmcfcn, cr ift k^ kn 
;Suticn gcmcfcn, a6cr |in ift l^in, ftc ^akn nun nii^tg, ^autuS 
kttji^tc i^n in ©ricc^cnfanii, abcr i^in ift oud^ ^in, fie l^abcn nun 
lien ^obft unii i^r S^cutfrfjc iiiirft nid^t knfen, iio§ i^r i^n emig 
^aben merkt, iienn iier uniianf unii l^croi^tung mirii il^n cu^ 
nirfjt etoig laffen keikn. ^arumb greifft 3tt unii ^altct, mer 



Falckner's ^'■Curieuse JVachrichi." 67 

my salvation, as ever a man stood upon an impregnable 
fortress. Thank God ! I have succeeded, and that others 
having the same hope will likewise succeed. Hallelujah. 
Further as I in artless simplicity have by God's will 
returned to my fatherland and acquaintances will say that 
during my journey thus far, I have observed nought but 
how the body of Christ is being built up. I have at least 
always counselled in the interest of charity and Peace, 
strengthened that which was weak, encouraged the weary, 
corrected the froward and rejoiced with those living in 
hope, and now I go quickened in spirit, though in a bodily 
sense almost weary, to return, if it please God, to see again 
Germanian in America, and testify there as my King of 
Kings demands of me. For which I will have to commend 
myself to the love and prayers of all true members of the 
body of Christ. I, however, again offer here a Christian 
protest, just as I have done verbally upon previous occa- 
sions, that it is not intended, that I should prove a tempta- 
tion or burden to any one, that my coming, going and what I 
say should induce anyone to go out into the wilderness : 
Let every one go unto Christ, to whom belongs the whole 
earth, and the fullness thereof, and learn from Him, what to 
do, then he too shall possess the earth. Yet I have here 
and there told anew to dear old Germany, things that were 
old, and now proclaim to all, once again in Luther's words, 
which are to be found in his " Admonition to the cities of 
Germany": Beloved Germans, this you ought to know, 
that, God's word and grace is like unto a sudden driving 
thunder storm, which does not again return to where it 
once was. It was thus with the Jews, but what is gone is 
gone and now they have nothing. Paul brought it into 
Greece, but there what is gone is gone, and they now have 
the Pope, and you Germans, must not think that you will 



68 ^uricufc 9lc(i^tiii^t Un ^cniif^lDttttia. 

|o(tfn fon, fauk ^tiniic muffcn tin biifcl ^af)v |okn, item uhtt 
iicn 123 ^falm. 

Sc^t toirii @ottc§ SSort iict SBcIt l^tiufig unii mli SJlcngc bors 
getragen^ man )ite}iiget c§ in ben ^irii^en, man finbet eg in ^tntn 
Sii^ern, man |ifeifft§ un§, man fmQtg un8, man ma|Iet eg an 
bie SBanbe, aUv mag 6e)(!|i(^t ^(t meijte ^^ei( ai^tet eg nit^t, 
nnb bie i^itrften unb ^onige tierfotgen eg aufg iammerlii^fte^ 
fd^eltcn unb berniil^ten eg. Sapenti satis. 

@g \a\ bie ^(age feib bet 9ieformation immer gema^ret, mie 
ba^ bag ebangeUf^e §ttuflein in 5tnfe|nng beg ^afigtf^umg unb 
bet llaglaubigen ein fo menigeg bon bem ^tbboben inne l^at a^tx 
toag ift bie ©ji^nlbt iiet l^mXt jagt (Salomon, ftitkt iibet ^tm 
mi'tnf^en, injmifi^en l^at bag ^abfiit^nm ^anb angeleget, unb §at 
benfetben niema^Ig an 5(utotitat unb §ii(fc i^tct Obeten, an 
9)litteln unb SWenfji^en gcfe^Iet, i^te (el^te in affet SSelt augjus 
bteiten, au(i§ untet bielen 3Jtiibfaa(en unb leiben ; gotten fie nun 
bie (autete SBa^t^eit bot ftd^ fo "^ixt \\i @ifet te^t gottUii^ ju 
l^ei^en, boi^ befd^amen fie ung in unfetet ^toteftantifi^ ebangelis 
fji^cn ^it(!^e, batinnen toit gat nii^tg t^aten, mo toit ni(§t miiffen. 
£) toie fanft l^aben unfete §etten bi^eto auf ben Stiften ges 
tul^et, bie bag ^abfttl^um meiftent^eitg bot fie geftiftet, unb '^xt 
Seute, bie @ott be^ "^tx ^efotmntion gegeben ftii^jeitig im 
Sii^mei^tuii^ betgtcben. ^al^et mitb fie @ott an^ miebet bon 
i^ten ftt(f(i^en 9ln^esSagetn oupteiben, ^nma^ '^tx 9Wenf(i^en im 
Hngtanben biet geUiotben unb einanbet ttuifen ob fii^on ^tiege 
unb ^(agen fti^t, toag eg !ann unb finbet, meli^eg ^tx feelige 
fiut^etug fji^on gefiit^tet, ba et untet anbetn in 1^if(^teben fol. 
598 fagt: „^^ fiitJ^te ^eutfd^knb fe^ bettat^en unb betfauft, 
eg mitb etf(i|o^ft be^be bon ©e(b unb Seuten unb gat auggefogen. 
^i(ft ung @ott nir^t fo finb toit bettoten. ^g fan fo niii^t b(ei= 
ben, mie eg nun ift, unb ba^ eg bot bag etfte beffet metben foil. 



Falckner^s ''■Curieuse IVachrtcht." 69 

have it forever/ for your ingratitude and contempt will not 
permit it to remain. Therefore grasp and hold whosoever 
can, idle hands must have a bad year, likewise see Psalm 
CXXIII.2 

At the present time God's word is frequently and 
abundantly preached to the world, it is proclaimed in 
the churches, it is found in books, it is piped to us ; it is 
sung to us ; it is painted upon the walls. Yet what hap- 
pens? The majority pay no heed to it, and the kings and 
nobles persecute it most deplorably, revile and destroy it. 
Sapientt satis. 

Since the Reformation the complaint has steadily pre- 
vailed, that the little envangelical flock possess so little of 
this earth, in comparison with the Papacy and unbelievers. 
Now what is the reason? The sluggard says Solomon, 
dieth over his own wishes.^ Meanwhile the Papacy has 
fastened its hand, and the authority of the superiors, and 
their assistance with men and means, is never wanting to 
spread their doctrine throughout the world, even under the 
greatest tribulations and suffering. Had they but the pure 
truth before them, then their zeal might be called truly 
godly. Yet they shame us in our Protestant Evangelical 
churches, in so far that we do nought but what we are 
forced to do. Oh ! how placid our clergy have thus far 
rested in the beneficent institutions, which the Papacy had 
mostly founded before them, and the treasures which God 
gave them at the time of the Reformation were prematurely 
buried in the napkin. Therefore the Lord will again 
arouse them from their false resting place, more especially 
as mankind has increased so greatly in infidelity and crowd 
one another, although war and pestilence destroys what it 
can find and reach. All of which the sainted Luther 
already feared, when he said among other things in his 



70 ©ttdcttfc 9lttr|nt^t toon ^cnnf^ltoonia. 

fc!^e i^ niii^t. ^enit c§ fommt tin aniicr ^iinig un& cine aniictc 
;3nt iic ttici§ toon ^o)cp^ iiic^tS/' 

Sarum tocriictt nai| 2!ttttic(i§ 5(u§fttgc in iicn k^tcn ^citen 
bide Qclttutcrt unli gcreinigt tocrkn. ^ic ©ottlofcn ahtt toets 
iicn c8 ntri^t oii^tcn. ^ag fiinftigc §Icnii toirii bide gc^cu ^cifs 
fen nnii jnr Olcifc H unii iiort^in frcefarircn, iiic fn^ eS border 
nt^t eingeMtbet. %^ m^it b)un|(!^en ju miffen, toag bte(e toon 
Jien 5pfa((^ern getoari^tcn, bie o([o nntocrfe^cnS "^m i^rcr «^ok nnb 
^Ittifir entriffen, ^Xi nnferen %%ViXi\\ iitt§ Srot ktteln, bc^ iicrcr 
Slnf^ttuung 2etttfii§Ionto iiie ©iite au^ Ucn (irnjit @otte§ erfcnncn 
wb(^te. ^0^ e§ ^ct^t : ^?^a//5 rf.v, talis grcx, iiic e^wtftcn 
ttooQen iio^ gerne iSanb l^akn, unto fnii^en alle ftatifi^en C^riffe 
unto frcBtetisionen toe§^a(6en i^ierfiir, too(^ toollcn fie toic)c(ben am 
Itetojiten, mo gro^e ^efitungen ftnto, mo Wilder unto @o(to \^, mo 
St)ro unto ®ttoan auf gro^en 8i^iffen aug unto ein fi't^ret, toa| 
unto mie aBer @otte§ '$&QXt (aufen miige, unto mie man toen C'^elitoen 
mii^ @e(egen§cit gek, toen 9lal^men toe§ §errn ju crfennen (mcls 
r^eS affcin ein rej^t ^iiniglid^ 2Setrf i|it) befiimmert fir^ niemanto 
toarum, jn 6^riftu§ fetbft mu^ fi(^ in i^ren eigenen ©tcnl^en ja 
nii^t 3U breit maii^en, [o bleiben toenn aui^ toie ^emeinen, tote i|r 
guts feineS 5(ugitommen famt toem 5(n[e|en nwls auffetHt^eS renomc 
im ^^rifitent^um ^aben, im Santoe, unto ne^ren fit^, mie fie fagen 
Ktolij^ : mo bicibt tocr 5(rme, mefdjet toon toer 8(|intocrei) erreltet 
mertoen foil? 2)o«1^ ift toer §ett toe§ 5(rmcn ®^ul?. 2;arumb 
fiiri^te iii^ abetma^t unto befr^reibe mit Sut^eri 2Bortcn, ma§ ein 
mit unjc^Iigen SBo^rt^aten toon @ott begnatoigtcS tooi^ untoanrfs 
bafjreg SBofrf fii^ entotiil^ p toerfe^en ^at. ,,@ctoenfet tooi^ mie 
toiet ©liter eu^ euer @ott umfonft gegeben unto mi:^ togtidj giebt, 
nembl. fieib unto Seel, §au§ unto §of, 23Beib unto tinto, toar^u 
me(tlii^en J^rietoen, 2)ienft unto SBraui^ affer ^reaturen im ^ims 
met unto ouf ©rtoen iiber toag alfe§ aui| tooS^^toangetium unto 



Falckner's '■'■Ctirieusc Nachricht" 71 

Tabletalk (folio 598): "I fear that Germany is betrayed 
and sold, it is being drained of both money and people and 
indeed impoverished. Unless the Lord help us we are 
lost. It cannot continue thus, as it is now, but I do not 
perceive that it will better itself in the near future. For 
there comes another King and another time, that knows 
nought of Joseph." Therefore according unto Daniel's 
testimony in these later times " Many shall be purified, 
and made white and tried ; but none of the wicked shall 
understand."^ The coming misery will cause many to go, 
and prepare for a journey to this place and that, who have 
not previously contemplated it. I would like to know 
just what many of the Palatines think, who so unexpectedly 
had their possessions and pleasures wrested from them, 
and now beg for bread at our doors. By the contemplation 
of which, Germany may comprehend the goodness as well 
as the sternness of God. Though it is said ^lalis Rex — 
talis grex (Like Lord, like herd). The princes seek to 
gain more territory, and seek by all statistical tricks and 
pretentions to acquire it. They have a preference for such 
as have large fortifications, where silver and gold abound, 
where great ships sail to and from Tyre and Sidon. But for 
God's holy word and how to afford the heathen an oppor- 
tunity to learn the name of the Lord (which alone is a 
right royal work) no one has any concern — yea even the 
Lord Jesus himself must not be too much in evidence 
within their borders. Thus, there remain the congregations 
of the land who enjoy their good competency together with 
the respectability and outward reputation of Christianity, 
and support themselves as they say honestly. But what 
becomes of the poor who are to be saved from oppression? 
However, of these the Lord is the protector. Therefore I 
am again apprehensive and will set forth in Luther's words 



72 (^utieufc 9ladjri>|t ton ^cnnftjltjania. 

^rcJ)i9t;5(mBt, Saufc unii Sacrament unli iicn gan^cn S(^tt^ 
feineg So^neS unit fetneg @et|te3 nti^t aUein ot^nt tiein S^erHenft^ 
fonkrn au^ o|nc ticinc Soften uiti) S^lii^c, ahtx iiu toiUft ni(]^t 
citt 2ro))|l(citt ^anfc§ crjcigcit, fonUcrn ^ottcg 9it\^ unii iict 
®ec(cn §ci( (offcn untcrgc^cn uiiii ^clfcn fto^cn. 8o(tc @ott 
l^icriibcr ni^t jornig tocriicn, foltc ntc^t t^curc ^cii fommcn, 
folt nii^t 5pcfii(enl^, <®(^li)ei§, ^ron^ojctt nnii anbcrc ^(agcit un§ 
finiicn, foltctt nid^t uctMcniictc Seutc, toilJic toiijitc S^^tcnncn regie: 
ren, folt ni^t ^rtcg unii §ttiier entftelen, jolt nti!^t ein bofe§ 
Oiegiment in teutfr^en Saniien tneriien, [often nirfjt ^iirifen unii 
3^artaren un§ ^iliiniiern ; ^a, e§ totire nir^t Uiuniier, iJa^ @ott 
k^iic 2^iir unii ^enfter in iicr §oIIe auft^otc unii tie^e unter un8 
tauter 2eufct f^neien unii fi^Iarfen unii lie§ lion C^imntet repen 
8i^Uiefe(unii pltifilj ^yeuer unii terfenfte un3 aHefamt in *s{((igrunii 
iier pollen toie Soiioma unii OJoniorra ; ^enn ^otte Soiioma unii 
©omorra fo tiiet getjabt fo tiiet gei^ort oiier gefe^en, fie ftitniien 
no(| l^eutigen ^ageS. ^enn fte finii iiaS 3e|eniie S^eit niii^t fo 
biife geuiefen a(g j|ei^o ^eutfdjfanii ift. 

2)cnn fie ^akn (^oiUS SJort unii ^reiiigs^tmBt nlH^i ge^afit 
fo ^a6en toiir e§ umBfonft unit fteHen ung, aU iiie iia tooltten, iia^ 
bcljiie (^oii fein 2Sort, affe ^uf^t uuii 0*^re unterginge. 2Bann 
eg fo foil in 2eutf(i^(anii gc^en, fo ift mir§ Setjii, iia§ i^ tin XcnU 
fi^er gebo^ren Mn, oiier je teutf(^ gereiiet oiier gefi^riekn l^ok, 
unii too i!^ eS fiir utein ©etoiffcn t^un Jiinte, tootte i(^ toiciier 
iiaju ratten unii tjetfeu, iia^ iier ^afift mtt alien feincn ©reucin 
toieiier iiber un§ fomnien mii§te unii orger trurfen, fii^aniien unii 
Deriierben, iienn je juiior gefj^e^en ete. in iier ^reiiigt ton iier 
,tiniiersSii^u(. Snjtoift^en UtiU k^ einem ret^ten S3iirger 
Seruftt(ent§ rcifen unii ju §aufe keikn einc rcfolution unii toirii 
fi(^ niemanii an iiem narrifd^en 5(kcfjom argern, toer iiiefeg hers 
fte^et, iia§ er nirgeniiS likiftcn fiintc in iien 2^agen kr grentid^en 



Falckner's '■'•Ctirieuse Nachricht.''^ 73 

what a people eventually have to perform, who having 
received numberless blessings and pardon from God, and 
are yet ungrateful. " Pray remember how many blessings 
your Lord hath bestowed unto you for nought and still 
gives you daily, namely : Your body and soul, your home 
and grounds ; your wife and child ; together with the uni- 
versal peace, the service and use of all creatures in the air 
and upon the earth, but above all the Gospels and minis- 
try. Baptism and the Lord's Supper, and all the treasures 
of his Son and Spirit, not only without any merit on your 
part, but even without cost or labor upon your part, yet you 
will not render a modicum of thanks, but let God's realm 
and your soul's salvation be wrecked and never help to 
prosecute it. And ought not the Lord become angry with 
you? Ought not a time of dearth and famine to come unto 
you, ought not pestilence, sweating sickness ^ the French 
and other plagues overtake you ? Ought not deluded men, 
wild dissolute tyrants rule over us? Ought not war and 
strife arise, should not an evil government come about in 
the German States, and the Turks and Tartars plunder 
us? Yea it were no wonder, if God were to open both 
doors and the windows of Hell, and let loose among us 
nothing but devils and rain upon us from heaven brimstone 
and hell fire, and cast us all down into the very bottomless 
pit of hell, as He did Sodom and Gomorra. For had 
Sodom and Gomorra possessed, heard and seen as much, 
they would be still standing at the present day. For they 
were not one-tenth as wicked as Germany is at present, 
they had neither God's Holy Word nor the ministry, we 
have it gratuitously, but place ourselves, among such as 
would, that the Lord, his word, discipline and honor perish. 
If this is to be the rule in Germany, I shall regret that I 
am born a German, or ever spoke or wrote German, and if 



74 ^uncttfc 9ltt^n(^t tion ^cnnft)Ibttnto. 

©(ittbl^cit SfrocItS. ^§ tocriic nutt ^icr unii iia in Ucr ^tU, 
tolt c§ i^icv uttii iiort ift, fo toirU c§ ^kv i)0(i§ no(§ fd^Iimmcr fc^n, 
tottitn c§ iiort getooriicn ift, tote c§ ^icr toar. ^ic SSelt triifitct 
fiil^ jtottt unii i^rc ^inlicr, fogcnii : ©, eg ift affc ^ftt fa biifc 
gooefen^ eS toar ))ot tiiefem an(^ fo, a6er bon 9(nfang ttiarS niii^t 
a(fo, unb )t)trti kr jur au^erften @ebu(& getoartete Banm enblii^ 
liie 5(|t (ctjktt miiffcn unii jtnot toon iicr toutl^cl ttu§. ^8 iintf 
mix niemauti nac^ ^(mertca fo(gen, tien bier tt)et§, iote (ange ii^ 
H hin, Hfi i^ abet aUH bin, Uici§ it^ unti i)ie treue 63ott(t(^e 
lirobiticiij. llrfaf^ctt iiafitr, Uicl^c ju ei^rcn in Sobc unii in 
^rcuiic niein 2Bcrtf fcl)n toiri), fo (ang id^ liort unti ^icr bin. 
SBaS fonft no$ ju erinnetn mxc, mirti au3 dnigen ®a^cn bon 

iicr ratio7ic feregrinandi'xw gCgCUtofirtigCr ^cit jU CtfCi^cn fc^n, 

iicghicgcn ticn ®c(c$rtcn unb ©cticblcn Scfcr iicr 2rcuc ©ottcS 
in G^^^^rifito unb iicm JBSortc fcincr ©ciiu(t cm|ifc^(c unb tjcrbtcibc 
mitfam^fcnii, mitlcilicnli unii mit^offcnii on iicm Scibc ^cfu, iicr 
iibcr iiic gan^c ^riie jerftrcuct, crtoartct fcincS ^r^prtcn unii 
^iinigS mi fc^nlij^cm S^crlnngcn. 

Daniel lytttrfncr, 

©iirgcr unii Jpifgrim toon 5penf^ttionicn 

in 9lflriicrn 5(nicrico. 




Falckner's ^'•Curieuse IVachrkht .*' 75 

I could but do it conscientiously, I would advise and even 
help that the Pope, with all his abominations, might again 
be over us, and oppress, injure and corrupt us, worse than 
ever before etc." (in his sermon of the Infant School). 

Meanwhile a true citizen of Jerusalem will abide by his 
resolution either to travel or to stay at home, and no one 
familiar with the circumstances will blame foolish Abraham 
for not wishing to stay at any one place in the horrible 
days of Israel's blindness. 

May it now come about here and there in the world, as 
it is there and yonder, so it will be even worse here, when 
it comes about yonder, as it was here. The world indeed 
consoles itself and its children saying : Oh ! every age 
has been as bad as the present, formerly it was even so. 
But in the beginning it was not always so. And when 
finally all patience with the tree has been exhausted the 
axe must be applied to the very root. No one must follow 
me to America, for who knows how long I shall remain 
there, but when I am in that very place, it is known to me 
and the providence of God. It shall be my task to serve 
and honor the reason therefore with love and cheerfulness, 
as long as I remain there. What otherwise remains to be 
mentioned, may be gleaned from several paragraphs of 
the rationi feregrinandi ; of the present time. I therefore 
patiently commend the learned and beloved reader, to the 
faithful care of God in Christ and the word, and remain a 
fellow warrior, fellow sufferer, and fellow expectant of the 
body of Christ, which is scattered over the whole earth and 
await the coming of my chief shepherd and King with 
ardent longing. 

Daniel Falckner, 
Citizen and Pilgrim of Pennsylvania 
in Northern America. 





■•il^'^W^''Hi«V'''^V4'?W£lP5*l'^ 


gw^WF^^m^^T^vTiwaePSC^iwflsn 


i8t8J8fc««a«jja«e^«t«i^«*«?^l^*^^ 



PR/EMONITIO. 



[Preface to Printed Version.] 

g(I\Sftoo!^(cn untcr iifncn tnir botQcIcgtcn "^xa^tn cinigc 8o^ctt 
^^^ fmii, iittrumb i^ mi^ Jiicfclbigctt, accural ju toiffcii, in 
5(mcnctt niH^i hctmmtvi, uuii iic^tocgcn i^ iicfclHgc bi^ auf 
tocitcrcn SBcfi^ctJi ucr)>tt^rcn mu^. 

@o toitt i(^ iiO(^ fiir &ic)c§ttitt( in cinfottigct 8ick ju tncincm 
25ttttcr(ttnk, i)o§ mir -^uniitbttfjrc tren^crl^ig offcnbo^rcn, tocilcn 
gumo^lcn id) ic^lnlbcn jn mcincn gntcn ^rcnn&cn, iinrj^ @0ttc8 
SSSiffcn, on§ iicm fetnscnttcgcncn Santie, nng iicr llrfoj^c, toiciicrs 
ficfe^tct bin, nmb fie bcr groffcn SSo^lt^oten ®£)ttc§ unti beg 
tountictborcn ScgcnS ju bcrid)tcn iicr nff tiicfcS ncugcbontc Sanii 
in 3cit(i(f)cn unb l^imm(i|djcn O^iitcrn mit fo bottcr rcit^cr §anii 
gefifjiittct toiri), ba i(^ bann fclbftcn bet) meiner ^ins unb ^er=9{eife 
itii^t§ ttnbev§ beobaii^fet, 0(8 bn^ ber Seib ^^rifti cxHuti toerben 
wiijljte. 5^1^ l^obe (^ier unb bo) bic Siebe jum ^^rieben getrngcn, 
bie ©(^inajfjen gefitdtrfet, bie SWiiben erntuntert, bie ^iirtaii^igen 
geftrttffet, unb uticf) mit benen in ^offnung Sebenben erfreuet, 
out^ fnm^Jt i^nen in benen ©arbariftfjen §ct)bnif>^en ©rnn^en ein 
ttufrii^tigeg t^dtigeS ^^riftent^umb gefunben, tod^t^ itfj uteinen 
guten ^yteunben ticrfiinbiget, unb ge^e nun ttiieber bort^in, ob 
@ott miff, Germaniam Novam Dei amantem & colentem in 
America 3U fel^en, unb bofefbjt niiii^ olfo 3U bejeugen, toie eg 

(76) 



iwtiwrt r* ■■■TJ i n 111 fln i i i iTiirrn ji a ■ i i r i i i' ," n il i n ' > i i m r ifcTiiE 



PR/EMONITIO, 

[Preface to Printed Version.] 

* ^ II 'LTHOUGH among the questions presented unto 
^^ B » me there are some things concerning which I 
have not troubled myself to learn about in America. These 
I must reserve until I shall have further information. I 
will, however, for the present in artless simplicity to my 
fatherland candidly reveal that which is known unto me, 
as I have chiefly upon this account, by divine permission 
returned unto my good friends, from the far distant land, 
to acquaint them with the great beneficence of the Lord, 
and the wonderous blessings of both temporal and divine 
favors, which have been scattered, with so bountiful hand 
over this newly settled land, as during my journey to and 
fro, I have observed nought, but how the body of Christ 
is being built up. I have at least always contended in 
the interest of charity and peace, strengthened the weak 
hearted, encouraged the weary, corrected the froward, and 
rejoiced with those living in hope, also together I also 
found within the barbaric heathenish boundries, a sincere 
active Christianity which I proclaimed unto my good 
friends, and now return if it please God, to see again 
Germaniam Novam Dei amanteni and colentem in 

(77) 



78 ^uticufc 9loi!^rt^t bon Jpcnnf^ltiania. 

metn ^iinig tier ^iintge Un miv erforbert. 3u toel^er bar^abeits 
lien IReife ii^ mti^ tiem @e6ete, un)i tier !Sie6e aHer ttia^ren @(ies 
tier tiel fieibcS S^fu em^fo^tctt ^ttben toiH. .S«^ Hn aber liarbe^ 
Qtttt^ tierfir^ert, tia^ tier §@rr §@rr mir meine Seijlage Betoa^ren 
fan unti toiU 6t^ on jenen groffen Xa%, tie^toegen iH^ aui^ groffe 
^reutiigfeit gebrauc^e tiem ^oti unti ailem S^ertierben Xto^ ju 
bteten. 

^a^ protectire nber ^iermit ^um jierliii^jitett, tia^ i^ nij^t in- 
tentionirt jemantien tmrd^ wein .tommen nnti toietierstoegQel^en, 
otier tiurr^ nicin 8o6f>re(i^en Her ^Jtowmigfeit nnti "Mnfrii^ttgfeit 
tier neuen ^(jrijiten in Pensylvania, in tiie SSiifiten jn fii^ren, 
nein, fonticrn e§ ge^e ein jetier 3U ^^rifto ; tieffen tiie gan^e @rtic 
ift, unti aH i^re ^itde, unti (erne bon i^m UiaS er t^un foUe, mer 
OU0 tiiefem SBrunnen tier SBei^fjeit |i^ niii^t erleuj^ten (afft, tieme 
ift metier un miv mH^ un einigem S()lenf(^en uff tier S&elt ju 
^efffen. 

Xie ^eutige 2Bett unti i^re 9Be(ts^intier in unferm Seutfd^s 
lantie (naii^tieme fie tiaS Hebe ^^rifitent^umb fafi gar tierlo^ren 
unti in eine ^eud^cte^ otier opus operatum toertoantielt l^abcn) 
trofitcn fi^ jtoar wit tiiefen 2Borten, f^re^eniie: O e8 ift affejeit 
biife getnefen, eS mar bor tiiefem aui!| jo. $(ber mein Heber 
!8antigmann meijt tiu niii^t tia^ tiie ^rt tiem <6aume fi^on an tiie 
SBurjet gefeget ijit, unti tia^ tier Saum, tier feinc gute ^ru^t 
bringet, mirti abge^auen unti in tiag ^^euer gemorjfen mertien. 
^arumb ijit eg l^o^e ^^it^ tia^ man umbfe^re, mei( tiie ©natiens 
%^nx no^ offen jte^et. 

®§ tiarff mir nicmanti na^ America fotgen, tiann mer mei§, 
mic (onge i^ tin bin. ^a^ id^ aber nid^t l^ier, fontiern (ies 
ber aff tiortcn bin, mei^ x^ unti liie treue ©ottliii^e Provident 
llrfai^cn tiarfiir, mett^cn in ^reutien ju e^ren unti ju lobcn 
mein SBerif fe^n mirti, fo (ang ii!^ lebe, unti aud^ tiort in aHe 
^migfeit. 

SBor^u id^ tiann au^ tien moPgeneigten ^t^cv l^iermit nad^: 



Falchner's *■'• Curtetise JVackricht.'' 79 

America; and to testify there as my King of Kings 
demands of me. For which proposed journey I will have 
to commend myself to the love and prayers of all true 
members of the body of Christ. I am, however, fully 
assured, that the Lord of Lords, can and will protect my 
mission until that great day. Therefore it is with great 
joyfulness that I bid defiance unto death and all corruption. 

I protest, however, herewith in the most graceful man- 
ner, that it is not my intention to lead anyone into these 
deserts, by my coming and returning again, or by my 
ecomium of the piety and sincerity of the new Christians 
in Pennsylvania. No — rather let every one go unto 
Christ, to whom belongs the whole earth, and the fullness 
thereof, and learn from Him what he shall do. He that 
doth not enlighten himself out of this fountain of wisdom, 
is not to be helped by me or any person in the world. 

The world of to-day and its worldly children in our 
Germany (after they have almost entirely lost the dear 
Christianity and have transformed it into a sham or of us 
operattim) console themselves with these words, saying : 

Oh ! every age has been as bad as the present, formerly 
it was even so. But my dear countrymen, do you not 
know that the axe is already laid to the root of the tree, 
and that the tree that doeth not bring forth good fruit, is 
felled and cast into the fire. Therefore it is high time, 
that one turneth, while yet the door of grace stands open. 

No one need follow me to America, for who knows how 
long I may remain there. But why I would rather be 
there, than here, there are reasons therefore, known unto 
me and the divine providence, which to honor and praise 
in joyfulness shall be m}'- task so long as I live, and also 
beyond in all eternity. 

Wherefore I then again heartily admonish the well dis- 



8o ©uncufc 9^oi^ri(^t toon ^cnnf^Ibania. 

ma^Un ^ttf^ixi^ ticrmo^nc uiiti kt trcucn ©Ottcls^antr in G^^rifiti 

!Siek emlife^k, unli ticr6(ei6c 

^cr 9Kttfttiii)iffcntic, 9)lit(ct)iicnJ)c, nnii 
SWit^offcndc on ticm Seik :»>€ftt, 
eiiigc^iflonl^tc SWitfnci^t, crtoartcrtii 
wcincS §r^=§ittcttg unii ^immclgs 
^iinigS in fc^n(i(^cm ^crlangcn 

Mantel i^flt^KfJ*^ Siirgcr unJi ^pils 
grim in Pensylvanicn in 9lorBcn 
America. 




Falckner's '■'■Curieuse Nachricht." 8i 

posed reader, and commend him unto the true guidance 

of God in the love of Christ and remain 

The fellow warrior, fellow sufferer 
and fellow expectant of the body 
of Christ, an inveterate fellow 
servant, awaiting the coming of 
my chief shepherd, and Heav- 
enly King with ardent longing. 

Daniel Falckner, Citizen and Pil- 
grim in Pennsylvania in North- 
ern America. 





2)ie 1. i^xaQt. 

SStc btc ^ctf c natf) America anpftcllcn ? 




Resp.^^^rvp|j. ^xtt^t Bcgtcifft 3toct)crlct| in fidj. I. ^cit 
•stBccg. II. istBic iiic 9tci)c anjuftcflcn [und auf 
was weise.] JBott iicitt 0?rftcn infoiiiicr^cit, fo 

mag tJcrjcnigc, tuctr^er Soften njttgctt toiff, am gcmoifjUr^fitctt 

3tt Sanbc tion fciiicr §cimat^ ttcj| §oKonti gcl^cn, uiiii fi(^ grofs 

fcr Pagage entji^lagcn. 
SBiff man akr jn SBaffcr rcifcn, unti mit i!cm gmngftctt 

Soften, fo flc^ct man narfjcr §amliurfl oiicr SBrcmcn, toon iiar mit 

@(§iffcn naji^ ^ngcffantl. [Es sey denn, dass man vorher 
durch Briefe berichtet Engellische Schiffe, die nach Amer- 
ica zugehen entschlossen, allda antreffen konte.] dg toatC 

iiann 8adje t)a§ man an na^ern Oxitn 8ii^i|fe antrafe, die nad^ 
America jn gc^cn cntfrfjloffcn. 

'^ann mu§ man mit iicm Sf^iffcr accordircn, lia^ Jicrfclbc 
cincn mit attcm bct| fid^ ^bcnsicn gen Philadelphiam in iiie 
.^att|it|taiit Pennsylvanias (icffcrn mit[fe. 8ottlc ahtx tint nene 
Colonia in Sesquahanna Revier angefeget toeriien, [o toare el 
am kften Dor iicn, tier aE&a fidj nictier^ntaffcn entfdjtoffen, in &er 
Sat) lion 3)iorien(onii ganl^ okn in Bohemia Revier okr in 
Elck, i)a§ ijt, ^{enii§;Revier fitfj an§fel?cn (ieffe. 

2Beit(aufftigen C^au^ratlj mu§ man tocrfanffen, unli in ^ngefs 
Innii [und Holland] mit iiem not^toeniiigften iiabon iniekr toers 

82 



^ 


«e«sfeJW 


I^SSJSBl 


^^ 


68823 


!W«9^ 




'^ 


1^ 


ik^i^i 


Si^^SiS 


i(S# 


1^'^ 


VSt 


&^ 


^18 




51 


g^gc 


Tr^fWS 


>(S^ 


9m 


wtS 


K^ 


?i8 


w^ 


«s 




m 


fm 


^fii^^fi 


^ 


m 



The I St Question. 

How to contrive for a voyage to America. 




fcj ^ iHIS question of the journey is a two-fold one ; 
^ how to arrange for it, and upon what manner. 
Of the first he with whom expense is no object 
can go most comfortably by land from his 
home to Holland, and avoid the taking of any heavy 
baggage. 

If any wish to go by water and with less expense, they 
can go by way of Hamburg or Bremen, thence by vessel 
to England, provided, however, that they have previously 
satisfied themselves by letter that the English ship sailing 
for America, in which it is proposed to take passage, will 
be met.^ Next we must make our bargain with the 
skipper, so that he is bound to deliver us, with all our 
belongings, at Philadelphia, the capital of Pennsylvania. 
Should, however, the new colony be founded on the 
Susquehanna river,^ it would be best for such persons who 
wish or determine to settle there, to have themselves 
landed in the bay of Maria-land,* far up on the Bohemia 
river, or on the £lk, that is, Elcnds river.^ Ordinary 
household furniture must be sold, and the most necessary 

(83) 



84 e^urieufe 9iai^n(^t toon jpcnnf^Ibonio. 

f(]^en. [So muss man audi kein Leinen ausgewaschenes 
und gebrauchtes mit nehmen, weil es schwere Acctse in 
Engelland giebet] 

^ic oriicntUii^c unii Bcjitc gftt ift xvx ^^rii^s^ol^r, m 5(|inff, 
uttb am ©niic iic§ SKonatS 5(upftt gcgcit §cr6^, iiictocilcn umb 
bicjelbe '^txi })te mcifiten OjitlDintie toc^cn, H mu^ man in Sontion 
fc^n. [wenn friede ist, gehen zwar Allezeit Schiffe] ^tffjn 
frii^c m ^rii^Ungc, nnli nffju f^mtl^ xvx ^crbjit, ift e8 gar ungcs 

pwm im [auf dem] WtttX. 



2Stc man ftt^ auf bcr 9?cifc 5U ijcr^altcn ? 



R. /tttlS; ift eg, tuann nton o^nc ^umor «ni) ©cranfdj in (^otfeS 
^ Sillcn mit rcMiri^cm ^(fifd^icii angjic^c, unii anr^ alfo fort 
rcifc, iiamit mti\x cin gutcg ©ctoiffcn toor '^^ii, nnii altcn 9[Ucn; 
ft^cn l^abcn, unii Bc^attcn miig, alfo niii^t an ciner Scitc in tite 
S5crfud)nng tcr ^ortfjt l^olbcr, an iicr anlicrn ®citc Jicr Suft ^albcr 
fallen nnl) nnterliegcn miige. ^arnefien fe^ man fc^nelt jn 
i^iiren, unti (angfam jn reJjen. ^m aufferti^en t|ue man affeg 
ol^ne igmeiffctn unii WlvixmtU, nnii taffe fii^ bcgniigen en bem, 
Hag U ijt. 

Ste 3. Stage. 

SBic man fid^ btc Dlcifc rcc^t 5U 9^u^c 5U nta^cn? 

R. /ttSci^toie in ©ottti^er ^ii^rnng fi^ feine getoiffe Theses 

^ oiler ^legetn marten (affen auf fo, oier fo, iiorumb [und 

deswegen] toeit uufere ^tnfi^toge unb Intention itbcroU mit 



Falckner's ^^Curieuse Nachricht ''' 85 

articles be again purchased in England or Holland. Nor 
must any one take any linen, bleached or domestic, as this 
is subject to heavy custom duties in England. 

The best and most suitable time for the voyage is in the 
spring, in April, and in the autumn toward the latter part 
of August, as during these times easterly winds prevail. 
Then we must be in London. In times of peace ^° ships 
sail at almost all seasons, yet if it is too early in the year, 
or late in the autumn, it is very boisterous upon the ocean. 



The 2nd Question, 

How to conduct oneself upon the voyage. 



IT were well that one depart without bustle or excite- 
ment," but with a righteous leavetaking in the fear of 
God, and thus set out, having and keeping a good conscience 
before God and all men ; consequently not falling upon one 
side by the temptation of fear, nor falling and succumbing 
upon the other side by reason of pleasure. Moreover, be 
quick to hear, but slow to speak. In outward appearances 
do all things without doubting or complaint, and be con- 
tent with what is there. 



The 3rd Question. 

How one may rightly turn the voyage to profit. 



* y I *S in divine guidance, no regular set thesis and rules 
^^ B , "thus and so" can be given. For this reason, 
that as our intentions and efforts are tinged and encompassed 



86 ^urieufe 9la^rii!^t un ^ennf^ltiania. 

wcnf^n^cr ®(|tooii^§cit fo fern [Sie] 'nnxS^ iiic impressiones 
lauffen, umdgetien, also tiarjf man nur jtide unii gelaffen reifcn 
toic liic ^iniicr, bie Hon cincm Crt jum nniicrn [getragen oder] 
gelattet mettien, unti nur liagjentge infontier^ett anmertfen, morauf 
fie \iU trcufit^reniic Wtniitt tocifct ; 80 toirb cin jcgtiii^cr Xa^ fiir 
bttS 8cinc forgcn, unJj iicr 9lu^cn toirJ) [unserm mit Christo 

in Gott verborgenem Leben] 3ur ^tii ^tX Cffcnbtt^rung 
^^rtfti 6ct)gc(c8ct. 

^ann eg mi^'dii fti!^ |tcr tote mit einigen 9>errii|tungen, 
toeld^c getoiffen 9Kcn)(^cn umb i^re§ ©eften [halber] miffen 
onbcfoPen fmii. ex. gr. @inem Socmen nu^et liie Setoegung 
lie§ fli^nm^en ©UellS. [Einem Lahmen ist die Motion oder 
bewegung des Schwachen Gliedes absonderlich gut] 

@inem anliern nu^et ba§ @e^en jur beffern l^ertiauung iter 
©^leifen, unii jur gefuntien Circulation J)e§ @ebliit§. %v\ 
^ttttffmonn ma^et profit >^m feiner 9leife, mic e§ iiie ©elegens 
|eit gibt. 

S®ic man in Specie nff bcr 9?cifc fit^ jn fcincm iJorr)a= 

Bcnbcn ^^Jcrf \\\ Americam rcc^t praepariren 

fiinnc ? 



H.^: 



^% Praeparation fo fern in fie iiie Moralitat, oJ)er in iiaS 
Interesse tier 8ce(cn jiefet, er^ettet ttu§ fr^on nngefii^rs 
ten, unb ^Ctt mei^ am kften mie er einen iegtii^en fi|an im IReifen 
noii^ jtt fernern Sleifcn praepariren foil, juma^ in§gemein tiic 
aWenf(i^ens.tini)cr olfo trageS §er^en§ finii, lia^ fie bic 2Bi(i|tig5 
feit einer 8a^e [und] i^reg S5orne^men§ erft reii^t erfennen, 
toonn fie iieffent^albcn [ernstlich] iiie ^ro6 aftjutegen gefor&ert 
toeriien. ^6en toic iiie (eid^tfinnigen ^naien, tneli^e erft anfangen 
3U lernen, mann fte nun auffagen foUen. 



J^alcknet-'s '■'■Curieuse JVachrtcht.'' 87 

throughout with human weakness, so far as they flow 
through the sensuous impressions, therefore, we can only- 
travel quietly and patiently, like unto children who are 
carried or led from one place to another, and who merely 
notice in particular that to which the true guiding mother 
calls attention. Thus each day will provide for itself, and 
the gain will be ours in the life hidden with Christ in God 
prepared for revelation. Now it is like the various actions 
which have been recommended to certain people for their 
benefit. Thus, to a lame one a motion or movement of the 
weak member is specially grateful ; to another, walking 
gives a better digestion of the food and a healthful circu- 
lation of the blood. A merchant maketh profit from his 
journey as opportunity offers. 



The 4th Question. 

How may one rightly prepare himself during the 
voyage for his intended purpose in America? 



mHE preparation, so far as morality or the interest of 
the soul is concerned, appears from what has 
already been presented. God knows best how to prepare 
everyone upon the voyage for a future journey, as generally 
the children of men are of a slothful nature, so that they 
fail to realize the importance of matters and their under- 
standing until they are called upon to give some earnest 
proof upon that account, even as the frivolous youth, who 
only begin to study when they are called upon to stop. 



88 ^uricttfc 9lo^tl^t tJon ^cnnfl|(t)ania. 

^itjtoiff^cn ifit too|( gct^on, toann man fii?^ i)icn|tfcrtig, bets 
gnuglti^ unti %xU\i\am geU)o|nc, Hmii man i^crnai^ fii^ nii^t 
in ojfcrliotc falfi^c 5(b|it^tctt bcrtoirfcre, foniicrn ©Ott uni Salens 
f^crt Qctrcuc fc^ in iicr 9(ttfri(^ti0fcit. .^m ttuffcrHc^ctt i|t pt, 
ba^ mon in §offanii oiicr (^ngcffanii, noii^ iicm ISBcrmogcn, i)a§ 
@£)tt in fcincm Scgcn l)otrci(^ct, bcrfc^c mit ^(ciiicrn, 33c4tcn, 
^ifcntocrrf, unb not^iiur|fttgcm .g>au^rot^c. 



^icjcntgc Safjrcn fu in Pensylvanicn mitjunc^mcn 

btcnitd) : 



§offatti)tfdjc unb OfnttBrurfifri^c Scintoat, C^offoittiif^cn ^totrit, 
Srcmcr Sot)farfcn, iiatoon won crft in (^ngcUonii 9lo(^rit§4 cins 
l^otcn mu^, ol) mang in ^oUanJi cin(ai)cn HxW, unb tnie ^o^ tier 
Accis ijt; ©ctunlrftc ®triim)jffc ; ©inige ptc ®(^ccrmcffcr, 
Sil^ttt^tmcffcr, S(^nittmc|fcr, Brcitc JBcilcr, nllcri^onii SWnifcI 
unJ) ^aiUn. @rab)(^ciii, St^anffcln, Scnfcn, ©akin, ^i^c(n, 
<Sagcn, unti jammer, un)) ciferne ^ott unti ll^effeln, mie aui^ 
!(cinc ^tt|)fctnc ^cffckin, ollcr^anli gcring JlSolIcnjcuft bor ^tin; 
licrs0cikr nnii llntcrfnttcr. ^inigc JOk&rojjcn, nnii buniitc 
^a(§tit^cr, (fatocn nnii SBarr^ct. Mct^anii ^oi]:(^t\o'nxi^. 
i^enftcr:$(et). ^raut un}) Sot^, mH^ aUer^anb ®(^rot unti 
^agds^ttttjit 3nm S^ogct ft^icffcn. 



2)ie 5. Stage. 

SBofiir man ftt^ itff bcr 9Jctfc 511 ^iitcn? 



R. /^5t®S man fit^ iiurfi^ tiie bicIfaJtigcn Objecta nt^t affjus 

^ fc^r distrahiren (affc, nod^ [durch] Jsic mani^ctic^ 

®c|ctt)(!^aftcn, unii nntcr)^ici)(i(^c Conversationen, toc((|c man 



F'alckne7-'s '■'•Curietise IVachrtcki." 89 

In the meantime it will be well for one to accustom him- 
self to be obliging, pleasant, and industrious, that he may 
not become entangled in false positions, but remain true in 
all sincerity unto God and mankind. In outward matters 
it is well for one to purchase in Holland and England such 
clothing, bedding, ironware and necessary household goods, 
according to the means with which the blessing of God 
hath endowed him. 



Such goods as will be of service if taken to 
Pennsylv^ania. 



Dutch and Osnabriick Linens, Holland Thread, Bre- 
men bed-sheets, whereof one must first get information 
from England, if they can be loaded in Holland, and how 
high the tariff is. Fulled stockings, several good razors, 
butcher's knives, chopping knives, broad-axes, all sorts of 
chisels and files, spades, shovels, scythes, forks, sickles, 
saws, hammers, iron pots and kettles, also small copper 
kettles, all kinds of cheap woollen goods for children's 
wear and linings. Several mattresses, colored kerchiefs, 
calico and canton flannel, all kinds of cookery spices, 
glazier's lead, powder and shot, also all sizes of shot and 
dust shot to shoot birds. 



The 5th Qiiestion. 

What one has to beware of on the voyage ? 



ONE should not permit himself to be detracted too 
much by the many outward things, nor by the 
mixed company and the different conversations (which one 



90 ^uneufe 9U(^rii^t tion §$ennft)(tiania. 

Iti^t ollcjcit ttia§(en [oder wo sie bosse sind nach seinem 
willen] noii^ ticrtttciiicn foim, [doch auch zu seinem nactheil 

nicht unterhalten soil.] ^cm Scibc gcbc man oriictttUr^ fcinc 
S^ctfe ttitii fc^c fi^ too^t fiir, H^ man fi(^ toor unrcincm Xxintp: 
fi^irt unii ©cttctt, [und Gesellschaft] fo tiict moglir^, tJcrtott^rc. 



2)ie 6. Stage. 

SStt)^ man uff bcm St^iffc [wegen umgang] mtt bcitcn 
©c^ifflcutcn in 5(f^t 511 nc^men ? 



R. (f>^5(S 8i|iff;!SBo(rf mu§ man in fcincm X^un (affcn, unii fiii^ 

^ ui^t ttlljugcmcin moreen, [Es sey denn dass einen 
Gott sonderlich bey einem oder anderm einen eingang 
machte;] infoiiiicr^cit l^ttbctt jiil^ 2[Sci6§;^cr[onctt in 5t^t 3U 
nc^mctt. SJltttt mu^ respectircn iicn 8(l^iffs(5^^c)iitan, bcit Stcuers 
monn, ISBootSmann, ^0^ unll teller. [Den Koch, Kellner, 
Bothsmann zusamt den Schiff-Capitain und Steuermann 
muss man so viel als moglich zu Freunden behalten] In 
specie muf; man fitfj cincn gcringcn ®(^i|fmonn jum gutcn 
t^rcnnJJc maj^cn, mii SBcrf^irc^nng cincS Xranrfgctiig ottx ©raniis 

ttlCtngc(t)d^ [darneber einen gemeinen Schiffmann durch 
Verheissung eines Trinckgeldes oder dann und wann durch 
mittheilung eines trunks Brantwein an sich halten] ))antit 

man, ju fatten ©turmgs^fitcn olicr bet) tiorfallcnJicr ir^iffls 
Mrnnffjcit fitfj fcincr ^Inftoartung Qctrbfitcn fiinnc. ^tt§ 8cinigc 
mu^ cin icgtirfjcr tooljl tjcrtoa^rcn, unii nir^t unad^tfam (icflen 
laffcn, bamit ctntQc§ Biifcg 8tf)iff=2>o(rf nirfjt ©clcgcnfjctt ^um 
ftc^kn kfommc. 5(n bencn Ocrtcrn onf iicm S^iffe, too t)a§ 
®d^iff=S>o((f fcinc SBcrridjtnngf n fjot, mn§ man fic^ nid^t tiici anf; 
l^altcn. 



Falckner's '•'•Curieuse Nachricht.^^ 91 

cannot select at all times, nor avoid as we would desire 
where they are evil) nor should one enter into any amuse- 
ment to his own detriment. Give unto the body its proper 
food, and so far as possible beware of unclean drinking 
vessels, bedding and company. 



The 6th Question. 



What one has to be mindful of in his intercourse 
with the sailors and crew.? 



mHE crew must be left alone in their ways and doings, 
neither must one fraternize with them, unless it be 
that the Lord has made a special enlightment in one or 
another of them. Females, in particular, have to be care- 
ful of themselves. It is well for one to keep on as friendly 
terms as possible with the ship's-cook, steward, boatswain, 
as well as with the captain and mate. The favor of the 
common sailor should be gained by the promise of a 
gratuity or an occasional drink of brandy, so that one may 
depend upon their attention in stormy or heavy weather, 
or during sea-sickness. Every one must carefully guard 
his personal property, and allow nothing to lie around, so 
as not to offer to the wicked ship's crew any incentive for 
stealing. One should not spend much time in the crew's 
house of office. 



92 G^uricttfc 9laj|ti(^t iion ^ennf^Iticttio. 

2Ba^ megctt bcr (St^iff^= obcr 3ec=^rattf^cttcn in %^t 

5U ncljmcn? 



R. ^S^ [schiffs] ^ranffjcit ufictftittt inSQcmctn bic ©offfitji^s 

'^ tiflc, (ji)cr 3um ®(^tt)iniic( gcncigtc, unii forii^tiamc ©emit; 

i^tx. [am meisten] ^a^cro iDotc c8 gut, iia§ ttion fcitt ©cmiit^ 

[Durch hohere Gedanken zu ordnen] tJOr^etO JU tU^igctt 
Sedaten ©ciianfcn disponirc, iicn Scib akr per purgantia 
tcinigC ; [und das natiirliche gebrechen der Schwindelhaff- 
tigen und furchtsamen Natur sich auf einer Schaukel zu 

benehmen] ;^ic ^orii^t fi(^ ju knc^ittcii, ju tJor^cro ujf Hctttcn 

[wasser in einem] ^Vtt^ncil fa^rcil tcritc, iic ^|ttnttt)Ct) [zu 
beugen und] Jiurj^ ciiic aiitooi^fcniie (f^riftHtfje lUuiiQ, uni 
WUt^ig ttttil fit^nc toCtilCtt (erne, [also gar, das worfiir immer 
ein welt Mensch nicht erschrickt auch ein Gott und Tugend 
liebender Mensch dasselbige keinesweges zu fiirchten hat] 
^onn Uiorfiir ein biifer ^tUMcn^H^t erf^rtrft, iiorfiir ^at fi^ 
ein frommer C^Otts un& l^ngen&HeknDer 9)lcn]^t gar nii^tS ^u 
fiir^ten. 

Unii ift auH^ jn observiren, iio^ too mttn ftordfe SBiniie nnii 
^ii^fe iiet See tiermertfet, man fid^ nit mit Skiff ^ovtjtt iibers 
Utt, fonlJern nnt ein tocnig ^to^krf mx ©rttntJetoein jn jiii^ 
ne^we, fu^ in fein ©ettc niciicrfcge, nnii onf iicr Seiten Hegen 
Meibe, k^ won ier Motion iic§ Si^ip beffer getool^ne. Man 
!on fiii^ au(i^ ein lag oiier od^t [nacht] c^e mon ^nv See gel^et, 
auf 2ia3 Sd^iff begeben tiantit man IteS S^ajfer^ unb kr Sees 
Igufft getoo^ne. 



Falckner's '•'■Curieuse Nachricht.^^ 93 

The 7th Question. 

What is to be observed concerning ship or 
sea-sickness ? 



BEA-SICKNESS chiefly affects persons of a bilious 
disposition or such as are inclined to vertigo or fear. 
Therefore, it is best to occupy one's mind with higher 
thoughts ^^ and to cleanse the body ; while such as suffer 
from dizziness or are of a timorous nature should betake 
themselves to a swing or a little boat upon smaller waters, 
so as to overcome the fantasy of fear, and by increasing 
the practice of Christian virtues, become bold and courage- 
ous, so that as God-loving and virtue-loving persons they 
will in no manner have to fear, that which fails to frighten 
a worldly-minded person. It is also to be observed that 
when we meet with strong winds and high seas, one must 
not overload himself with food, but rather content himself 
with a little zwieback ^^ and brandy, and lie down in bed 
upon the right side, and remain there until one is better 
accustomed to the motion of the vessel. One may also go 
aboard the ship for a day or night prior to sailing, so 
as to get accustomed to the water and the sea-air. 



94 ^urieufe 9la(^riii^t tion ^ennf^tnania. 

Sa^ jungc Scute, btc bajin rcifcn toottcn, 5U observircit 

[Wie junge Leute, die einmahl dahin gehen sollen auf 
solche weise dazu zu -prcRpariren seyn ? 



R. CII^^^ bercttg auf iiic 4te ffroge gconltoortet, unb tote bits 
^^^ jcnigcn JRcgctn in %^i ju nc^mcn finii, tocli^c mott fanfit 
licnen in Wt ^yrcmbt) Oieifenlien 3U gcben Itjlcgt Iiod^ nur fo fern, 
aI3 fie tiem tnalren ^Iriftent^untb, unb tier ma^ren Xugenl) gema§ 
ftnU. 



S'ie 9. Stage. 



2Sa)§ ki bcr 5(nfunfft in Pensylvania obcr Virginia ju 

observircn ? 



R. C^% ^rjte unb not^ifijtc ift, bcm §®rrn fcinem ©Ctt, ber 
-^iiurr^ SBoffer unb |yeuer fii^ret, einen ^ttn(f=?((tar \\\ ber 
ftiffen S>erborgcn^eit feineg §erl;cn§ aufjurij^ten, unb in gutem 
S^orfa^e [demselben] fcinc ©ctitbiie ju bejo^Ien. ^arneben fe^e 
ttion firfj noii^ [einem oder mehr] guten ^reunbcn unib, '^tWtXi 
man fcinc 5(n)d)(ogc, tnic unb toa8 8cbcn8;5trt man fit^rcn tootte, 
entbcrfe. Mm ftc|c jo niri^t auf fcinem .^^o^ffe, fonbcrn (affe fi^ 
bur^ bie ^rfo^rung onbcrcr ju fcinem ©eftcn rotten, injmifii^cn 
l^ot man fi^ ni^t yx iibcreilen, tiiclmcl^r mit @ciiu(t bcr @btt(is 
d^cn S^irfung abjutoartcn, W\ man fi(§ bcffer [vollig] in bic 
9Crt bcS iSanbeS einrit^ten Icrne. 



Falckner's '•'•Curieuse Nachricht.^^ 95 

The 8th Question. 

How young persons, who intend going there for any 
specific purpose, are to be properly prepared. 



* ^ * HE answer to this question already appears in those 
\5i^ previously set forth, in particular in ^lestion IV. 
Herewith one may observe such rules as are usually given 
to itinerant journeymen, though only so far as they con- 
form with true Christianity and virtue. 



The 9th Question. 

What is to be observed upon the arrival in Pennsyl- 
vania or Virginia? 



HIRST and above all, raise up unto the Lord, who 
hath guided you safely through fire and water, an 
altar of thankoffering in the inmost recesses of your heart, 
with a firm resolution to pay unto him your vows. At the 
same time seek to make one or more good friends, to whom 
3^ou can disclose your intentions, projects and manner of 
living. Do not stand upon your own head, but take ad- 
vice from the experience of others. In the mean time one 
need not act hastily, but await with patience the Divine 
dispensation, until one learns fully how to establish one- 
self according to custom of the country. . 



96 ^uncttfc 9ltt(i^ri^t bon ^cntt|t)(iiattio. 

S©ic man fic^ tiorfic^tigl^ gcgcn btc manc^crlcti Sectcn 
bort tjcr^altcn fottc ? 



K- (^5(S ift cine f^tocrc ^xap, uni) foft unmogn^ ju htanU 
^ toortctt, no(^ [(^tocrcr ju practicircn, Jio(i^ tocil iiic fious 
tcrfcit i)c§ OHttubcnS ^(^[u in iicr G^infalt iiic ©crcrfjiigfcit iicr 
Siilrfcr crfitHct, )o tljut man iinrinn iicn Sectcn [keinen gios- 
seren] no^ i)cn ntctftcn (^intrag, unJ) 3niar nar^ ifjrcr ciflcncn 
5(nforiicrung, unti mit i^rcm Consens. Xann iuann man ^Hl^ in 
iicr X^at fo fromm gcgcn fic kjcngct, toic fie in cincm gcfcl^s 
tidjcn SBccgc licrlangcn, unti dodj iiark^ nid^t ftoH^ i|t, uni) Hid: 

mcfjt [in der Freundlichkeit und Liebe ihnen etwas Leben- 
diges bey aller Gelegenheit bezeuget] i^ncn ^fcnnJllid^fcit, 

unti iSictic kjcugct. 

2)ie 11. Sragc. 

293tc man fitl) bortcn am dcftcn cinridjtcn Unnc jur 
§auPa(tung ? 

[zur information, zur Haus-Arbeit, zur Haushaltung] 



R. r^vIESE Einrichtung kan geschehen] 9la<i^ tcx fe 
L^ !anntnu0 cinc8 jcgtirfjcn (^hhc, unii nar^ jcincr resolu- 
tion in iJcn @ottIij|cn JH^iHcn, infitcirfjcn [wie schon oben ge- 
meldet] na^ cinc§ jcfttitfjcn Wiiiti unii ^crmogcn mag ct fcinc 

[wer etwas hat kan sich mit nothigen zur] ^au^fjaltung mit 

aicnli^cn ^ingcn bcrfc^cn. 235cr a6cr niii^tS ^ot [sehe nur das 
er frei und ohne Schuld iiberkomt und lasse den lieben Gott 
sorgen ipe faciei^ uuii botfj ®))rar^cn fan, bcr !on [in den 



Falcknei-'s '-^Curieuse Nachricht" 97 

The loth Question. 

How to conduct oneself there circumspectly and in- 
offensively toward the divers sects. 



V ^ * HIS is a difficult question, and one almost impossible 
\5l^ to answer, and still harder to observe. Neverthe- 
less, as the clearness of the faith of Jesus in its simplicity 
imbues the nations with righteousness, consequently we 
can offer to the sects no greater encouragement and indeed 
this according to and with their consent, than when we 
always and in a lawful manner show ourselves actually as 
devout as they demand, and yet be not proud, but rather 
extend unto them friendliness and love, thus showing vital 
Christianity upon opportunity. 



The iith Question. 

How best to establish oneself, and concerning infor- 
mation about domestic affairs and the household. 



mHE establishment can be done according to the knowl- 
edge of every one's endowment, and according to 
their fortitude in divine providence, as has already been 
previously mentioned, according to every person's means 
and ability. Those who have any means can supply them- 
selves with the necessary household utensils. Such as have 
nothing, let them see that they come over free and with- 
out debt, and let the good Lord provide {i^se facief). 



98 ^uricttfc ^ai^ri^t toon ^cnnf^ttionia. 

Stadten] offcnfli^c S^ttkn ttttftcffctt, uttii Hm ieit Uckn 

^di forgcn (o[fcn, ipse faciei. [Die information betref- 
fend, so muss dieselbe frivatim in einzelnen Hausern 
meistentheils geschehen, weil die Teutschen allda noch 
nicht in einer eigenen Colonic zusammen Verfasset 
wohnen. Wer mehr sprachen gelernt hat als eine, kan in 
den Stadten offentliche Schulen anstellen. Bey der 
Landschule ist zu beobachten, dass man die Kinder wo sie 
tiichtig der Hiilfe der Eltern nicht entbehren konnen, des- 
wegen man morgends und abendszeit in acht zu nehmen 
hat, oder sie wechselweise von ihren Verrichtungen zu 
sich rufet, ja bey denen Verrichtungen selbst mit ihnen 
conversirct und acht hat, ob und wie treulich sie ein Ding 
thun.] 

2Bai3 bcr ©cfunb^eit tocgcn bort 511 observircn ? 



R- ^^\^^ 9(IJtocd)§(ttng tion §i^c in iiie Mffc, uitb ijon iicr 

-^ ^tiftc in ilic SKJirmc, [ist bisweilen schnell, dahero 
es] ticturfttt|ct bet) jartcn Constitutioncn JBBin&c [verkaltung 
Heischerkeit] .^citcrfcit, (©t^ntt|i|icn unJi Obstructiones, unii 
iiicfc§ )"o iiiclmc^r, tocilcn iiurr^ iicn [vielen und] tagUr^cn @cs 
braud^ Jict jiiffcn Sadden, tt(§ S^ru|i|i, '^Xiitx, ^niiionifil^ ^orn 

[Brantwein, von Zucker-Rieth] Liquor [Brantewein] iion 

Spfitftfjcn, 9)lc(oncn unb iicrQtciifjcn, iicr ofjnc iia§ iiutd^ Mc %tx'' 
toC(5§(unQ iic§ Temperaments causirte unti unoricntlii^c 
Appetit gcftarrfct, bic !a(tc Sdnrc bcrmc^rcf, un& aficr^anii 
^uffiffc tocrurfo^t tocrlicn, iio^cro foniicrtiii^ untcr unoriicntUr|cn 
too^ttiilitificn ©cmihcrn entfte^cn fotgcntic ,^tron(!^citcn, oI§ 
SJlttgcnstyicbcr, WW^^l^xtUx, ©attcns-tranrf^citen, (iolica, Dis- 



Falckner^s ^^Curteuse Nachricht''' 99 

Concerning information, this must be chiefly obtained 
privately in the several houses, as the Germans as yet do 
not live together there as a distinct colony. Those who 
have learned more languages than one, can open a public 
school in the city. In the country schools it is, however, 
to be noted, that where the parents cannot spare the actual 
services of their children, the spare time in the mornings 
and evenings must be taken into consideration, or one may 
call them from their duties in turns ; yea, even converse 
with them while they are at work, at the same time paying 
attention that they are diligent and properly perform their 
duties. 



The 1 2th Question. 

What is to be observed regarding one's health.^ 



YTTHE variations from heat to cold and from cold to 
J-H warmth are often sudden ; consequently it causes, 
in delicate constitutions, flatulence, colds, hoarseness, 
catarrhal fever and obstructions, all of which are acceler- 
ated by the daily and plentiful use of sweet things, such as 
syrup, sugar, Indian corn, brandy from sugar cane (rum), 
brandy from peaches, melons and the like, which tend to 
increase the disordered digestion resulting from a change 
of temperature, increasing the gastric acid, thereby bring- 
ing about all kinds of conditions and attacks of illness. 
Therefore, dissolute and lustful dispositions are especially 
liable to such disorders as gastric and splenetic fevers, 
bilious complaints, colic, dysentery, pleurisy and similar 



L.o^ C. 



loo e^urieufc 9lot^riri|t toon ^cimfDltoonia. 

senteria [Pleuritis] unil licrglcill^cn. [Die Kinder muss 
man ordentlich im Essen halten, sonst briiten sie leicht 
wiirmer zumal da man der milch haufig gebrauchet. Die 
Brust und die Kahle muss man in Schweiss gegen die 
kuhlen Liiftlein verwahren.] ^tttUtttfi ift Jli^t iicnli^ 
btd @tt(^5S)JCi[fctt cffcn [zumahl wenn man der starken 
Englischen Biere, Brantewein und Apfel-Trank zugleich 
mit sich nimmt] 6ct) iicm ©Cttttttrf lieg ftttrtfcit ^ttQtif^cn Bltt^ 
ttn& ©rantcntocinS. ^ic abtocii^gtcniic [Motion] Commotion 
ift fc|r ^ut, (anQc fii^taffen abet ift f^atiliii^, ttiic au^ tia3 Sicgen 
Utt& Si^ctt uff licr [blossen] ^rbcn, tocit fie fc|r nitrofifii^ ift, 
ttttii H^ i(^8 fur^ [sage] foffc : ^o§ SanD toiK fcincn Debou- 
chantctt [oder] unb {^tttt^ctt^cr Hcrtrttflen, fottlicrtt bcfiirbcrt i^n 
IiatH 3U feinem ^ralic. 

2Bic btc Suft hovt ^inttx^- unb 8i)mmcri?=3eit kf^af= 

fCtt? 



R. [(^lE Luft] Sic ijt fttft tUn toic §ier, iencn ^ol^rlsSeiten 
L^ nar^, nur iJo^ fic iibcratt bid subtilcr unii penetrantcr 
ift, un)) 06 fi^on bie Sonne me^r ©etoiilt ^at, fo t^un }io(^ bie SBintie 
i^ten Straiten ^introg. ©on 9. U§r SKorftenS H^ nnifi ©lorfe 
2. ift eg im 8ommer am marmften, infonber^eit im lOlonat 
Julio nnb Augusto. gmo Stunben bor 5l6eniig kginnet eg 
inggemein !ii^(e unb feuii^te ju merben, unb t^auet bie 9lai^t 
itber fe^r ftarrf, too okr biefer Xi^au eine 9laj|t nuffen Heibt, fo 
ift eg ein ^eid^en, Hji e§ batb regnen toerbe. Starve SBinbe 
toe^^en nug 2Bcften unb 9lorbs23Seften [davon der letztere eben- 
das jenige wetter mit sich bringet was hier bey uns der 
Nordostwind thut, hingegen bringet uns der Nordost und 



Falckner's " Curicusc Nachricht." loi 

diseases. Children's diet must be carefully attended to, 
or else they easily breed worms, particularly as much milk 
is frequently used. The chest and throat, when in a 
perspiration, must be carefully guarded against the cool 
breezes. Too much salt food is not advisable, particularly 
when one partakes at the same time of the strong English 
beer, and apple beverages. ^^ Occasional exercise is very 
beneficial. To sleep long is harmful, nor is it well to sit 
or lie upon the bare earth, as the ground is very nitrous, 
and that I may express myself plainly : the country will 
not endure any bacchanalian or idle sluggard, but quickly 
sends them to their grave. 



The 13th Question. 



How the climate is constituted there in summer and 

winter. 



mHE climate is almost the same as here, according to 
the season, only that everywhere it is much more 
subtle and penetrating. Although the sun has greater 
power, yet the breezes temper its rays. In summer it is 
warmest from nine o'clock in the morning until the clock 
strikes two, particularly during the months of July and 
August. Two hours before nightfall it generally begins 
to get cool and damp. During the night the dew falls 
heavily. Whenever the dew fails to fall, it is a sign that 
it will soon rain. Strong winds blow from the west and 
northwest, of which the latter brings the same kind of 
weather as the northeast winds do with us. On the con-. 



102 (^urteufe 9la^nil^t \ion ^ennf^lbania. 

Ostwind einen zweitagigen treibenden regen, der Sudost- 
wind einen zwolf Stiindigen Sturm und Regen] lict <Sutl« 

totnli dringct tmn ^(a^rcgcn unb gro^ ©cttittffcr. [Im winter 

hat die Sonne mehr Kraft als hier, deswegen der schnee 
nach und nach vergehet, darzu hilft auch dass der kurtzeste 
Tag bey uns uber 2 Stunden langer gleich wie der langste 
um so viel kiirtzer. Die grosste kalte ist mit Nordwest- 
wind, da es in einer Nacht mehr gefrieret als sonst in 

zweyen] ^cr tuv^tp Xa^ x^ 2. ©tuniic (anger, uniJ Jicr Sangftc 
2. Stuniic fiir^cr. 

^on bcr Fertilitat bc^ Sanbc^ ? 



R. ^^Cfc [Die Fertilitat des Landes] ift foftHl!^, Uttil lic8 
'^ ^ornsSttU ^ttlbcr mit [einigen orten der Pfaltz der 

giildenen Aue] J)cm 9JloflticlJurfli[(^cn unii §a(bcr|toiitifii^cn 
fittittic 3U tjcrgtcir^en, nur iitt§ mc^r ilrafft unii Starrfc [allda 
ist] all^ier, af§ in ^eutf(|(an})e ift, tia^cro wx^ aHe ^inge burii^ 
einen [(^neUen Xrieb ma^fen, unti noi^ einft fo reii|(ii^ %xvJ!^it 

[wo nicht mehr geben] geben. 



SBai^ ba^ Sanb fiir 5rud)tc unb ©ctoiit^fc geBc ? 



R. (5^^ ^^^^ 2euff^ ^Otn [Das Land giebt alles Korn so 
^^ man hier zu Lande hat nebst dem] olg ^ntlianifli^ 

^Orn Hon afferle^ [unterschiedhcher] 5trt [und dergleichen] 
jnen [und] ^rbfen [nachst dem wilden Reis wohl 



Falckner's '■^Ciirieuse Nachricht.''' 103 

trary, the northeast winds and easterly winds bring us a 
two days' driving rain ; southeasterly winds, a twelve hour 
storm and rain ; and the south wind, sudden and heavy 
showers and down pours of rain. During the winter the 
sun has greater strength than here ; consequently snow 
gradually disappears. Another advantage is that the 
shortest day with us is two hours longer, ^^ while the longest 
is so much shorter. The greatest cold comes with the 
northwest wind, when it freezes harder in one night than 
otherwise in two. 

The 14th Question. 

Regarding the fertility of the country. 

mHE fertility of the country is excellent, and the cul- 
ture of grain vies with several parts of the Palati- 
nate, and may be compared to the fertile golden meadows 
of the Magdeburg and Halberstadt districts, only that 
here there is more force and strength, whereby all things 
grow with a more rapid energy, and give one a second 
harvest, just as plentiful, if not more. 



The 15th Question. 

Of the sorts of fruits and vegetables the country 
produces. 



mHE country produces all kinds of cereals similar to 
what we have here,'*^ together with Indian corn of 
different kinds, and similar beans and peas. Possibly rice 
may also be cultivated. Peas, kitchen vegetables, pump- 



I04 ^uricttfc 9ltti^rif^t ton 5pcnnfl)ItJonitt. 

wachsen] fiinfen, ^ci§, #ttnff, Mn, #oHfctt/ ollcr^anti 

®ftttCttS(5tU(^tc [gedeyen wohl und bezahlen dem, der ihrer 
pfleget seine arbeit reichlich] gtt^me OfiftsSaumc [lassen 
sich geschwinde anbauen, dass ein Haus-Vater der Fruchte 
davon in 7 Jahren geniessen kan] $Pfit[(^Ctt, ^ttfli^eit, [sind 
gar reichlich dasselbst und vermehren sich selbst wie Un- 
kraut] 5(cHfff/ Strncn, .$loftanicn, [und] 9lu^baumc, [deren 

drey bis vierley art] G^ciicm, [dreierley Art] i^iH^tn, ^f^cn, 

Sttffttfrtt^, ^a)))ictn, a^lcf^cln, ^onncn, S3ut^ctt unli licrB(ct(^ctt, 

[In Verginien und Marie-Land hat man ein hartes und 
lange dauerndes HoUz Cocus genant ingleichen Cypressen, 
und wie man sagt] m^ l^ttt Wtttt tticitcr ^tttcitt I108 Lignum 
Guajacum oiicr Sanctum. 



2Bic fi^ ^Vi'ha bic ^'uro^jicr na^rcn ? 



R. fl(I\(^(^c uttter i^nen fcin ^animictrf trciBcn fonncn, die 
"^^ noitcn fir^ tion bcm 5(rfctbou uni toon 2>ic§c3uii^t. ^inige 
ttcibctt ^niiittttifd^c |)aniicl)j!^afft, olicr (ojfctt |i^ jur Sr^ijfa^rt 
gckau^cn 

Sie 17. Srage. 

2^ott bcttctt SBilben, i^rcit 9?attouctt, 5Jn5a§(c, unb 



R- (^S^ 9lottonctt licr SSilticn fmii matti!|cr(ct), iioil^ jinJi ung 

'^ ttur iiicicnigcn ficfonnt, Sic umb unS hjodncn, iic aniicrn 

fommen nit^t in unjcr ©efirfjtc, ticrcu 9la()mctt, §crfunfft, SBcis 



Falckncr^s '•'■Curieuse JVachrtchty 105 

kins, melons, roots, hemp, flax, hops, and all other sorts 
of garden produce flourish and recompense such as culti- 
vate them richly for their labor. Domesticated fruit trees 
mature quickly, so that the husbandman can enjoy the 
fruit therefrom within seven years. Peaches and cherries 
are plentiful here and increase spontaneously like weeds. 
Of forest trees we have the Chestnut and three or four 
varieties of nutbearing trees. Of cedar trees there are 
three varieties ; there are also Oak, Ash, Sassafras, Poplar, 
Medlar,^^ Beech and the like. In Virginia and Maryland 
they have a hard wood called Cocas, ^^ also Cypress and it 
is said further in the interior lignum guaiacum'^ or sanctum. 



The 1 6th Question. 

How the Europeans support themselves, and the 
various ways in which they earn their livelihood. 

Y-ptHE Europeans who have no trade support themselves 
J " [ chiefly by agriculture and breeding cattle. Some 
follow trading with the Indians or find employment with 
the shipping. 



The 17th Question. 

Of the savages, their nations, numbers and 
languages. 



YTtHERE are many nations among the savages. Only 
J i [ such, however, are known to us as live about us. 
The others we do not get sight of. Their names, origin. 



io6 ©uricufc 9la(^tit^t Un ^cnnf^Ibttnta. 

fctt unb 8ittctt foffcn ju ciuct oniicrn ^cli, fo @Ott totll, unti 
toit (cbctt, crfofgett. ^^xc Slnja^l tjcrminiicrt fij^ gctnaltig, ins 
km jte tnr^ i)ie ^tanH^tittn tier ^uro|iaer angejiteifet bal^in 
gcriffctt toerben, ia^ too man iicrfclkn uv 30. ^tt^rcn 100 
[200] uttb mcl^r gefc^cn, i^o [man nun] taum cincn ficl^ct, 
60 iJtcl 9lattonen bet) i^nen ftnli, fo t)te(ertet) unb gan^ mitt: 

f^icilCtt finJl ttU(]§ bte [derselben] S^rtt^ett. 



Sic 18* Srage. 

^k mit ifjncn ttm65ugc^ctt ? 



R. r(^ER umbgang mit ihnen] ^jt euffetU^eit Affairen 
L^ ift no^ [leiblich] too^ ittit i^nen umbge^en. ^n 
i^rett Humor mu^ man fi^ bengen, unli i^re ^uneigunge fut^en, 
lionn in i^rer %xi jte^cn fie feftc, fit i^m, reiicn unii fe^en ttu8, 
glcid^ toie fie gefinnet fmii. ^ic ©infalt, mit [zahmen Crea- 

tiirenl i^nen umbjngC^en ifit, [in dem umbgang mit ihnen] 

iiie bejte (©tttttt8;9lege(. SBann fie trunrfen finii [oder dazu 
lust und Gelegenheit haben,] fo ift iJOg befte, fic jtt meiicn. 



S^te 19. forage. 

SBa^ \\xt ^ugcnbcn unb Safter fct)cn ? 



R. C\§91^ Sugenii alter 2ugeniicn ift, iiie llnberiiroffeni^eit, 
<\j iicmjcnigcn na^jnftreben, toa§ fic fi(| Uorgefe^et, fie fini 
natiirtiii^ einfattig, iia^ero [auch wo sie Verstand und] too fie 
Wi\t betoeifen, t!^nn fie c§ tio^ nii^t nmb cin fotr^e§ Interesse, 
tiation fie einen beftantiigen profit unb 9lu^en tior fii^ 3U ma^en 



Falckner's '■^Curieuse JVachrtcht." 107 

manners and habits will follow at some future time. So 
God wills, and we live. They decrease in numbers rapidly, 
as they become infected^" with the diseases of the Euro- 
peans and are swept away. Where thirty years ago one 
could see two hundred or more, one can now hardly find 
a single one. As many nations as there are, so entirely 
different are their languages. 



The 1 8th Question. 

How to establish intercourse with them.^ 



mHE intercourse with them in outward affairs is still 
moderate. One must bow to their humor, and 
seek their favor. For in their opinions they stand firm, 
and speak and look just as they are disposed. Simplicity 
is the best public law in intercourse with tame creatures. 
When they are drunk, or have any desire and opportunity 
thereto, it is best to avoid them. 



The 19th Question. 

What are their virtues and vices } 



mHEIR virtue of all virtues is their perseverance in 
striving after what they resolve upon. They are 
by nature unsophisticated. Therefore where they show 
intellect and effort they do not do it with an intention, 
whereby they expect to reap any permanent benefit or 



io8 ^urieufe 9la(^tti^t tion ipennft)Itiania. 

ficiio^tcn, fottbern nur iJo^ fic |i^ fclfift etnc Satisfaction gckn, 
unti darfilr angeje^en fe^n tooHen, Hfi fie aui^ ctloaS t^un Urn 
nen. S!Bie)oo|ten aui| toie(e tiie ^Uht pm ftarifen @etran(!e, 

unll iic ©Cgicrbc, Bcffcrc ^(ctbunQC JU l^obcn [und andere der- 
gleichen Dinge wie mventios und fleissig] jic etgCltnu^tg 
[und] @ctoittnfi^tt8 tttcd^ct. ®ic fuiJ) inSflcwcin Sociabel, 
fre^gebtg^ crnft^afftig [welche ernsthafftigkeit bissweilen mit 

Argwohn undj mit 3otn Jjcrmifd^ct, foniJcrlifi^ gcgcn i^rcS 
gleii^en. 

SBic fic too^ncn ? unb toie tuctt bic ^Uttcn tjon cinanbcr ? 

[seyn] 



R. (5^S® tnol^ttcu 6tt(ii l^ier bald Har no^icm fic il^r Sinn unii 
^^ i^rc fiuft trcibct, iiodi ^abcit [sie] au^ cinige kftontiigc 
©crtcr, iitt tiietc ^iittcn ftc^cn, [auch einige] toic Stoiitc, 
tticl^e liod^ toieJitr tienen ^itttcn, noi^ iienen ankrn Umbftiinlien 
na(!^, bon jjenen Hie! untcrf(|iel)cn find. 



2)ie 31. i^^age. 

SBic fi(^ bic SBilbcn ncjrcn ? 



'^ ^a^tn und i^ifc^cn, und dorncbcn ^jflan^cn i^tc SBcificr 
eitt tocnig Sni^ioHif^ ^orn, So^ncn, ^iitfifc, SJlctoncn [Quash- 
ies] und dcrglciii^ctt :c. 



Falckner's ^^Curteuse Nachrichty 109 

profit for themselves, but merely to give themselves the 
satisfaction to be considered able to accomplish something ; 
although now the love for strong drink and the desire for 
better garments and other similar things makes them 
desirous and industrious, but also selfish and greedy. In 
general for trifles they are sociable, liberal, and earnest ; 
an earnestness w^hich is often mixed with suspicion and 
anger, especially against their equals. 



The 20th Question. 

How they live, and what distance their cabins 
are apart. 



mHEY live, sometimes here, sometimes there, accord- 
ing as their inclination or fancy moves them. Yet 
they have some permanent places, where there are many 
cabins, also some towns, in which, however, neither the 
cabins nor other conditions differ greatly from the others. 



The 2 I St Question. 

How they support themselves. 



mHEIR principal means of existence is derived from 
hunting and fishing. In addition their women 
plant a little Indian corn, beans, pumpkins, melons, squash, 
and such like. 



no ^uttcufc 9lo(i|n^t tJon ^cnnf^ltiania. 

2Stc fie ben Xa^ ^ukingen ? 



R. r^^IESES erhallet meistentheils schon aus vorher- 
L''^ gehender Beantwortung, welcher noch dieses 

beyzufugen] 26ic erjt ftclJar^t mit ^a^cn unii fyifr^cn, ctli^c 

iereiten au^ Cyclic, [Manns-Arbeit ist Fell bereiten, von 
welchen sie hernach Striimpfe, Hemden und Sipax, das 
ist Schuhe machen] Jtttti^cn ©trum^ffe ttltll Sigax, iiag ijit, 
(©d^u^c, item ^bt^crnc ©(^iiffeln unb Soffcl, bon ^notfcn, tic 
on ilCtt S3autnen ioa^fen. [Und was etwa sonst zu ihren zeuge 

gehoret] ^ic 2Sci6cr l^ottctt §o(^, ^od^ctt, tottrtctt iicr binder, 

niCJi^Ctt JBcutct toon toilkn §anff, [welchen sie JVoh's nennen] 
auS^ Strirfc. Item 2o)ic3crct)ett un gcfarbtcm Strode, ^iirbc 
toon gefarHem ^aft, unli ^eifen tion ^etiern gefloiilten. 



2)ie 23. S^age. 

SBie fie i^re ^inber er^ic^en? 



^' (f^S^ -^uitgen (crnen Hon [sich] feffifi t^uit tote btc 5((tcn, 
'^ tocli^c fie iiuril^ fiob unii Sicbfofcn, alK toic jungc 5i|fctt 
getod^nen^ H^tx ttU ^tntiet fe^r freuniini^ ftnti. Unli gUi(^tote 
Mc §(tcrtt ottcg tnit Sujt unii gutcm SBittcn t^un, olfo fic^ct 
man, ta^ auii^ ^tnticr jeugcn unti auferjie^en 6e^ i^nen feine 
©cfr^uicriic ift, man finlict aud^ nii^t UiH^i tin fn|i^cI^offtcg unii 
t)cttoor(ojitc§ ^inX) nnfer i^ncn. Vide plura infra in iicr 72. 



Fahkner's '•'•Cui'ietise Nachricht" iii 

The 22nd Question. 

How men, women and children spend the day. 



YnpY^^^ ^^ shown for the most part in the preceding 
J I [ answers ; to which we may add that it is the work 
of the men to prepare the skins, from which they afterwards 
make stockings, shirts and Sipax, that is shoes. ^' Item, 
wooden bowls and spoons they make out of the knots that 
grow on the trees, and what else belongs to their imple- 
ments. The women cook, chop wood, attend to the chil- 
dren, make bags out of wild hemp,^^ which they call 
fiotis^ ropes, tapestry from dyed straw, baskets from the col- 
oredinner bark of trees, and braid feathers into rugs. 



The 23rd Question. 

How do they rear their children.? 



ynpYHE young learn of themselves to do just as their 
J I [ seniors do; for which, just as young monkeys, 
they receive great praise and much caressing. Therefore 
the children are very affable. 



112 ^urteufe ^lai^rtii^t un ^ennf^Itiania. 

2)ie 24. Stage. 

2Btc ftc fi^ tjcrl^curat^cn ? quibus Ceremoniis ? unb 
qB fie Polygami? 



^' ^^(^B^^ flcf^iJ^t [so viel mir bekannt] no^ mit 
^ jicmHri^ctt Hmbftdntictt unb Crimung, unii ijit ju tiers 
touniicrn, iio^ tocniflcr llnfcufr^^cit unter i^ncn ju toctmcrrfcn, 
da ftc iio^ mciftcng narfcnti gc^cit^ unt) aUcseit @c(cgcn^cit Hxin 
^ahtn, iia^ingcgcn [als unter unsern] kt) ung ^utojioifr^ctt 
SJdrrfcrn [allwo die Scharffigkeit der Gesetze, Gottes Befehl 
zu geschweigen] iitc ®rl^ttt|fc licr hJc(t(t(i^ctt Obdgfcit iicS 
crnften Scfe^lS @ottc3 su gcft^Uietgcn, tiic 9Jlcnf(^cn abcr i)0(^ 
nii^t fo fromm ma(^cn un& cr^a(tcn fiinncn, a(3 tote jcne o^nc 
©cfcl^c finii. ^ic §curflfp Ceremonien lict) t|ttctt finii ttlfo : 
^cr SWann giftt iicr i^roucn ctncn ^irfd^s^^M^. itictt^cS bciJcutct, 
iio^ tv i^r «y(cif(^ ijcrfd^ttffctt toill. ^ic ^rou phi bcm 9)ittnnc 
cine §ottii tiflff ^orn [oder Gewachsse] toe(^e§ klJeutet, iia§ 
fie uor iitt§ ©roil unii ^iii^c forgctt tooUt. Grincm SOlanne ift 
[vergonnt] er(ttubet jtoo t^roueit 3U ne^mcn, toonn er fie ju ers 
ito^rcn geiiettrfet, fonjt ift e§ i^mc eine grojfc 8(i|ottiie. [Sed 
non vice versa. Von einigen wird gesaget, dass nachdem 
eine Dime an einen gewissen Mann versprochen, sie her- 
nach, ehe er sie heim holet, Freiheit habe um sich etwas 
zu verdienen, tit quaestum de corf ore facitat^ welches ich 
aber nicht gewiss weiss] 



Falckner's '•'■Curieuse JVachricht." 113 

The 24th Question. 

How do they marry, with what ceremonies ;^^ and 
whether they are polygamous.^* 



mHIS is the case, so far as is known to me ; still, with 
suitable formality and order ; and it is a marvel 
that less immorality is to be found among them (although 
they almost always go naked, and have at all times greater 
opportunity thereto), than among our European people, 
where the severity of the laws, to say nothing of the Divine 
command, cannot make the people as upright, and keep 
them so, as those who are entirely without any laws. 

The marriage ceremony is as follows : The man gives 
the woman a deer's foot, which signifies that he will keep 
her supplied with meat. The woman gives the man a 
handful of corn or vegetables, which imports that she will 
look after his bread and cooking. One man is permitted 
to have two wives if he can support them, otherwise it is a 
great reproach to them ; but not vice versa. By some it 
is said that after a wench is engaged to a certain man, she 
is afterwards, before he takes her home, at liberty to earn 
something for herself, tit qiiaestuni di corpore faciat^ 
which I however do not know for certain. 



114 ^uricui'c 9la(i^ri(i^t bon ^cttn)^(iianttt. 

SJpn bcr SStlbcn if)xcx S^jrat^c unb UmBgang ? 

^ aSiirtcr, a(§ Xingc f^abcn. ^^rc Verba unii Nomina 
^ahtn toc&cr Tempora norfj Numerum ; iiic anfitxn finii loutcr 
Nomina propria u«H appellativa. ^n ^rmanglung iicr Copu- 
(arum, l|akn fic cinigc tion iicncn 8r^tociictt uni) anticrn aitQc; 
nommcn, e. g. Ok. unb Ni. 

!^a§ R. fiintten fic nii^t ttu§)>rc(l^cn. Bit rcDcn mcfjr mit 
i^rcit Okbcriicn uuii mit iicm Affect, tiann mit iicn SBortcn, 
iitt^cro Jicr jciiige, bcrmit i^ncii rciict, unb bag, mortoon cr rcbct, 
gcgcntuartift fctjn mu^. 5ltfi(: Lanconti fagcn fie, toonn fic 
cincm ctmo§ gebcii mollcn, obcr man jic cttoag gcflcdctt j^aftcn 
mollctt, fic fdiincn fcinc ISBicI^cit in i^rcu (^cbanrfcn (c^bcn, unii 
excolircn mc^r bag Studium oblivionis, o(§ Scientiae & Memo- 
riae, barumb ^ahtn fic auj^ fcinc Monumenta antiquitatis untcr 
jii^. SaSnnn aUx ctma§ untcr i^nc folic gciiai^t nn'a bc|ttltcn 
tocrbc, fo ncljmcn fic i^r jungcg Sotrf jufnmmcn, unb kbcutcn c8 
i^ncn, unb inonn fic c§ bcr 9Jlitl)c tocrt^ or^tcn, fo kfcfjfcn fic 
bcncnfclkn, bo§ fic c§ in i^tcm ^o^cn %lUx i^rcn ^ungcn micbcr 
bcfc^tcn, nn'Q cinbrurfcn mogcn. S« i^xtm llmftgang mu^ man 
fij^ tta(^ i^rcm Humeur tir^tcn, unb fcinc ^rcunblic^fcit unb 
Socmen mit ^rnft^aftigfcit bcrmif^cn, tocttcn fic orfltoo^nifi^ fmb 
unb kiH^t Qcbcnrfcn, bo§ man fic bcrnii^tc. Hm6 bbflig ^crtroucn 
bc^ ifjncn p crtangcn unb ju cr^aftcn, ift c§ %ni, ba^ man fic ju 
unfcrcr fflSo^nungc fommcu Inffc, fic nitfjt o^nc ^ffcn unb ^ranrf 
gc^cn taffc, unb i^ncn M§mci(cn cttoag botft^icffc an ^ulbcr, 
S(c^, XahaiS. Unb too fic pt 5(knb§ fommcn, i^ncn ^tc^^cit 
anfitctc, k^ bcm f^cucr ju ficgcn, toonn mon bonn toicbcr ju 
i|ncn fommt, fo finb fic bcfito lickciilcr unb @aftfrct)cr. 

I Not in original MSS. 



Falckncrs " Curieuse JVachrickt.''^ 115 

The 25th Question. 

[Not in the original MSS.] 

Of the Savages, their language and intercourse. 

BUCH is easy to acquire, as they have no more 
words than things. Their verbs and nouns have 
neither tense nor numbers. The others are all proper 
names and appellatives. In the absence of conjunctives 
they have adopted several from the Swedes and others ex. 
gr. Ok and Ni. 

They cannot pronounce the letter R. They speak more 
with gestures and their effect than with words, therefore, 
anyone who speaks with them, and that about which he 
speaks must be present. Thus they say Laconti\ when 
they want to give one something, or when they want some- 
thing given to them, they cannot endure any multiplicity 
in their ideas, and cultivate more the study of forgetfulness 
than that of knowledge and memory. Therefore, they 
have no monuments of antiquity among them. But when 
anything amongst them is to be commemorated and retained, 
they gather their young people together and explain it unto 
them, and when they deem it important enough, they com- 
mand them, that in their old age they again impart and 
impress it upon the youth. 

In their intercourse, one must conform to their disposition, 
and blend his affability and laughter with earnestness ; they 
are suspicious and readily imagine that we disdain them. 

To gain their perfect confidence and maintain it, it is 
well to let them come to our habitations, and not to let 
them leave without giving them eat and drink, and occa- 
sionally advance them some Powder, Lead, Tobacco. 
When they come in the evening, give them the liberty of 
laying beside the fire, then when we come again to them, 
they are even more friendly and hospitable. 



ii6 (?urifufe 9lo(^nil^t iion ^*cnn)^(tJOttto. 

2;ic 26. S-ragc/ 

OIJ fie H§ ©utc kloljitcn, unb iJa^^ 25iifc ftraffcu unb toic? 



R. /tlUI^S unti SBiJfcl ijt faei) illicit 9Utur unii ©cttio^n^cit, 
^^ unii t^ai feinc gcttjijfc C^rtin^cn [auser in allerausers- 
ten extremis] al5 ill extremis vitiis. %i§ Xoiltf(^raQ, 3«lUs 
bcrcl) Ulli) [wie einige sagen] (f^cbruji^, [nach ihrer art] l)ic 
finti Capital, licr Boni^ )pxi^t tiic Sentenz. [Doch konnen 
sie der Zeit erwarten, biss der Thater in ihre Gelegenheit 
kommt, wo er sich nicht freiwillig einstellet. Die freund- 
schafft dessen, der beleidiget, muss die Rache selbst, wo 
sie kann und die andere Parthey nicht fiirchtet, ausfiihren 
es mochte denn seyn, dass der Konig Parthey nehme, 
welcher gleichwohl zu allem den sentenz spricht.] ^ic 

©c(o§nung iictf ©utcn bcftc^ct in iicm 9lu^m, unii in cincnt naii^ 
i^rcm SscnniJQcn, Qcgcnmartigcn (skfi^cnrff. Xic «traffc bejtc^et 
bclj iicm iljortc iic6 Monip : Siting i^n toiit ! \&isx\Vi fir^ ttU(^ 
iicr Reus Icti^t bcqucmct, nict( ftc t^r Sclicn xix^i §0(^ ai^tcn. 



2)tc 27. Srngc' 

SBon t^rcm 9?cgimcnt, 06 fie eincn ^iintg, ober t)te( 

^iinigc, unb ob fie feinen aubcrn 93hgiftrat, xmb ber 

^iinig feine Ministros, fonberu gan5 aUeine 

regicrc ? 



R- fjpS9l(^ 9Utton ^ot unterfj^iciiti^c tonige, unb cin jegtii!|cr 

^ .l^ijnig [cine isornc^mjten, mtt toel^en er ftii^ bcratf^kgct, 

eS fan aber nii^t \t\^i ein bejfercr diat^ nudfommen a(S lied 

2 Question XXV in MSB. 
3 Question XXVI in MSS. 



Falckner's ' * Curieuse Nachricht . " 117 

The 26th Question. 

Do they reward the good, and punish the evil, 
and how? 



•">( OOD and evil are with them nature and usage, and 
\^y have no certain boundaries except in the uttermost 
extremes, such as homicide, sorcery and some say adul- 
tery, which according to their manners are capital. Still 
they can await the time when the culprit returns to their 
locality. If he does not voluntarily surrender himself, the 
kinsmen of such as were injured must execute the revenge 
themselves, and must not fear the other party. It might 
be then that the chief takes a part, whose sentence would 
be binding upon all. The reward of the good consists in 
glory and in presents, according to their means and con- 
ditions. 



The 27th Question. 

Of their government. Have the}- one or many kings ; 

have they any other magistates, and the king any 

ministers, or do the}' rule absolutely alone ? 



* y I ' NATION has different kings, and each king has 
f^ 1 ^ his principals, with whom he takes counsel, but 
it is not easy to offer any better counsel than that of the 
king, as will be seen in the next question. Therefore, his 
word is as good as writ and deed. In public life king 
and subjects live almost without distinction.^ Every one 
supports himself with hunting and fishing, etc. 



ii8 ©uricufc 9la(^rt(|t toon ^cnnfDltoonia. 

^onigS, tote ttttS folgcnlim toirii ju fc^cn )ct)tt. [wie aus fol- 

gender ^testion wird zu ersehen seyn] ^sa^cro ijt [cill 

&ort fo %v\ at§ ©(i^rifft unii 2:$at. ^m euffctliii^cn 3^|utt akr 
[bleiben] jinft Jitc ^oniQc uii!) llutcrt^aiictt ffljt cincr toic lict 
an&ctc, jeticr nti^rct fir^ mi .Snflcn unii «yi)(^en :c. 

%t'^tx ^iinift ^crrfi^ct iikr cin ftctoi)ff§ ©tiirf SanUcS, unb 
fittii citcl 2Bft^(;.ftoni8rci(^c, unii wx\ ctn ^onig fc^n kr kjtc 
Soger, una tier fliiQlte ^JUnn, fo iicn kjtcn 9lot^ geben fou. 
^eg ^(intQS Si^ort toirii absolut tJoUjoflen, iiorf) ift cr fclift tier 
crftc iier fetncn ISefefjt t^ut. Xie ^eJiienunft ift Don iiencn oniiern 
nid^t unterfd^ieJjen, unii ^ot fcinen ^cMcnten, ouffcr fo er ^einic 
l^at, fo fte^ctt i^m feinc llntcrtfjanen 311 Okktt, nuii 6(cikn in 
feiner ^iittcn ktj i^in. (fr conferirt mit kn ^ftliigften bom 
%M, toanu ettooS toi(^tigef^ 3U krat()f(^(agen ift. ^onn tier 
^aum e§ ploffet, fo fik» fic tingS umb tiaS ^euer ktjm Miinig. 
^a§ Is^ermiigen feiner ltntert()anen ift fo gut old tiaS Seine, dod^ 
forkrt er niii^tS bon i^nen, nnti tieg .^liinigS ^ermiigen ift fo gut, 
tt(§ tofire eg kr llntert^anen. ©i§toei(en bringcn iiie llnters 
t^onen ii>!^^<^ toon i^rem Oklk, toetr^eg fie aBom^on nenncn, unii 
fd^toari^ uni) toei^ ift, toie eine*^(rt ton 8(^me(t^, otier tangteii^ten 
©to^slsPttttcrten, toie gefi^nittener f>erfer(ing, toeli^eg ©etli and) 
be^ iicnen ^uro^tiern gitt, unJ) Lagio tiarouf gegekn toirii ; fie 
fagen nber niiljt, toie fie eg maiden. 

SaSonn fie feme nnf i»ie ^ogt ge^en, okr in i)en Streit jie^en, 
fo fle^et eg iienen SBeibern fret) tocld^e mit ge^en tooften, Dor Die 
ttber, fo ju §oufe bteiben, oriinet iier .tiinig etlii^e 9Wanner, iia^ 
fie JBSitiJ tior iiie §interbliebene f(^ieffen unii fie berforgen. 

3n geringern delictis fangen fie on m^ ©elbftroffen ju ges 
braui!§en. 

Item tottun ein SWnnn ftirbet, iier iio fd^utiiig ift, fo bejoltet 
bie ^reuniifd^afi fiir i^n, toeiten fte fid^ nii^t toolten fi|im^ffen 
laffen. ^01^ WMt^ fie umb (^eiiutt. 



Falckner^s '•'■Curieuse Nachricht.'''' 119 

Every king rules over a certain piece of territory, which 
is merely an elective kingdom, for a king must be the best 
hunter and the wisest man who can give the best advice. 
The king's word is absolutely obeyed, although he, him- 
self, is the first to execute his own commands. His sur- 
roundings do not differ from the others, and he has no 
servants except when he has enemies, then all of his sub- 
jects are at his command, and remain in their huts near 
him. He confers with the wisest amongst his people when 
anything important is to be considered. Whenever the space 
permits they all sit around the fire with the king. The 
belongings of his subjects are as good as his, although he 
does not ask for them, and the king's property is the same 
as if it were that of the subjects. Sometimes the subjects 
bring him some of their money ; this they call w«w/7^w. It 
is white and" black, like a kind of enamel or lengthy glass 
pearling like cut chaff. This money also passes with the 
Europeans, and a premium is given for it ; they will, how- 
ever, not tell how they make it. 

When they go upon an extended chase, or go upon the 
warpath, it is optional with the women if they want to go 
along. For such however as remain at home, the king 
orders divers men to remain and shoot game and provide 
for them. 

For minor offences they also begin to impose fines of 
money. 

Item, when a man dies, who is in debt, his kinsfolk pay 
for him, as they do not wish to be disgraced. Yet they 
pray for indulgence. 



I20 ^tttieufe 9loil§nj!^t iion ^eiittftittjonia. 

2)ic 28. ^ta^C 

SBorinncn bcr^oittg tjaii anbcrn untcrft^icbcn fet) in ^ku 
bung? SBo^nung? cnffcrlit^cr Autoritrit 2C» 



^ t()ancn untcr)(^ciiict, fmb fo(j!^e Duttlitiiten, bic |ic Hx 
fonticrlij^ iK^ten tt(g ; ^r muji fct)tt Ucr 26cifc|itc unU @cf(i§ii!(iii^s 
ftc, ftorrf, uuii kr ftcftc Stiflfr. Jift^f^* i|t i^*" ABnigrcir^ ttU(^ nii^t 
er6(iii|. Si^ttieilen ijit fctn, unti feine^ ^cikd Sr^muif ettoag 
bcjfcrg tt(§ iicr oniJcrn, unii kftc^ct cigcntlii^ imrinncn, Hj^ |ic 

ii^tC %xt (^clJ)C§ [welches eine von uns unbekanten Dingen 
zusammengeschmolzene materie ist, die sie tvamfon nen- 

nen] uiic "^^txitw iirtd^ licr «i^attieruttg jufammcn fi^curcn, unli 
cnttociicr ouf iicrn ^^o^jfc, ols cine %xmt, oiicr ouf iiic Sruft, 
oJicr [wie nichts minder] nm6 &te ^oats^dl'fff cinftc^tcn. 

[Das Vermogen der Unterthanen ist so gut, als ware es 
des Konigs, und seines so gut als ihres, wiewohl keiner 
von dem andern etwas begehret.] 2)c§ «^dnig§ Autoritfit 
Qc^ct iikt nllc§, unti fcin ©cfefjf tntrli o^ne exception respectitct, 
))o^ ijit cr fclbft lier crjte, lict feinen !!Befc§( auSrii^tet. 



2)ic 39. I^ragc.' 

2Btc bcncn SBilbcn cinigc ^iinftc nnb SStffcnft^aftcn kt)= 

5n6ringcn? 



R. ftlj^^^l mn^ i^nen irngjcnigc k^bringcn, toorju fie [solche 

♦VI' mtissen ihnen beygebracht werden, darzu sie nicht 

nur] i|rcr 9ltttur nnti ^Icignng nttji| inclinitcn, auii^ bie ^iinjitc, 

4 Question XXVII in MSS. 

5 Question XXVIII in MSS. 



M 



n il 



^rjr.ii « 



Ur 



M 



S!^lt\ 



lh« 



?« 



1-1 « 



Hi 



H 



ij: 



i.ipi: 



UMi 



nir 









-R 



«t5 



^i 



ip:« 



It 



is: 




O 




IE 




ca 




rfl 


C 


OJ 


O 


> 


. 




C 




< 


g^ 


> 





H IL. O O 



fcc: 
O 


CD - 


in 


r 


H 
O 

z: 


r 
1- 




>- 




Z 




z: 



ffi 



Falckner's '-'•Curietise JVachricht." 121 



The 28th Question. 



Wherein the King differs from the others in dress, 
habitation, outward authority, etc. 



YTTHE superiority in which the king differs from his 
J i [, subjects are such quaHties as they specially ad- 
mire. Thus he must be the wisest among them, as well 
as the bravest, most expert and powerful hunter. There- 
fore, the king is wealthy and the office is not inheritable. 
Occasionally his and his wives' adornments are somewhat 
better than the others, and represent his wealth. They 
have a kind of money, which is composed of materials 
unknown to us and fused together ; this they call zvani- 
^uju^"^ and string like pearls according to the shading. It 
is worn either upon the head as a crown, or upon the 
chest, for nothing more or less than to braid in their queus.^^ 
The belongings of the subject are the same as if they were 
the king's, and his as well as theirs, although no one asks 
anything from another. His authority is absolute over all, 
and his commands are respected without exception. Yet 
he is among the first to execute his own commands. 



The 29th Question. 

How to introduce some of the arts and sciences 
among the savages. 



BUCH only must be communicated to them toward 
which they are inclined by their nature and habits, 
and such as are not prejudicial to the Europeans. Among 



122 ^uricttfc 9lttii^nc^t tion jpcnnf^ltittnia. 

liie icnctt ^nxopdctn nit praejudicir(i(^ finii, tt(§ [also untern 
andern die vornehmsten sind :] 9Jla^(crc^, [und] aWttfit 
[sondern auch dadurch man desto naher zu dem rechten 
Zweck bey ihnen gelangen und zum wenigsten etliche der 
ihrigen zu einer andern Sprache in lesen und schreiben 

gewohnen konne] ttttii Si^rcificrc^, ttoriiurc^ man fie am tcid^s 
teften 3U einer aniiern ^ptaH^c gemii^nen fan. W&o bcnekng 
man fie iiutii^ aller^anii o|ftma^(§ mietier^oUe iSoifung, unli 
frennii(i(|e Xarreiii^nng iicr 8iebe, an |i(^ jie^cn mn^, Jioii^ [ie 
nij^t affju feji l^alten, H^ fie suspiciren fiinnen, 06 tootte wan fie 
in i^rer (5ret)|eit einfr^ranrfen, bie(me^ro i^rcn ©emiit^ern jntJot 
fommen, e^e [und bevor] fic eine§ ^ingeS niiiiie tocrien. 
^arjn after Uieriien Sentc erforiiert i>ic fanft nij^tS aniierg jn 
t^un ^aben. 

Sie 30. Stage/ 

SBic i^ncn tttoa cinigc Principia generalia Religionis 
kt)5uBringctt ? 



R. ai\OT9l mm nur erft einifle iierfelften anf fj^on ongeregfe 
"^^ Qttte ©riinlie geftrac^t l^at, iin^ fie iiie ^ngtifr^e oier 
Sentfd^c @|)ra^e lernen Uerfte^cn, iiann fann man fie auf iiie 
^rfanntnu^ (^otteg, na$ tien Si^erifen tier erften ®t^o|)ffung 
fitfjren, unti fie tiarinnen 6e^ tagliii^en Umbgang befrafftigen, bi^ 
©Ott [weiter gelegenheit ihnen ein mehres anzuvertrauen 
zeiget] fie toeitcrg erlenj^tet. 

6 Question XXIX in MSS. 



Falckner^s '■'■Curieuse Nachricht ,'''' 123 

others the principal ones are music and painting ; we 
should seek thereby to come closer with them toward our 
true object, and induce a few at least to learn to read and 
write another language. Moreover, we should seek to 
draw them to us by all kinds of repeated friendly allure- 
ment and offerings of love ; being careful not to hold 
them so fast as to arouse their suspicion, as if we wanted 
to curtail their liberty, but rather to anticipate their wishes, 
before they tire of anything. For this purpose persons 
will be needed who have naught else to do. 



The 30th Question. 

How^ to introduce among them some of the general 
principles of religion.^ 



IF some of them could only have been brought up on 
the already mentioned lines, so that they understood 
the English or German tongue, then we could lead them 
to a knowledge of God through the story of the first crea- 
tion, and then by daily intercourse strengthen them, until 
God grants us further opportunity to show them greater 
confidence. 



124 ^urieufe 9laii^nii^t tion ^ennft)(t)ania. 

2)tc 31. Stage/ 

2Sic man i^ncn realiter ha§ rcc^tft^affcnc SBcfcn cinc^ 

G^^riften tjor 5lugcn ftcKcn fiinnc, ba^ tfjucn ba^ Sic^t 

in bic 5(ugcn (curfjtc, nnb cinigc Swttt^ctt in 

i^rcm (^cmutl^ crmctfc. 



R. g[rj5(9l9l Mc uor^evgcfjcniic [XXVIII und XXIX] « l^ragcn 
"Oi mi)i practicirt toorJicn finb, ttlS&onit toirii man ctfl 
reji^t abfcfjcn, mic [man diese Frage beantworten soil] fcritcr 
p procedircn. 

2)ie 32. Si'J^fle; 

Sic man mcinct, ha^ bic SSilbcn in Americam fommcn 
nnb 5ttiar bic nntcrft^icbli^c Nationes ? 

^' C^^tnon fmH nntcrfii^icJiUii^c aJlcinunQcn. [welche denen 

(2f studio gcografhico geubten besser bekant sind als 

mir] JBc^ un§ \ji\i xsim Jiarfiir, bo^ iitc 8uiiifj|c Sn&ifl«ct toon 
Africa j^criificr fommcn. 2)tc 9lpriiifti|cn tion Jjcncn Insulis 
Azoribus okr ^ylonlitifi^ctt 3«futu. ^ic oltcn ©raffier oiicr 
©titonnicr tooUcn [glaubwUrdig] bctocifcn, iia^ bor ctttian mc^r 

His 1000. ^a^rcn cin [einer oder zwey von ihren damaligen 

Konig sohnen] ^ux \%xtx ^onig§;Soljncn (naj^iicm i^rc 

^dttigUll^C lyomifitt fojit gro^ tooriicn) [umb neues Land, 
welches man nahe bey zu finden vermeinet,] fi^ Jttit eilUgen 

t^rctt Untcrt^ancn jur @cc bcgcbcn, uitii [endlich] in Arme- 
niam Septentrionalem [angekommen sei] gef^iffet^ ba^cro 
bc^ Pencil Sniitoncrn m^ cine [onDcrfia^tc Jlotion kfiniiUr^, 

' Question XXX in MSS. 

* Alludes to questions in original MSS. 

8 Question XXXI in MSS. 



Falckner's ^'Curieuse Nachricht" 125 

The 31st Qiiestion. 

How one could properly place before them the true, 

righteous nature of a christian, so that the light 

would shine into their eyes, and divers 

sparks awaken their nature. 



* V I 'FTER the 29th and 30th questions have been well 
f^ * ^ practiced, then we shall readily see how this 
question should be answered. 



The 32nd Question. 

How it is supposed that the savages came to America 
and in particular the different nations. 



* I* EREUPON there are different opinions, which are 
JL_X known better to such as are versed in geographical 
studies than to me.^'' With us, we hold that the southern 
Indians ^' came over from Africa, the Northern Indians 
from the Azores, or Flemish Islands. ^^ The ancient Gauls 
or Britons claim to have trustworthy proof that more than 
one thousand years ago one or two sons of the then reign- 
ing king (after the royal family had grown up) with a 
number of their subjects set out to sea, to discover new 
lands, which it was thought would be found nearby. 
Eventually they reached North America.^ This appears 
all the more probable, as there is said to have been found 



126 ^urieufe 9laii§tiii^t ton ^ennf^ltiania. 

miH^t tit aiic @rallif(^c unti ^ritannifi^e ^ptaii\t m^ rekn 

fott. [welches dahero fast glaubwiirdig ist, weil sich eine 
Nation der Indianer findet welche die alte Gallische oder 
Britische Sprache auf eine gebrochene doch kentliche 
weise reden soil. Von welcher sache mir bey meiner 
wiederkunfft schriftliche zeugnisse und alte monumenta 
aufzuweisen versprochen worden.] 



2)ic 33. Stflflc." 

2Stc bcncn Silbcn btc ^cutft^c ubcr ©ngtift^e S^rac^c 
kt)5ul)riugcn ? 



R. [-(^TSlESE Frage] ^jt Uxtm [Qiiestion XXVIII] '^obctt 
L-^ 6eant)tlortet, unb fdnittC [dieses ware noch hinzuzu- 
fiigen dass] ttur^ iiurd^ frommc ^onictSsScutc [welche der 
wilden sprache erst wohl gelernet ein grosser Beytrag 
geshehen konte, wann man nur die rechte stange zu halten 
wiiste] cin fitoffcS in frcun&nri^cr Conversation bc^gctrogcn 
toierticn, tio(^ tniifte c3 tiuri^ feiitc anbcre gefi^c^en, a(g nur t)urii| 
iiic jcniQcn, tocld^c allcinc jur ®^rc @ottc8 an i^ncn cttnaS ten- 
titcn tooUcn. 

S)ic 34. S^flflc." 

OB ttit^t kt) i^rcn ^inbcrn foti^c;^ angcjn ? 



R» (!^iS® ^iniicr finii nicmn^lS o^ne bic ^(tcrn, noil^ Jiic 

'^ ®(tcrn o^nc iic tinier, tocitcn fic cine rci^tc 5(ffcn; 

fiicbe 3ttfammen l^nbcn : [deswegen man diesen Vortheii an 

*» Question XXXII in MSS. 
»* Question XXVIII in MSS. 
12 Question XXXIII in MSS. 



' Falckner's ^'■Curieuse Nachrichtr 127 

a tribe of Indians, who still speak the Gallic or British 
tongue in a broken yet recognizable way. In regard to 
this matter, written proof and old documents are promised 
me upon my return.^ 



The 33rd Question. 

How to introduce the German or English tongue 
among the savages. 



mHIS question has already been answered in Question 
29. We may add, however, that perhaps, by aid 
of pious tradespeople, who have learned the language of 
the savage, great knowledge might be gained how to bridle 
them.^^ However, this must and can be done by none 
save such as are willing to strive somewhat for God's glory. 



The 34th Question. 

Would such be possible with their children? 



mHE children are never away from their parents, nor 
the parents without their children, as they have a 
foolish fondness for their children.^^ Therefore, to gain 



128 d^^uricufc 9lai^ti(§t Don ^pcnnf^Itiattitt. 

ihnen zu haben eine Colonie in der nahe ihrer meisten 
Heymath und cotirs anlegen miisste, so konte man jung 
und alt immer iteraiis victbus an sich locken.] SRitftc mott 

olfo cine Coloniam na^cr ju t^ncit baucn, &tt§ man na^cr bc^ 
i^nen toarc, unii ^^ungc uni) 5(Itc per quotidianam consuetu- 
dinem iteratis vicibus on fi(^ jic^cn fbiitc. 



2)te 35. gragc." 

DB ttif^t frommc S^cutf^c bort i^rc ^tnbcr mit 5i*cuttb= 

(id)fctt an fit^ ^altcit, unb fie bcrgcftalt ^ur S^ra^c 

anicitcn fiinnem 



^- (^S^®^® toorc mc|r [vor ein wunder gottlicher 

^ schickung zu achten] al§ cinc SBnniicrfii^irfung ©Ots 

tc§, iiaitn [vor eine zulassliche moglichkeit ihrer natur und 

art] eg x^xtx 9latar unii 5lrt i^alicr unmofiHr^. 



2)ic 36. Srflflc." 

06 i^ncn nirJ^t auf folc^c SScifc gutc Principia Timoris 

Dei I)cl)5iiBrtngcn, barauf nod) fcrncr nnt^ nnb nat^ 

@ntc^ 5n crfcancn? 



R- ^^^^^^ i5r(i0c ift au8 tior^crgc^cniicn attfji^on bconltoor- 

-"^ tct [welchem ich iiber das Exemfel der Presbyte- 
riane?' in iV<?w England noch dieses beyf iige : Es wohnt ein 

13 Question XXXIV in MSS. 
" Question XXXV in MSS. 



Falckner s ^'■Ctirieuse Nachricht.'''' 129 

any advantage a colony would have to be located near 
their most populous places ; then both young and old might 
be iteratis vtcibus, tempted to come to us. 



The 35th Question. 

Whether devout Germans there could by friendliness 

attach their children unto them, and in such 

manner induce them to learn the language ? 



mHAT, according to their nature and habits, would be 
more of a miracle of Divine dispensation than an 
admissible possibility. 



The 36th Question. 

Whether in this manner good principia timoris Dei 

might not be impressed upon them, whereupon 

to gradually build good results } 



ynpf HIS refers to that which has preceded, to which I 
JJLl will add the following, against the example set by 
the Presbyterians in New England. There lives in East 



130 ^urieufe 9la(^rt^t Hon ^ennf^ltiania. 

Bauer aus Holstein biirtig in Ost Jersey^ welcher nachdem 
re der Indianischen sprache wohl kundig, dieselben ohne 
Rede zum guten anweiset und well sie durch seine Liebe 
und freywillige Aufnahme eine sehr gate -pcrsitasion von 
ihm haben, so sind viele ihm gehorsam und wann er sie 
um des bosen halber gegenwiirtig bestrafet, thun sie es 
hernach nicht mehr, welches ich glaubwiirdig gehoret.] 
iiic tuiliicn (ttffcn fic^ nit^t fo ticff in Conversation cin, iniicmc 
fie iiie ®^ra(^cn nii^t tierfte^cn. 



05 nic^t auf bicfc SBcifc burt^ bic ^inbcr auc^ bic ^Utcn 
5U gcttJinncu ? 



R. 081^ aujl^ in kciicn tJor^crgel^cnlicn konttoortct. [Alt 

<\j und jung, jung und Alt, wie es die Gottliche Pro- 
videnz in ihrer ewigen Erbarmung ausweisen wird das 
ist gewiss ; wo ernstlich einige zu solchen umstanden ge- 
bracht dann sollen sie selbst am geschicktesten seyn, 
Gottes werk unter ihrer Nation zu wiircken, und von daher 
wurde man auch eine Gelegenheit haben, andern Nationen 
beyzukommen. 

^5 Question XXXVI in MSS. 



Falckiier's '■'•Curteuse Nachricht" 131 

Jersey a farmer born in Holstein, who, after becoming 
well versed in the Indian tongue, directs them without 
many words to that which is good ; and as they have a 
very good opinion of him through his love and voluntary 
welcome, many obey him, and when he chides them for 
transgressions or evildoing, they do not repeat it hereafter. 
All of which I have learned from trustworthy sources. 
The savages do not enter deeply into conversation as they 
do not understand the language. 



The 37th Question. 

Could we not in this manner reach the Elders 
through the children.'^ 



' 1^ AS been answered in the two preceding ones. Old 
J I ^ and young — young and old — just as divine prov- 
idence in its everlasting mercy will demonstrate. Certain 
it is, where a few firstlings can be brought to such condi- 
tions, then they would be best qualified to spread the word 
of God among their nation, whereby we should have an 
opportunity to introduce it to other nations. 



132 G^ttticttfc 9ltt^ri(^t iion ^cnnf^ttianio. 

S)ie 38. %xaQt:' 

2Bic bic SBilbcn jc^t i^rcn Cultum ^altcn, toa^ ftc an= 
Betctt, toic fie p^ffcrn? 

R. orjATER Hennepius ]^at ^icrbott gcft^rickn, [Davon kan 
■^ unter Pater Hcnncfias Beschreibung nachgelesen 

werden] abcr ttitlJcre Scriptores t^un iicncn ^nbiancrn ju titct, 
tottttii jic tjorgckn, aI8 06 fie manifeste ben 3^euffe( anbcteten, 
iia fic Jiod^ feittc Sitter no(^ (^ot^en (eiiJen. [noch haben] 
Item a(§ 06 [dass] fie ftet§ 9?lett)t^en fraffen, [welches man 
so nimmt, als ob sie allezeit menschen assen so viel sie der- 
selben bekamen, da doch dieses nur ein Krieges recht bey 
ihnen, indem sie glauben, dass man sich an seinen Fein- 
den nicht rachen konne, so sey denn, dass man sein Fleisch 
frasse, deswegen sie aus alien in Streit gefangenen Toden 
3 von den fettesten und fleischigsten zum Dankopfer vor 
dem Sieg und sich selbst zur satisfaction genommener 
revanche braten und essen] iia eS llO(^ ttttt noii^ etokrtem 

^riege an t^ren ^^einiien ju einer Oloc^e gef^ie^et, de quo postea. 
Sonften ift t^r Cultus ein grofter ^e^iinifi^er Manichaeismus : 
S^ott einettt pten unl) fibfcn ^^ii. %m einem toarmen unli 
Mten fionie, Jia tier SWenfi^ na^ feinen guten oiicr biifen Meriten 
l^intoantiere, uiaun er nid^t me^r ^ier fe^. 

" Question XXXVH in MSS. 



Falckner's ^^ Cur tense JVachrtcht." 133 

The 38th Question. 

How the savages now keep their cult, what they 
worship, and as to their sacrificial rite. 



m HEREOF we may read among other descriptions 
that of Pater Henneshis}'^ However, writers and 
readers charge them with too much, when they intimate 
that the Indians manifestly worship the devil, as they 
neither have nor tolerate any idols or pictures. Item, that 
they are Cannibals, which is taken as if they ate human 
beings at all times or as often as they could get them. 
This is merely done as a martial duty,'*^ with them, as they 
believe that one cannot revenge himself completely upon 
his enemies unless their flesh be eaten. Therefore they 
always sacrifice two or three of their fattest and plumpest 
prisoners as a thankoffering for their victory ; and, for 
their own self-satisfaction in having gained their revenge, 
roast and eat them. Otherwise their cult is a coarse 
heathenish Man{ch(2ism of a good and evil deity and of a 
warm and cold country, whereto the being wanders accord- 
ing to his good or bad merits, when he is here no longer. 



134 ©uricttfc 9lo^riri^t toon jpcnnf^liittnto. 

Wit fie t>ot^m gclcBct, c^c bic ^uro^ftcr ^inetn fommcn ? 



R 



. f^^^^t fo toic nun, nur H^ i^rcr cine pbffcrc SJlcngc gc: 

^ toc)cn, unii t^rc§ ©ottcSiiicttfteg \>iti ciffctiftcr oftgctoars 

iti [also nun] iJtt^cro J)ic JBcrjtaiitiigftc untcr i|ncn dicfc <t(agc 

fii^ren : llnfcrc Generation Uhtt nii^t mc^r fo gut, ttl§ unfcrc 

S^ovfaljrctt. 

^k 40. Srcge-" 

995a^ fie nun t>on bencn ^niro^ticrn angcnommcn ? 



R. /tlll2!(?tS itnl) SBiifeg. @inc ntc^rcrc Scutfc(ig!cit unD 
™ 58cgicrJ)c attcr^anii 9lcucS ju fc^eii, unJ) i)affc(bigc nai^s 
gtttttoi^cn. [Einige] 9la(^ uttfcrct *i(rt wit JBiij^fcn ju f(^ic|fcn, 
[werk machen um] Jicit Sci6 JU bciicrfcil, [allerhand unter- 
schied von Dingen, von Kanfmannsvvaaren und Geld etc.] 

©diijc^fctt, (©al^cffctt, Stoniittieitt: unii ©icr trimfcii, @ctoitr(^= 

effcn, ttttil ©(^tocincflcifr^ Cffcn, [der gleichen sie vorhero nicht 

gehabt] H^tvo fic uttfcrn ^tanf^citcn untcrtoorfcn :c. [und 
sterben] au^ iiarnc&en ni^i mcljr fo frud^tftar fwii, aU fit bors 
Ijeto toaren. S^e((^eg aUcr 9lationen HUif^ ctn na^ticnf(i(^e3 
[nachdriickliches] Nota Bene fct)tt foltc, lltt^ fic ttir^t (cii^t 
i|tC 2iiot [in einem frembden Lande fahren lassen] fn^rcit 

laffcn, unii fii!^ an liic ^rt ftcm6i)cr ^nfiimUngc gcuiii^ncn fo(tcn. 

1' Question XXXVIII in MSS. 
»8 Question XXXIX in MSS. 



Falckner's '•'-Ctirieiise Nachrichty 135 

The 39th Question. 

How they lived prior to the advent of the Europeans. 



^-^UST the same as now, only that their numbers were 
1 much greater, and they were much more zealous in 
their worship than now. Consequently the wise ones 
among them have the same plaint that one now hears 
everywhere: "That our generation does not live as well 
as our ancestors." 



The 40th Question. 

What they have adopted from the Europeans. 



^'^{OOD and evil: A more humane disposition to see 
\2i/ all sorts and manners of what is new, and to imi- 
tate the same. Thus some want to shoot with the rifle 
according to our manner ; others make cloth ^^ to cover 
their bodies ; they learn all kinds of distinctions in mer- 
chandize, money, etc., the eating of salt; the drinking of 
brandy and beer; the eating of spices, also pork and the 
like, which they never had before. By all these things 
the}^ were subjected to our diseases and death ; further 
they are likewise not nearly so prolific as they were form- 
erly, which should be a fair and forcible warning ^^ to all 
people that they should not readily abandon their own diet 
in a foreign land, and adopt that of strange nations. 



136 ^urteufe 9la(|n(^t toon ^ennf^tbania. 



"^^ tuo^t bcfiniicn, jo foii^ctt fie fr^toorjc 9lu§sJ)liniicn in 
SBttffcr, unJi triurfcn c§ in groffcr 9)Un%t, HnDcn fi(^ umb iicn 
Sci& nn& ^o)iff wit 8tnrfen ttu§ tnilJJcn §an|f. 

2. ®ie [(^ttii^cn ouf fotgcniic '^Kxi : 8ic mat^cn cine niciirigc 
§ittte, fo ^0^ ba^ fte nut toarinncn ft^en fiinnen, betocdcn fie U^ 
ttttf Uic ©rJic mit ©annis^iniicn unii mit lyeffcn, nnii ntat^en 
l^crauffcn toot toct §iittcn ctlij^c gtiicntoc @tcinc, toic ttagcn fie in 
cin Soi^ in iict §iittcn, fc^cn fii^ toatiibct, unb f(i^ttJi^cn fo violent 
unto ftatif, toa^ toie (^ttoe untct i^nen na| mitto, fo unmoglir!^ toon 
einem ^uto^iact au^geftantocn mcttoen fan. SBann fie nun genug 
gefi^toiil^et, fo (ouffen fie fjetou§ unto f^Jtingen in eineu folten 
S3af^, iJoniit fiuii fit eutitt. 

3. ®ie ^aben eine 2Butt?e(, fo toie S^Iongen toettteifiet, 
meldje fie an toag ^ein bintoen, unto lauffen toamit tout(^ toen 
2Ba(to, unto ne|nten feinen 8(^tttoen toon Sj^langen. §oben fie 
abet toiefe SBut^el nii^t, unto tatv'Qtn toon 8i^(angen gebiffen, fo 
fi^neitoen fie g(eii^ toen !^i^ au3 toem ^leifii^. 

4. ©efr^toutftcn, ^(iiffe, JBettcnrfungen toet ©(ietoet ju eutiten, 
tott taffen fie e8 bluten, miti fdjneitoen mit einem fii^otffen Stein, 
0I8 ein ^(intenftein toie §ant toutii^, o^ne toa§ fie eine 5(toet toets 
U^tn, metr^eg fie too^I p untetf(i§eitoen toiffen, unto l^olten toaS 
@(ieto bei) tott§ ^euet, unto ne^men ein §o($, f^aben toamit tooS 
Slut ah, tott^ e§ md\t getinnen fan, bi^ e§ au§geb(utet f^ai, toann 
toof(^en fie toie 2©untoen mit 2Soffet ab, unto i^aben getoiffe 2But^s 
e(n, toiefe quctfr^en [it jttiif^en jtoe^ ©teine, unto (egen fie mit 
toenigen gtiinen ©(attetn itbet, too§ ^e^tet in einet 9ltt(^t. 

^^ Not among the original Questions. 



Falchier's ^'■Ctirieuse Nachricht'"' 137 

The 41st Question, 

(The following eight questions do not appear in the 
original MSS.) 

Concerning the diseases and cures of the Savages. 



1. When they have feverish attacks, or do not feel well, 
they boil the black hulls of nuts" in water and drink large 
quantities of it, and bind themselves about the abdomen 
and head with bands of wild hemp. 

2. They sweat themselves in the following manner, they 
build a low hut, just high enough to permit them to sit 
upright, they cover it down to the ground with bark and 
skins, they then heat some stones outside to a red heat, 
and place them in a hole within the hut, and then sit over 
them causing them to sweat so powerful and violently as to 
wet the earth beneath them, which would be impossible 
for any European to endure. When they have sweated 
sufficiently, they run out and plunge into a cold stream.'*^ 
Then they are cured. 

3. They have a root which drives away the snakes, this 
they bind about their legs, and run through the woods, 
and receive no injury from the snakes. However, if they 
have none of this root, and are bitten by the snakes, they 
immediately cut the bite out of the flesh. 

4. To cure swellings, humors or sprains (dislocations) 
of the limbs they let them bleed and cut with a sharp stone, 
generally a piece of flint, through the skin, without injur- 
ing any artery, which they well know how to distinguish^ 
they then hold the member near the fire, and with a piece- 
of wood scrape off the blood that it cannot coagulate, until 
it has ceased bleeding, then they wash the wound, with 
water, and have certain roots which they bruise between 



138 ^udeufc 9laj^rt(i^t tien ^cnnftjUJonia. 

5. SBtttttt fie ©(i^iffcru in iiic ^it^ gctrcttcn ^okn, [0 fdjnci; 
iicn fie eg mtt cinem SSJleffer rein ott§, unU fi^mieren un BH^im: 
%tns^tii ttit 2Suttlien, unii ^eileng toiciier. 

6. S5or innerli^e ^uf^ttwi^f ffff« fif i^if ^^cittf ©eiiorme fo mit 
f^ett betoai^fen, ton iiencii jungen X^ieren. 



2)ie 42. Stage. 

2Ba^ bic SBilbcn fiir ^ricg fii^ren ? 



R- (5NS^ 2Si(iictt ^abeii felten ^riciie, unii toer&en iion i^ren 
^ eigenen ^lationett angefo^ten, unii fdnncii »)ie Hrfaii^ett 
lion geringet ^yeintifii^afft ^ergenommen toertien, oiier aui|, toann 
ftc einoniier in iiaS ©ebiet^e jagcn. 

S^r ^eti^ten gefi^ii^t erft(if^ in einjelcn ^art^c^en, H 9)Um 
unii 9Wann oiier 2. 3. mit einanber fr^Iagen, nnii folii^eS mit 
JBogen, 5(eften, ^lii^ren, fylintcn, unJi tt^m folrfjcS gcmeinigUr^ 
ttnf Jier ^agt, da nefjmen fie einantier gefangen, nnd DerJauffen 
iiie ©efjingene. 2Bttnn fi^ after die ^iiiertoartige fammeln, 
nnii fie eine Si^laj^t Oriinung marten, So tretten fie in einen 
^rei^, titt^ iier ^yeinli ouf alien 8eiten i^rc 5(ngefi(^ter fe^cn 
fan, nnU toann ciner totit gcfc^offen toirii, oJier Mcffirt, fo ftoffcn 
fie )Qi^tn in ien (Trei^ l^inein, nnii mac^en tJen ^rai^ enger. 
fflSann fie ©efongene befomen, fo berfanffcn fie ein ©tiiif 2. 3. 
i)er i^-etteflcn, nnii braten fie, nnii effen fie, toeilen affe @iiii(i^e 
Sniiianer glankn, iia wan fit^ an feinem ifeiniie nif^t kffer 
ro(^cn fiinne, eg fet| iiann iia^ man fein ^yleifr^ freffe, pma!^( fie 
ant^ iitt§ f^(eif(^ ifjreg gfei^en |o^er aii^Un a(§ alle§ 26i(ii|jrett, 
ttn§ iier llrfadjen, iia^ iiie S^rige nij^t faf^igt, foniiern gan^ 
fitffe finii, lia ^ingegen iiie (gngeffoniier nnii iyranjofen fe^r fat^ig 
nnii nngeft^matf toaren. 



Falckfier^s ^^Cwieuse IVachrtcht.'' 139 

two stones, and lay upon it with some green leaves, this 
heals in a single night. 

5. When they run any splints into their feet, they cut 
the wound out clean with a knife, and smear snake fat in 
the wound, then it heals. 

6. For internal conditions, they eat the small sebaceous 
intestines of young animals. 



The 42nd Question. 

The warfare of the Savaoes. 



•pJ^HE savages are seldom at peace, and are attacked 
Vi/ b}^ their own kind, the causes may arise from trifling 
enmities or when they trespass in the chase upon each 
others territory. 

Their fighting in the first instance consist of small parties, 
where man fights with man, or two or three battle with 
one another, this they do with bows, axes, guns and rifles, 
and it generally occurs when they are out upon the chase, 
they also make captives and sell the prisoners. When, 
however, their opponents gather, and they form an order 
of battle, they arrange themselves in a circle, so that upon 
all sides their faces are turned toward the enemy and when 
one is shot dead or wounded, they draw within the circle, 
thus making it smaller. When they take any prisoners, 
they sell two or three of the fattest to be roasted and eaten, 
as all Southern Indians believe that one can have no greater 
revenge upon their enemies, than by eating their flesh, at 
the same time they regard the flesh of the natives better 
than all venison, for the reason that the savage meat is not 
salty but good and sweet, while upon the other hand, that 
of the Englishman and French is very salty and tasteless.*^ 



140 Suncufc 9ltti^ri(i^t toon ^cnttftjltoonio. 

Sic k&icncn fid^ affcrfjttitii ^ricgSfiftc, i^rc (ycinae ju it&crs 
tuinUctt, fo ttio^t cinjcfc, atg mit gonl^cn ^art^cticn. ^injclc, 
iio^ fic observitctt tiic SlSccgc iicr ^art^c^cn, totii fit fo(t^c§ gcs 
nott observitctt fottnctt ttu§ iictt Straui^ctt ««& 03ro§, oug tocls 
^cm fic Qctui^ abttc^mctt fdttttctt, o& cin 9)Umi oiicr ^yrau, citt 
^inti, citt @ttro|ioct oiicr SSiliicr iinriiOcr flattgctt. 

Item pciQCtt fic in tier 9ltt(^t auf tiic ^o^ctt ^crgc, wttli fc^ctt 
l^ict Mttii iior ptt, tiio ftc (5cucr ttttii §oii} gcttiafjt tticriictt, JinrHndj 
gc^ctt fic 3M, ttttti fotttttictt ott tier att&cni Scitctt Mom ^ycttcr ifjttcu 
ttttf iictt Scib, Mttii tiiiitctt oticr frijicffctt fic ttiatttt fic fdjiaffctt (gegcn 
liic *-Partf)ct)Ctt Qc(irtttt(^ctt fic iJCtt 25ort(jc(, iirt§ [ic fic itt iiic (ittflc 
ttcibctt, iiatttit fic fic fdnnctt gcfottflctt ttc^ttictt. llnli liiciCctt iiic 
t^tonjoictt ct(idjc bcfcfjtct fjabctt, die ttutt tictt Sottttfag fctjrctt, fo 
fontmctt (lie atttici'tt, fa fcittctt Sotttttag fc))crn, uttti iibcrfaKctt fic. 



2)ie 43. Srage. 

35on htx Silbcn i^rcn cigcntHc^cn §auPa(ten ? 



R. CI;§91(^ SBo^ttttttQ ift att fcittcni OcftattiiiGCtt Ortc, iiartttttb 
\j ttttrfj i^tc g>au^f)tt(tttn8 bcrrittiicrliii^, iia^ §tttt^ ift bi§= 
tocilctt tttt cittcttt ttttctt (icgcttJictt ©aum gcmoi^t, ttiatttt cS abcr 
citt gon^cS ift, fo ftc()ct c§ frct|, ift abcr ttur 9Jitttttt^ i^oi^, in &cr 
9Kittctt obctt ift c8 offctt, iia§ iier Olttud^ ticg ^ycttcrS, fo WtiUn 
in Jicr §iittctt ift, ^inoMg jic^cn foH. ^u §'iiiU\i ift mit *Jiitts 
bctt tiott ©ttttmcn jttQciicift, nttti rittg§ ^etttot ttiit ticrgtcir^ctt nets 
ttitt^rct, itttticttiiig ^ttbctt fic c8 mit Strof), oticr mit (ottgcm ©rafc 
umbfcl^ct, ctti^c marfjctt Sn^cjcrctjctt tiott geftirbtcm 8tro§, ttnii 
jicrcn itjr §tttt§, tocI^cS itt i^rct S|>roj^ $i>irfttinm Ijciffct. 

Sm foil iia^ fic attffcr^otb iic8 ^ottfcg crgriffcH mcrtictt bott 
cincm 9icgcH, ttcljmcH fic cittc bc^ fi(^ ^abcniic 2)erfc, f^ottttctt fic 



^^ 



r^- 



^Si' 



o 

c 

m 

c 
CO 
m 

2 
> 

O 

I 

o 



4J^ 



Falckners ^'■Curiexise Nachricht.^^ 141 

They use all kinds of stratagem to overcome their ene- 
mies, whether single or in parties. Singly, they examine 
the tracks of parties and by the accurate observation of 
the bushes and grass, can tell positively whether it was a 
man, woman or child, European or Savage had passed 
over the ground. Likewise, they climb high mountains 
at night, and spy about, here and there, to catch sight of 
any fire in the woods. Then they approach from the 
other side of the fire, attack, and kill or shoot them, while 
they are asleep. Against parties they take advantage to 
hem them in, so that they may capture them. And now 
as the French have converted divers of them, who now 
keep the Sabbath, such as do not keep the Sabbath sur- 
prise and attack them upon that day. 



The 43d Question. 

Of the domestic life of the savages. 



mHEIR dwellings are in no settled place and their 
housekeeping is variable. It is occasionally made 
against an old fallen tree, but when it is a complete one, 
it stands clear, but is only the height of a man. It is open 
in the middle, so that the smoke of the fire, which is in the 
center of the hut, may escape. The huts are covered with 
the bark of trees and are thus protected, the interior is 
lined with straw or long grasses, some weave mats out of 
colored straw to ornament their huts, which in their lan- 
guage they call a wickwam. If they are overtaken by a 
rain when away from home, they take a mat, which they 
carry, and stretch it out like a roof, and sit under it, or 



14:: ^uricufc 9lo(i^rtri^t tion *^»cnitft)Iijanio. 

ttut^ UJtc citt Tod), unii fcljcu fi^ iiaruntcr, oiicr madjcit tin po^ 
lyfucr, uiii) tocrffcn nllcrliaiiii fau( ^>oll^ liarnuf, iiu^ c^ bid 9lau(^ 
phi, (cflcn fn^ nn ticfclbiflc Scitcii, Dii iicr JUMuii iicn }Hau(!^ 
j^inuicljct, )o 3crtl)cilct i)cr OUud^ Den iHcflc"/ «Hi» tint^ Uittti no(| 
auf fic fiiUt, ift Hurd) ticn OUu(^ uuti i)tc (^Uut luurm luoriicn. 

:i]itt it)rcr .^li'tttcn fil^cn fic ouf JBiifd^ctu C^ka§ oiicr f>irf(i^fcttcn. 
Uiii) iic^ 9h(f)t^ iJcrfcn fic fid) mit iicrfllcidjcn, oiicr mit ciiicm 
iSarcnfcU, oiicr mit ciiicr JH^flllcnc Tcrfc, oiJcr wit cincr Icrfc 
noil CittlcunciuJvcHcru |rl)r fiinfttidj jufommcn gcliiiirrfct, unii 
iici)mcn iiic !(cinftcn Miniicr ciiu^ ux )ii} an Qcib, uitt) cin^ an 
Hen JHiirfcn. 



2)ie 44. S^agc. 

SBon bcr SSilbcii iljrcm Apaufjrat^c. 



R. C\OJH C^au^rtttlj kftcljct tiou cincm Stiirf toon cincm afigcs 
\5 l)aucncn JBinimc, oiscr nud) licr nod) mit tier JllMirljel im 
(^rnniie feft fteljet, in iien brennen |le in iier tlHitten mit 3(^UJam= 
men ein Soc^, ale einc tieffe 5(^ii)fe( oDet tWorfner ()inein, Hxuu 
nen ftoffen )le il)r CoitJimiil'd) A\orn, iitttuon fie Scroti baifen, 
ti)eld)eS )le !i|.^onn nennen, unti andj 3n^|)en tiation fodjen, Uield^e 
fie 2apan nennen. 2a^ S\oxn lje|>renflen )le mit J^eiffem !!!Btt))er, 
unii ftnm^ffen e^, H\^ iie «d)iittle fjerab flcljet, nnii ftoffen e§ 
flein, foi(<en tia^J AKeinfte iinrd) ein «trof)erne^ Aliirbflen, nnti 
formiren JProti aUS Qroffe 3if(\f»-^^flfe tiarnn^, fterfen )le in iiie 
^iffe 9lfd)en, nnti fd)nrren iiie ,^lof)len liariiber, nnli biirfen el 
otfo, luiinn Ctf ftat ift, mafdjcn |"ie iiay ^^xo^ mit !iiJrtffet ab, |lc 
mengen and) bi^uieilein rott)e, oUer niiiiere (varb !iBo^nen nntcr 
tia^J !^toii, me(d)e^ ttann |lel)et a(S ob )Hofinen tiarein i^ebaden 
tooren. 9ied)ft iiiefem l)nben )le einen ATeffet, iiarinn foi^en |le 
i^r S'tfiff^ tif» C^irfii^en, Ua^ lyleifi^ aber toof^cn fie nifi^t, nnJ) 



Palckner^s '•'•Curieiise Nachricht.'''' 143 

they make a large fire and throw all kinds of decayed 
wood upon it, that it makes much smoke, and lay them- 
selves upon that side, toward which the wind drives the 
smoke, so that smoke disperses the rain, and that which 
falls upon them has been warmed by the smoke and burn- 
ing embers. 

In their huts they sit upon tussocks of grass or deer- 
skins, and at night cover themselves with them, or with a 
bear skin, or with a woolen blanket, or with a cover of 
feathers very artistically woven together, then they put the 
smallest child in front of them and one at the back. 



The 44th Question. 

Of the savages' Household utensils. 



Their household utensils consist of a piece of a hewn tree, 
or one which still stands fast with its roots in the ground. 
In the middle of this they burn a hole with fungus, like a 
deep bowl or mortar. In this they pound their Indian corn, 
whereof they make bread, which they call Ponn. They also 
make a soup of it which they call Sapan. They sprinkle the 
corn with hot water, and stamp it to loosen the hulls ; then 
they pound it fine, sift the finest through a straw basket, 
and make loaves like large goat's milk cheeses. Then they 
place them in hot ashes and rake the coals over them, and 
so bake them. When they are sufficiently baked they wash 
the loaves off with water. Occasionally they also mix red 
or other colored beans among the bread, which then looks 
as though raisins were baked in it. — Besides this they have 
a kettle, wherein they cook their deer meat, which they do 



144 (^urteufc 9lo(^ri(l^t Hon ^cnnf^(Uonto. 

tjermcjncit, c§ cntgcfjc i^ncn Iiic ,^ro[ft, fie fr^oumcn c8 au^ tti(!^i 
ab, tiio§ Oder iibcrfo^t, lia§ laffcn fie gc^cn. ^o§ Mutigc ^Icifr^ 
Ucbcn fie, unii fatten eg fiit gefunii, iienn toU^tn fie SBo^nen otier 
geftoffen ^orn in tier if(eif^:^nt^e, fte U^tn aui^ 8i^iII)frdten 
ol^ne ^cffel uitter iien .^at^itn in i^rer eigenen ©r^alen, ju iiencn 
!SB(ige(tt tic^men fie fi(^ nit^t ier ^eit toann fie Keiii fiiiii, fo firens 
nen fie iiie (^e&ern ouf iiem ^euer ab. S^on ^oleunen aber, ges 
brau(|en fie die ^^fiiftn 3um ^erfen ju liiiirrfeii. ®ie effen ttur| 
^ii(]^fe, fette §untie, ©ifams^o^en, Siber, ^ij^^brner unii 
#abi(f)te. 3«w bratcn ^oben fie ni(^t§ niil^ig ot§ einen ^pfa^I, 
lieu mttj^en fie uff beetien Seitcn f^i^ig, unii fterfen ifju mit liet 
einen 8H<?c« itt iic'i ©runii, uff iier nntiern ©eiten fterfen fic iin^ 
i^teifi^ iiinn gefi^niften imran, unii fe^ren e§ ju ^eiten mib. 

2)er iibrige §ou^rot^ ift ein ^tt(iba§, otier augge^o^Iter ^iirs 
bi§ pm 2:rin(fgcfr^irr, .^bll^eruc Sbffel, Die fie fetbft nui^ i^rem 
9Jluniie utai^en, in iieren @rniang(ung gebrou^cn fie SDlufr^etn 
uni) 5(uftetn:8i|oten. ^^xt ^iil^erne Si^iiffelu Uicrtieu toon 
^notten tier ©tiunte gemn^t, oiier toon l^otten ^iirbi§=9Hniien. 
SJloni^er ^ot 2. oiier 3. ©tirfe Hon toilJiem §ttnff gemti(|t unii 
iiuriQ iiie gefurbte Si^attirung toon braun, rot^, nn'a mei^ artig 
jufammen gefe^t, fleinere ma^en fie \ion iiem 8tro^ iie§ Sntoianis 
fj^eu ^oru§, iiorinn trogen fie i^ren ^au^tut^ mit fii^ nebft einem 
Hcinen ©eitgen, fo fie 2*onie§iifcn nenneu, toelri^e fie nun toon 
iienen ^uto^aern befommen, fonftcn l^aben fie ^nrte ®teinc an 
ftatt toeffen gebrouii^ct toon toictt^en 8teincn fie auii^ xf}vt SBeile 
madjen, ift ein brouner Stein aU ein JB(nts®tein, toeti^en fie 
tour^ toiet <f(o^ffen f^ar^ff unto f^ii^ig maiden. 

SOre ©li^euren ma^en fie in toie ^rtoe, groben ein 8o^ SPlonnSs 
tieff, otg ein SBrunnen, fejenS e§ mit (angem ©to^e ou§, unto ton 
t^un fie i^r iSniJianif^ ^^oxn, ^iirbiH un^ autoere ©ai^en ^inein. 
^ie §untoe nnto ^^wem Umtn fie gemii^nen, toa^ fic uie toon 
i^rem ©efit^te ifommen, fontoern ftetS i^rcr ©timme fotgen, toe§ 
9lo(^t8 (egen fie toie ©(^toicinc an Sttirfe an, unto toann fie fett 



F'alckner's '•'■Curieusc JVachricht." 145 

not wash, as they think it would take out the strength, nor 
do they skim it, but what runs over they let go. They 
like their meat bloody, and regard it as healthy. Then 
they cook beans or crushed corn in the meat broth. They 
also cook tortoises without any pot, under the coals in 
their own shells. As to birds they devote but little time; 
if small, they simply singe off the feathers with fire ; of the 
wild turkeys, however, they use the feathers to work 
into covers. They also eat foxes, fat dogs, civit cats, 
beavers, squirrels and hawks. For roasting they need 
nothing but a stake — this they point at both ends. One end 
they stick into the ground, upon the other they stick the 
meat cut thin, and turn it at times. 

The rest of their furniture consists of a calabash, or a 
hollowed out pumpkin for a drinking vessel, wooden 
spoons, which they make to suit their mouth, or else they 
use mussel or oyster shells. Their wooden bowls are 
made of the knots of trees or of hard pumpkin rind. 
Many a one has two or three sacks made of wild hemp, 
which by the dyed shading of brown, red and white, is 
artistically put together. Smaller ones they make of the 
straw of the Indian corn, in which they carry their house- 
hold utensils and a little hatchet, which they call Doine- 
hicken^^ and now get from the Europeans. Formerly they 
used hard stones instead. The stone from which they 
make their axes, is a brown stone like blood, ^^ which 
they sharpen and point by many blows. 

Their granaries, they build in earth, they dig a hole, 
the depth of a man, like a well, and line it with long 
grasses, and then put in their Indian corn, pumpkins, and 
other things.*'' They train their dogs and swine so as not 
to leave their sight, also always to follow their voice. At 
night they secure the swine with ropes, and when they are 



146 duricufc 9lo(^n(§t tion 5|Jcnnf^U)ania. 

getooriien finii, betfouffett jic fo(^c ben ^uro^itictn umli Srcitfes 
tiicitt, mikn fic H& 8i^tocincn=(y(ci)(^ niji^t ^oc^ aestimircn. 



®ie 45. forage. 

SJott bcttcn ^^icren, fo in Pensylvania 5U kfinbcn? 

R- (^^ fi«i' S3arctt, ^ont^crt^icr, §irf(^ctt, toclt^c ni(^t fo 
^ gto§ toic in ^uxopa, jciioiJ^ fetter unii tjon kfferm ©cs 
f(^moiif, tocijfe ^Jle^c unJi 2Seiter in§ §o(^ ^inein Suiitoejttoertg 
gibt c§ totiac £)(^)ett uuii toilde ^u|e, Suren, unii toiliie ^ol^en, 
toclt^e iiem groffen SlSilii groffen ©i^oiien t^un, f^Jtingen Hon 
Stiumen iiem 3^tc^c nuf J)en 9turfen. ;3toe))er(e)) 2So(ffe, [^toorje 
unJ) groue, unter Jicnen iiie f^tootjcn am tirgften, fie fatten akr 
feinen 9Wcnft^en on. e^iii^f^ Otoeunen, ©ifams^n^en, §ttfen, 
5(iri^prner ftJ^toatl; nnft gran fefjt gro^ nnii fe^r fett, an^ einc 
%xt toon @i(^ptnetn, tued^e ftiegen fiinnen, miii rot^e 9Jl(iufe 
mie 'ait ^ofelmnnfc. 

233a^ gi6t C)3 bann fiir 2Saffer=2:iicrc ? 



R. a\S©@9l iite SDlcnge, bteiben nnter iient SSrtffer aUticii 
'^ ttntfen, toe(^e§ tocgen ©fotte licr §ttore nii^t iioron 
^offtet, fit freffen ^-ifr^e, unti fangen iiie ^n&ten. i^ifc^sOtter, 
9Jlinifen, iiiefe rie^en tote tiie 9?lotten. JOlnfenisOltttten, lieren 
^etfe men pi iienen ^(etliern (egt, fo fommt feine SUlotten iiotein. 
(©(^iliifroten gro§ nn& ffeine, toel^e ini SBinter in iien S^loroft 
Inerfjen. 

SWeerf^toeine, @tdr§, 8|>nnger§, ®tper otier @(|ottflf(|, 
toel^e im t^J^ii^sSo^r fc^t l^nufig gcfangcn unU eingefal^en toers 



Falckner's '■'■Ctir tense Nachr icht .''^ 147 

fattened they sell them to the Europeans for rum, as they 
do not esteem pork highly. 



The 45th Question. 

Of the animals to be found in Pennsylvania. 



mHERE are bears, panthers, deers, which are not so 
large as in Europe, though fatter and of a better 
taste, white does and elks. 

Further in the forest towards the southwest there are 
wild oxen and wild cows, lynx and wild cats, which do 
great damage to the larger game, as they spring from the 
trees upon the backs of the animals. Two kinds of wolves, 
black and grey, of these the black ones are the worst, but 
they do not attack people. Foxes, racoons, skunks, hares, 
squirrels, black and grey, very large and fat, also a sort 
of flying squirrels and red mice like unto the common 
dormouse. 



The 46th Question. 

What kind of aquatic animals are there } 



EAVER in quantity, they remain dry under water 
all the time, which does not adhere to the hair on 
account of its sleekness, they eat fish and catch the ducks. 
Fish otters, minks, which smell like martens. Muskrats, 
whose skins when laid among clothing, are a sure pre- 
ventative against moths. Turtles great and small which 
creep into the mud during the winter. Porpoises, sturgeon, 
springers (salmon?). Shad fish which are caught in great 



148 ^urtcufe 9lac^ri(i^t toon ^cnnf^ltinio. 

iictt, fini) uttgcmcin fctt, unii toic 8tt|e, nut bo^ ^c cinigc fictne 
©rtitctt im ^(ctfj^ ^a6cn. :3tootffcr Oder 9lodf, ttn»> ^romfifr^. 
Item 8tt(fcr§ Horn Sougcn, tocil fie i)o§ ©riinc im SBan'^r fougcn, 
93or|ing 3toc!jcr(ci|, Sonncnfifr^, toclc^c a(§ ®ilkt Ui:ii ©o(ii 
gtottl^cn, ^orcllcn, §cr^tc, blcibcn in iiicfcm Soniic gan^ Hcin, 
toeikit fie feine mataftige lifer ^aben. ^^rebfe au(^ lf(eine tuegen 
mangelng maraftigen Itfetn. ^a(en, 9leunaugen unb allet^anti 
®ee^fii^e. 

2Ba^ gi6t c§ bann fiir fdjabUd)c X^kx im 2Baffcr ? 



R. ft]fS(er|ttnii $(rt ©(^(angen, iiie iiur^S SBaffer fj^toitttmen 

too fie i(jrei: Wttr^tig toer&en fdnneit, freffcn. liefer Sf^langen 
8ti^ ift nidjt tiititlii^, fantietn ge^et mit einer ft^neHen ^i^toeU 
lung toie&erum borbetj. 

9luf bent !Sanbe gi6t eS Oiattel:8(^langen, toeli^e im jtoeiten 
^tt^rc ^attetn Iticgen, unb fo bid ^a^re [it alter tocrben, fo biel 
^otteln me^t, bicfc ^aben ^ii^ne, bur^ tocli^e fie \icn @ifft insi- 
nuircn. ®ie bcrme^ren fir^ buti^ @!)ertegen, Hxhtl^ boi^ bie 
<©onne M^ befte t^un mu^, i^re 9la$rung finb f^rofi^e, ^riiten, 
SBiefel, toann i^ren Keinen ^ungen ein 2^ier ober SJlenfji^e ju 
no^e lommt, fo friej^cn fie tok^^tv in bie S^Jluttet l^inein. kt^^ 
biefen fmb S^i^etn grou bon Solent toie ©t^iffct, toann fie im 
i^elbc liegen, l^aften fie ben ^o^iff in bie @tbe berborgen, nnb 
toann man fie irritiret, geben fie einen fiaut bon fi^, toie eine 
liofe ^a^e. Slattern fmb Heine gefii^toinbe unb riit^li^e ®i|lans 
gen, i^r ©an^ fie^et 8afftangetb, m^ alfo ein iiberanS bergiffs 
Utt^ X^itt. 5lu^ gibt e§ brctjcrlc^ 5li?t ^riifi^e. 1. eine 
aWittelgattnng, toie bie unferige in 2eutf(^tanb. 2. eine fleincw 



Falckner's ''Curieuse Nachricht:' 149 

numbers in spring and salted down, they are exceedingly 
fat, just like salmon, only that they have small bones in 
the flesh, rock and drum fish. Likewise suckers, from 
sucking as they suck the greens in the water, perch two 
kinds, sunfish, which shine like silver and gold, trout, 
pike, are very small in this country as they have no muddy 
shores. Crabs are also small for the same reason, eels, 
river lampreys and all kinds of sea fish. 



The 47th Question. 

What kind of dangerous animals are there in the 

waters ? 



dm "LL kinds of snakes, that can swim in the water, 
fj^-^ these are attacked by the turtles, who eat such as 
they can overcome. The bite of these snakes is not deadly, 
but soon passes away after a quick swelling. Upon the 
land there are rattlesnakes, who in their second year get 
rattles, and as many years as they get older, so many more 
rattles, they have fangs, through which they insert poison. 
They increase by laying eggs, wherewhh the sun, how- 
ever, must do the best part. Their food consist of frogs, 
toads, weasels. When either man or beast comes too near 
their young, they crawl into the mother. Next to these 
are the vipers, grey of color like slate, when they lay in 
the field they hide their head in the ground, when irritated, 
they make a noise like an angry cat. Adders are small, 
quick and redish snakes, their belly is a saffron yellow, 
and an exceedingly poisonous animal. There are also 
three kinds of frogs: (i) a middle species, like ours in 
Germany ; (2) a smaller kind, which sings so fine, as the 



150 ^ttdcufc 9lo^rirf)t tion ^cnnf^Itiania. 

%xt, incite fo fcin ftngct, tt(§ ttiic k^ utt§ tiic Siot^ftut^cn. 
Uttii 3. cine fc^r gtojfc 5trt, J)ic gibt eincii greudt^cn ©clout, 
H^, too man iic3 8ommcr§ cincn Oafclbft jum 9la(^6atn ^at, fo 
iiarff wan lic§ 9lo(^tnjtt(^tcr§ unii fcincg §orng nii^t, tocil cr 
f(ci[iig H^ 3u ^agc au§^a(t mit H^trcn mti ruifcfcn mic cin 
jungc £)(i^l. 5(nbctc ^(cinigfcitcn, iiic nodj m SBaffcr jinii, ju 
ficfi^toctgcn. 

SBa^ fic^ct man bann auff bcncn 2Baffcr=5(uffctt fur 
Xt)icxt ft^toimmctt ? 



R. /^^G^^tooncn, ®anfc, ^rani^c, ^nlitcn, ^cigcr, %^Ux 
^ 3toc^cr(ctj 9(rt : ^incn fltoffcn [(^toarl^cn mit cincn 
tocilfcn ^fl))ff unii rotten 5(ugcn, unti iionn cine Hcinerc %ti, i)ic 
fi^ mcijitcng au§ iicm 2Sajfcr na^rct. ^alccun oUcr toclfi^c 
^itncr a. 20. M^ 30. ^fun&, ^lofancn, Jpatrifcn, Saukn, nnii 
louffigcS !(cinc§ ©ctoogel, al§ S^otttiogcl, ^a^oogct, iicr Sogct 
rotpori)§, G^^ormcjins uuii ^lurornrot^. Unii tiann cin SKunftcr 
aUtv 9iatitot, cin 2>oBc(cin fo gto^ al§ cin ©licii an cincm 
ficincn fyingcr, §umntc(batt gcnannt, tocilcn cr fcinc ^ftiigcl Oon 
^ciicrn, foniicrn ^ummctspgct l§at. <©onft find fcinc ^ciicrn 
fidft unii griin, unii ^ot fnr^c ^ii^gcn, fc^tocfit ftct§ in iicr Sufft, 
unii faugct mit fcincm 8(^nak(cin (ujc((!^c§ (anger a(§ fcin ^ilrs 
ptv ift) iiaS ^cttc in iicr ©lumc unii J8tiit|c, iio^cro cr niii^t 
cl^cniicr ju fc^cn ift, M^ ©lumen fmii, unii fo featii iiic JBhimcn 
Hcrge^cn, fo tommet cr ^intoeg, unii ttiei^ nicmonii too cr bfcikt, 
mon mn^ c§ faft mc^r fitr cin ©cfknft nnii @eifi, at§ Oor cine 
toiirrf(i(!^c G^rcatur, feincr ©cfii^toiniiigfcit l^alkr, oii^tcn. Scin 
^cftgcn ift fo gro^ toic cine groffe 9lu§ftOa(e. 8onft gibtS 
@to§oogc(, §aMdjt, @u(cn, ^ofcr, 9iaukn, ^cufd^rcrfen, SBc^is 
fen unii §orniiffcn :e. 



Falckner's ^^Curieuse IVachrtcht." 151 

brown frogs *' with us, and (3) a very large kind, that emit 
an abominable bark, so that when one has one of these for 
a neighbor in the summer, there is no need of any night 
watch with his horn, as he keeps diligently on until day, 
with a bellowing and roaring like a young bull. Other 
trifling things that are in the waters I will omit. 



The 48th Question. 

What animals are to be seen swimming upon the 
water courses? 



SWANS, geese, cranes, ducks, herons. Of eagles 
there are two kinds, a great large one with a white 
head and red eyes, and then a smaller sort which chiefly lives 
upon the water. Calecunes or turkeys of 20 or 30 pounds. 
Pheasants, partridges, pidgeons and many smaller birds as 
Mocking bird, catbird, red birds, crimson and aurora red, 
and then a wonder of all curiosities, a bird no larger than 
the joint of a little finger, called Htmimelhart (Humming 
bird), so called as it has no wings of feathers but hummel 
wings. ^^ Otherwise their feathers are yellow and green 
and they have short legs and constantly hover in the air, 
and sucks with his bill (which is longer than its body) the 
richness in the flower and blossom. Therefore they are 
not to be seen until there are flowers, and as soon as the 
flowers are over, it goes away, and no one knows where it 
remains, it seems almost more of a ghost or spirit than an 
actual creature, on account of its great swiftness. Its nest 
is as large as a nutshell. In addition there are birds of 
prey, hawks, owls, bugs, caterpillars, grasshoppers, wasps 
and hornets. 



152 G^utieufe 9lai^riii§t tion ^ennf^ltiania. 



20 



2)ie 49. grage; 

OB nit^t [wenn man fromme] Sal^ttJCtrfct ^tttCttt 5U 

ft^trfctt, bit btc (Sal^qucffc Bet) Philadelphia [mit 

grossen Vortheil zu gebrauchen und durch 

solche denn das gute dort befordert wer- 

den konte ?] in bcn ©aiig Bm^tcn ? 



R- (^S^^^ 8ttl^qttcffc [ist meines Erachtens] lit^i mt^t 

'^ Hnn 10. 9Jlci(s2Bcc6§ toon Philadelphia [nord-west] 

9lov'ii)Xitti§, ijit [ist aber vor gegenwartig nichts daran zu 

thun] bi§ dato Jiarttmb nii^t ^irobirt, iiictocUen tin UbctfKu^ bon 
@ol^ anlJcrtticrtl ciuQcbrar^t toirli. [es bleibet dieses zum 
Profit zu] ^ic futtfftiQc *Mu86rcitunft unii S^cmcl^rttng iier 



S)ic 50. S-mgc;' 

D6 ntt^t [so] auf^ [mit] fromme S^ergleute Jincin ^u 

ff^irfctt? 



R- (^S^®^ fonntcn no^ cl^cniicr employrt tocrkn [und 

''^ diirfte bald nach ihnen gefragt werden] Ultil fottlts 

ten immittler gfit [doch] i^r Scbcn bc^ anJicrcr ^thtit und 
2>ic^C ^Ulfit cr^oltcn. [unterhalten] 



2" Question XL in MSS. 
21 Question XLI in MSS. 



Falckrier^s '■'■Curieuse Nachricht.'''' 153 

The 49th Question. 

If pious saltworkers*^ were sent over to develop the 

saline springs near Philadelphia, could they not be 

used with great profit, and through them 

further that which is good ? 



yTpYHE saline springs, according to my judgment, are 
J I [ more than ten miles ^^ from Philadelphia toward the 
Northwest, but up to the present time they have not been 
developed, nor has there even been any attempt to do so, as 
there is a superfluity of salt brought here from elsewhere ; 
so the future development remains for the steadily increas- 
ing population here. 



The 50th Question. 

How about pious miners? 



YTTHESE could the more readily find employment here, 
J I [ and perhaps would soon be in demand. In the 
meantime they could support themselves by other labor or 
cattle-raising. 



154 ^urieufe 9lai^ri(^t tion ^ennf^ltiania. 

5)ic 51. S-rooc." 

Desideratur tint Geographifri^c ^cft^rct^ung tion Pen- 

sylvanicn, [VirginicnJ unb anbcrn na^c gc(cgc= 

ucu Sdnbcni unb ^nfuln ? 



K. ^^(B^(^^ ton tor gcgctttajiirtig nir^t Iciftcn, foil akr, 06 
'^ @C)tt toiff, unb i(^ kht, ncjjjfteni gef^cl^cn. [soil aber 
laiit meinem Versprechen, ob Gott will und ich lebe, die- 
selbe erfolgen und zwar dexire sine ^rcejudiciis und frei- 
willigen Fehlern, so entweder aus ignorantz und Nach- 
lassigkeit oder mangel an Judicii entstehen konnen] 



2Btc t^ mi bcr Correspondenz in Americam unb ^cr= 
ran^ 5n Jaltcn ? 

R. r^^IE Corres'ponde7itz muss ihre gewisse Adresse 
L-^ haben] ^icfc crforbett 4. gctoiffc Adresscn. ^tnc 
l^iet in Patria. ^ic anbcrc in C^oIIonb. 2)ic btittc in ^nget; 
(onb. llnb bic bicrbtc in America, [davon zu einer andern 
zeit] 

22 Question XLII in MSS. 

23 Question XLIII in MSS. 



Falckner's ^^Curteuse Nachricht ,^'' 155 

The 51st Question. 

A geographical description of Pennsylvania and ad- 
jacent countries and Islands. 



HOR the present this cannot be rendered. But ac- 
cording to my promise, if God will and I live, this 
shall follow, and indeed dextre sine ^raejudicus and vol- 
untary errors, which could arise either out of ignorance, 
negligence or lack of Judtaim in which our geographical 
descriptions thus far abound. 



The 52nd Question. 

How about correspondence with America and from 
thence outward. 



^ 



HE correspondence must have a peculiar address, 
giving one direction in Germany, another in Hol- 
land, a third in England, and a fourth in America. Of 
this, more at another time. 



156 ^^urtcufe 9lo^rir^t Hon ^cnnftjlbania. 

S)tc 53, %taQt:' 

£)^ ni^t affer^anb ^anbtocrrfcr barinncn fort fommcn ? 
unb ttjclt^c furnc^mltrf) ? 



R. (^5(915(91 iji nia^t bcr Qcringftc gtocip. ^ic not^tocnbigs 

''^ ftctt abet finb : [welche man im taglichen Gebrauch 
nicht entrathen kan als] <S^mit)t, St^toffcr, [und die 
gleichen die in Eisen arbeiten] Sf^ncilicr, St^uftct [Strumpf- 
Stricker, Rademacher] ^iloittcrlcutc [Seiler, welche letzere 
sonderlich angenehm wegen des grossen Schiffbaues, 
welcher da angeleget ist] ©tcittmc^Ctt, [mahler] WllmxtV, 
SBapcr, S^O^ffcr, SKul^tmciftcr :c. [Kannengieser, Gold- 
schmiede und dergleichen] 



2){c 54. forage." 

SBic gutc [Erbauliche] St^rifftctt l^inciit 5U Brtngcn, [in 

Englisher und Franzosischer Sprachen, die JVa- 

tiones so in Pennsylvanien, Virginia und New 

Engelland sind, dadurch kraftig zu er- 

bauen.] "tsxt Sattbc§ ^tittio^ncr 5U cr= 
Baucn ? 



R. fi^RSTLICH ist hier zu merken, wie bekannt, das 

L^ die beyden Nationen als] %\t ^ttgHf^C tttti) ^rans 

jiififi^e 9lationen ftnti f^on mi guten Si^rifften iiber^auffet, 

[daneben ihre eigenen Scribenten wegen ihres Styli und 



' Question XLIV in MSS. 
' Question XLV in MSS. 



Falckner's '■'■Curietise Nachrichty 157 

The 53rd Question. 

Whether all kinds of artisans cannot find subsistence 
there, and which in particular. 



* J | *BOUT this there is not the least doubt. The most 
^^ M t necessary ones, however, are those who by daily 
usage are indispensable, as smiths, locksmiths, and such 
as work in iron. Shoemakers, tailors, stocking-weavers, 
wheelwrights, stonecutters, painters, carpenters and rope- 
makers would be especially desirable on account of the 
extensive ship-building which is carried on here, also 
master-millers, pewterers, goldsmiths, potters and the like. 



The 54th Question. 

How to introduce good devout literature in the English 
and French languages for an energetic edification 
of such nationalities as have settled in Penn- 
sylvania, Virginia and New England. 



HIRSTLY it is to be remarked, as is well known that 
both nations, English and French, are already 
overwhelmed with religious literature. Besides, they hold 
their own writers in greatest estimation, on account of their 
style and national genius. Then, again, no English litera- 



158 ^uricufc 9lii(^riji^t bon ^cnnf^ttjanio. 

genu nationis am meisten ajstimiren] ©ct) ttllS l^oltCtt toir ilCt 

JBur^cS gcnuQ, fiir folj^c, Mc cincr 5(n(cituttfl bonndt^cn ^abcn. 
gut 5Bu(l)i>ru(frci)s5(noriinun8 trauc \^ att^icf nirfjt ktj unfcrm 

iiur mc^r ilngliiif uuii difadenz angcrii^tct toirii. ^o(§ ift ficrcitS 
cine JU Philadelphia ongertl^tct. [So diirfen auch keine 
Englische Schriften ausserhalb Engelland gedruckt in 
Engelland eingefiihrt werden. Zudem observire ich bey 
Gelegenheit der Pabstlichen religion etwas, welches mir in 
gewissen Stiicken nicht ungereimt vorkommt, nemlich, 
dass sie aus einem stratagcmate ecclesiastico politico denen 
Leuten viel ausserliche Gottesdienste, Feyer-Tage, Messen 
und dergleichen aufgeleget haben ; und ob sie wohl iiber 
die Schrift die Patrcs und statuta ecclesiae zu ihrem canone 
nehmen, so lasset doch der ohne das mit Gottesdienst iiber- 
haufte Hauffe der (der) Layen das scrutinium jidci der 
aiictoritati vii'oruin gern iiber und bleiben also niedrig und 
gebeugt. Dahero ihr ausserliches Regiment nicht mit so 
viel Secten und Rotten verunruhiget worden kan. America 
halt den Menschen unter ausserlicher Ubung : Adam bauet 
das Land und wartet seines Viehes, welches lauter Buch- 
staben und Biicher sind, dabei ihn sein Schopfer selbst in 
der Danksagung ex tempore lehret und aufsagen heisset. 
1st Zeit iibrig, so is die heilige Schrift nebst der Kirchen- 
Historie und Arndii Biichern Buchs genug, vor solche die 
einer Anleitung von nothen haben. Zur Druckerey woUte 
ich wol rathen weil ich aber sehe den greulichen Missbrauch 
und daher entstehendes Ubel welcher doch umb dessent- 
willen man rebus sic stantibus in Europa nicht entbehren 
kan : so traue ich unserm verfiihrerischen sceptischen und 
satyrischen Z3.r\\i-Seculo nicht viel, wollte auch nicht gern 
helfen Ungltick anrichten nachdem ich schon proben davon 



Falckner's '•'•Curietise IVachricht." 159 

ture printed outside of England is permitted to be imported 
into the country. I will observe upon this occasion some- 
thing concerning the Papal religion which in certain par- 
ticulars does not seem to me inconsistent, namely, that they 
have imposed upon their people, out of a Stratagemate 
ecclesiastico -politico^ many outward forms of worship, holy 
days, masses and the like ; and although they take for 
their canons those of the priests and statuta ecclesicB above 
those of Holy writ, yet the mass of the laity are not bur- 
dened with divine services but gladly leave the Scrutmhmi 
Jidei to the aiictoritati virorttm^ and remain lowly and 
humble. Therefore their outward organization cannot be 
disturbed by so many sects and factions. America holds 
man under an external training. 

Adam tills his land and tends his cattle, all of which 
are letters and books, wherein his creator personally in- 
structs him in thanksgiving, and asks him to remember 
what he has learned. If there is time to spare, then the 
Holy writ, together with sacred history and Arndt's^^ 
works, are books enough for such as have heed of guid- 
ance when in dire straits. 

As to a printing office, I would well approve of one ; 
but when I see the abominable abuse made of it and the 
resulting evils (which we, however, for that reason, rebus 
sic stantibus^ cannot spare in Europe), I do not trust our 
seductive, sceptical and satirical quarrelsome seculum. 
Further, I should not like to be a party to cause any cal- 
amity, as I have already seen proof thereof in America. 
But I should not object provided strict and accurate regula- 
tions of the press were enforced. According to my latest 
advices from Pennsylvania, from a letter dated September 
17, 1699, I learn that besides the printing office in New 
York, another has been set up in Philadelphia.^^ At the 



i6o G^^uncttfc 9lor§ni3^t toon 5J>cnnf^It)ttnta. 

aiich in America gesehen : es ware dann dass man scharfe 
und genaue Ordnung des Driicks halber machen wollte. 
Laut letzterer Brieffe vom 7 September 1699 aus Pennsyl- 
vanien verstehe, dass man iiber die Druckerey in Newjork 
noch eine in Philadelphia angeleget hat, bey welcher Ge- 
legenheit nachst kiinftig einige teutsche Schriften in eng- 
lisch und frantzosisch daselbst ubersetzen und also zum 
Druck noch gut befinden und Vermogen wird befordern 
konnen, bis der Drucker sich auch mit teutschen Buchsta- 
ben wird versehen haben.] 



2)ie 55> t^racje." 

Sic tnan Scute cinc^ rcc^tcn Philadelphif^cn @ctftC)§ 

tJOtt [Schweden, Engellandern, Deutschen, und 

von] alien JKcIigionctt, fo barinncn finb, uff5u= 

fud)cn ^ahtf bic 5U ^cfiirbcrung bc§ SBcrrf^ 

bc^ $@rrcn ctnanbcr bic $anb Hc= 

t^cn fiJnncn ? 



-^ Sectcn unii ^art^c^cn i^tc 9}luttcr=9Jltttt(c tooltcn bcrs 
laugnen, unti mit einankr ing %k\^t Otci^t iiuri^ eine l^rittiers 
Hi^e Resignirte Sicbe§;Resolution cinge^en, fo iiiirffte man fir| 
ni^t tiici kkntfcn: @ottc§ SBerrf toiittic fii^ fetbften trciben; 
Itni) pm toenigjiten liinnte eg tion ung, atg tion ung nic^t aufges 
l^otteii meriien. Sn^toif^cn befommt ein pter SDleiftcr toici ^uns 
tien, tiarum tnn§ ein $(ufang fe^n, uni) tiie !Sie6e mn^ eine %xhtit 
^ahtn, Hnn ftnliet fi^ tiag 99littel trnri^ SKittet. 

26 Question XI<VI in MSS. 



Falcknei-'s ''Curieuse JVachrtcht." i6i 

earliest opportunity I shall translate several German writ- 
ings into English and French, and print them there accord- 
ing to circumstances and ability, until the printer is also 
supplied with German type.^^ 



The 55th Question. 

How to seek out persons imbued with a true Phila- 

delphian spirit from among the Swedes, English, 

Germans, and religious persuasions who are 

there, and would be willing to extend 

their hands to one another in the 

furtherance of the word 

of the Lord. 



mHIS is a difficult question. I do know, however, 
that if all sects and parties would abjure their 
birth marks and enter with one accord into a resolution of 
resigned brotherly love, one would not then need to have 
any doubt that God's work would accomplish itself, or at 
least it could not be checked by or of us. In the mean- 
time a good master gains many customers. Therefore 
there must be a beginning, and charity must be given a 
certain task, then will be found means by means. I know 
of several good friends there, whose good intentions are 
greater than their outward actions would warrant. God, 



i62 ^uricufc 9lo^ri^t Hon 5|Jcnnf^ltittnia. 

^a^ m'lji ctnigc ptc ^rcunJie aUH, ttit mc|r im gutcn 23Sittctt, 
a(§ in Her auffcrlij^cn 3^^ttt ijcttnogcn. ^Oii, Her otter SUlcits 
fi^en §cr^ett in feiner §onii l§at, unb iiiefetk ttiic Staffer [bache] 
ieitet, miji cinfaftifieS kutercS 25orne|men jn secundiren. 



2Bic alt bic Silbcn tucrben ? 



R. «J£)^ iicfem 100. So|r, ^eut jn Xa%t 60. oicr 70. ^o^r, 

'^ taiegen tierlaffener ^itit. [Es sind wenige nun mehro 
von denen, die wir kennen, die 60-70 jahre alt sind. Vor 
diesem sind sie 100 jahre alt geworden. Die ursache da- 
von erhellet aus schon angefiihrten.] 



2)ie 57. Stage/' 

OB t^rcr SSeilJcr einanbcr in bcr (Bthmt kt)ftc^cn ? 



R. ^|j\@39i [So viel ich Verstanden geschieht es nicht] 

^^ foniiern fie berkrgen fid} gonl^ aMn in cinem Uor^cr 

anSgefcl^enen ©rte, nnii iio^ glcidjtooi^l fi§et man nii|t ein eini: 

geS ungc|itttte§ ^ind O&er Alri^|>e(. [Ob nun dieses die jun- 
gen weibern auch also und zu aller Zeit thun, babe aus der 
Acht gelassen. Davon mehrere Gewissheit so wir leben] 

2' Question XLVJI in MSS. 
28 Question XLVIII in MSS. 



Falckner^s '■^ Ctirietise JVachricht." 163 

who has all human hearts in his hands and directs them 
like a water course, is ready to further any pure and 
simple undertaking. 



The 56th Question. 

To what age do the savages attain? 



YnpYHERE are but few of them known to us who are 
J M [ sixty to seventy years old. Formerly they lived 
to the age of a hundred. The causes for this appear from 
what has already been said. 



The 57th Question. 

Do the women assist each other during parturition? 



BO far as I have understood, this is not done ; but 
they betake themselves entirely alone to some pre- 
viously selected spot. However, at the same time, you 
cannot find a single deformed child or cripple amongst 
them. Whether the young women follow the same course 
at all times, I have been unmindful of. Concerning this, 
more information, if we live. 



164 ^uricufc 9la(^rit^t toon ^cnnf^Itittttio. 

5)ic 58. Stage." 

2Sie fie c^ mit bcnen gan^ flctnen ^inbcrn ^aittn ? 



R. (^S@ [die kleinen Kinder] tlicrtictt uff tint fur^e ^eit 

^ tttt tin S^rctgcn gcbuniicn, liarouf fie cin flcineS ^cMcin 

binticn, unt) e§ mit ebcn tiergleiilen juiieifcn, tiamit fteg liejita 

kffer auf iiem Oiuifen tragcn, unti tie^o getoiffer ^alUn tonntn 

toritttt fie [indem sie dieselben fast allezeit] faugeit. [lassen 
weil sie uber die Massen viel Milch haben und doch nur 
kaltes wasser trincken. Das Haupt und den Korper des 
Knaben salben sie mit guten fett von Thieren.] 



2)ie 59. grage." 

2Sa§ fur glitffc bcr Ortcn finb ? 



R. r^^IE Nahmen der Fliisse sind meist Indianisch, des- 
|_-^/ wegen verspare ich sie mit ihrer Etymologic und 
anzahl bis auf weitern Bescheid] America ift toie eill iiur^s 
totiffertcr ©atten tjon groffen unii fleinen ^(itffen, unl) ft|onen 
©ruttitqueffen. ^ie Etimologiam urii Slnja^l fo(j^er f^litffe 
bcrflitt^re it| ijor iiiefcSmol, M^ ju weiner toieber ^ineinfunfft, 
uni) f(^tifft(i(^ett ©erif^t. 

2 9 Question XLIX in MSS. 
30 Question L in MSS. 



Falckner's "-^Curieuse Nachricht'' 165 

The 58th Question. 

How do they care for their infants? 



fTTf HE infants are bound for a short time, on boards or 
J-I4 bark covered with soft fur, with which they also 
cover them, so that they can the better carry them on their 
backs. They let them nurse almost continuously as they 
have nourishment beyond all measure, and yet they drink 
nothing but cold water. They anoint the heads and 
bodies of the boys with some good animal fat. 



The 59th Question. 

What rivers are there } 



mHE names of most of the rivers are of Indian origin. 
Therefore I will reserve the etymology and number 
for some future occasion. Otherwise America is like an 
irrigated garden, full of large and small rivers and great 
and small springs. 



i66 G^uricufc 9loc^nji|t tiim ^ennfDlJJttnto. 

2)ic 60. %taQt:' 

SBic fie gekaut^cttoerben? 



Responsio fimilitet dissertur. [Die Antwort wird bis 
aufs kiinftige versparet] 



S)ie 61. Stage." 

SBic fie i^re giff^crei) fallen ? 



R. r^^IESE bestehet hauptsachlich in folgenden Arten, 

L^ erstlich] 1. SWit Jjctti 5(nQc(. 2. 9Jlo(^cn fic ^flwmcii 

tlOtl (©tcincit [in die Fliisse, wie sie beginnen seichte zu wer- 
den in dieser Form : — \/~\/~' Durcli die Canale fallet 
das aufgehaltene wasser ab und der Strom bekomt eine 
foi'ce, am endedes Canals stehet ein grosser Korb von Reif- 
staben gemacht. Da treibet der Strom den Fisch, so herun- 
ter gehet, hinein, welcher Korb so gesetzet ist, dass der 
Fisch nicht kan wieder zuriick gehen.] uilil includircit ilic 
i5if^c. 3. Siniicn fie einc (angc 9lci)^c Sleifcr mi Jictn Sau6 iva 
fowmcn [wie ein Netz] ujiti jic^cnS iiurrf)§ SBaffct, iomit fie iiie 
%\\^t in eine ^nge jnfawm jttgen, nnli mi kn §onJien criitt^i^en. 
[Auch haben sie ihre Kahne, welche von Rinden von 
Baumen gemacht und mit Wildem Hanf verbunden und 
mit Moos verstopfet sind, in dieselben treten sie und halten 
bey stillem Wetter an einem solchen Ort, da sie wissen, 
wo sich der Fish, Stor genannt, aufhalt ; da haben sie ein 
scharfes Eisen (vorher einen scharfen harten Stein) an 
einer langen Stange an einem Strick festgemacht ; sobald 

31 Question LI in MSS. 

32 Question 1,11 in MSS. 



Falckner's ^^Curieuse JVackrtcht." 167 

The 60th Question. 

How are they utilized? 



m 



HIS answer is reserved for the future. 



The 6 1st Question. 

How is Fishing Followed? 



mHIS consists chiefly of the following methods : 
Firstly, angling ; secondly making dams of stones 
in the rivers where they begin to get shallow, in this man- 
ner \/ \/ . Through these conduits the checked 
water flows and the current gathers in force. At the end 
of each conduit a large wicker basket is placed, the current 
drives the descending fish through the conduit into the 
basket, which is set at such an angle that the fish cannot 
return. Thirdly, they tie a long row of green branches 
with their leaves together like a net, and drag those 
through the water so as to drive the fish into a convenient 
corner, where they can catch them with their hands. 
Fourthly, they also have their canoes, made out of the 
bark of trees, bound together with wild hemp and caulked 
with mosses, in which they stand up in still weather at such 
places which they know that the Stor ^^ fish frequents ; then 
they have a sharp iron (formerly a sharp-pointed stone) on 
a long pole, to which is fastened a rope. Now, as soon as 



i68 ^urieufe 9la$rtil^t tion ^ennf^Ktiania. 

sie nun einen dergleichen Fisch, welcher sich zuweilen 
sonnet und ruhet, gewahr worden, konnen sie durch ihre 
Geschwindigkeit ihm bald eins versetzen, das er herauf 
komt und den Bauch in die Hohe kehret. Dergleichen 
Fische fangen sie zuweilen in einem Tage so viel, dass sie 
eine gantze Nachbarschaft damit versehen konnen.] Sic 

l^aben aut^ ^a^ne toon augge^olten l^aumen, unti tote M^tn m\i 
9)U^ tocrfto)iffct, in totlH^t fie ttcttcn, nnto toic ^t'ox fangen. 



2)ic 63. ^^rogc." 

2Bic bic Silkn i^rc 3<i9tcn anftcttcn ? 



R. (^^91W toiltoen X^txt kmo^tigen fie fii^ Qefr^tointoe 
-^ tonr^ i^r fii^neffcS nnto an^(tentoe§ Sonffen, nnto tontt^ 
t^r ©efil^o^. ^inige 2^iere fni^en fie toe§ 9lo(^t8 k^ ^ettem 
9Wonto)(^fine. [auf die Baume zu jagen,] ^ic tiiiltoc ^a^en 
f(i^ie)en§ mit ^fitf(§e)ifci(en. ^ie Amyhibia nil! ^a^en, Smarter 
nnto toergteiii^cn, fangen fie jn 9ltt(l|t0 in ^aUtn, fofi toie nnferc 
Maxitu^aUtn, 

2)tc 63. Stage.'* 

SBttig nor 5a^mc [und wilde]^^ter c^ kt) t^ncn gcBe? 



R. (^5t®X atte, toie toir l^ieranffen l^aben, anggenommen, feinen 
ly @fe( ^oBen fic torinnen, toe(i|cr i^nen tooi!^ fc^r nul^Iiii^ 
toare, intoeme mon toie ^fertoe mit toem fii^tiieren Sajte tragen toets 
toerkt, Uicl^cn toie ^latnr me^r Sttirife in toenen ©li^nUern [und 
Fusse] otg in toem JHnrfen gegefien, ton |*ngegen toer @fet int 

3 s Question LIII in MSS. 
" Question LIV in MSS. 



Falckner's ^'•Curteuse JVachrtcht." 169 

they see such a fish, which occasionally suns itself and 
rests, they are enabled by their extreme dexterity to spear 
it, so that it turns its belly upward and comes to the sur- 
face. Of these fish they often catch so many in a day, 
that the whole neighborhood is supplied therewith. 



The 62nd Question. 

Concerning their hunting. 



mHEY overpower the wild beasts quickly by their rapid 
and continuous running, together with their mis- 
siles. Some animals they capture on the trees in the bright 
moonlight. Several of the amphibious beasts they catch 
at night in traps, similar to our traps for martens.^* 



The 63rd Question. 

What kind of animals are there, both domestic 
and w^ild? 



*vyj I * ITH some exceptions, just the same as with us 
^J^JL here.^^ Among these exceptions is the jackass, 
which would be very useful there. The horses, whom nature 
has given more strength in their shoulders and legs than in 
their backs, are ruined by the heavy burdens they carry. ^® 
On the contrary the jackass is strong in his back and con- 



lyo ^urieufe 9lo^ri^t toon ^cnnf^ttjanin. 

^itrfctt jitarrf i^, unii mit f(i|(cc^tcm gutter fi(^ ficfriciiigcn lafft. 

[Die Nahmen der Thiere so da und nicht hie sind, samt 
der Etymologie davon soil kiinftig mit folgen.] 



S)ic 64. gmgc/' 

SBai3 fur untcrfrf)tcbHt^c ^iigcl barinncn ? 



R. 0®2 l^cU§ oktt Bcanttoortct, unii finii bcren bie( 5(rtcn 
Xj iiort, iiic xCx^i \\n, unli iiiclc ^icr, incline iiortctt \\\^i 
fint). Watson ing lunjfttQ. 



S)ie 65. grage." 

SSic man fit^ gcgcn btc ^arcn, unb aubcrc toilbc ^^^icrc 

tjcrtna^rc ? 



R. <^S^ toUiictt %\mt \^i %^ii mi %^x^i gcfi^rcrfct iia^ 
'^ fir^ fciii SJlenfi^ i^rcntfjttlficn 3tt kforgcn ^at, [Dahero 

auch unsere zahme Thiere die wilden wenig cBstimiren und 
wessen ihre Jungen vor der andern Gewalt wohl zu bewah- 
ren. Ausser der Schafe, vor welchen die Wolfe ohne 
hiilffe der Menschen und hunde nicht erschrecken und sich 
vergeblich abweisen lassen.] bot* Sl^(an(ten [man vielerley 

Art] fjat man fi^ m (©ommcr in ac^t p ncfjmcn, iiie lia^ [wie- 
wohl sie insgemein] citt ©cttiufr^c uiai^cn, ttltil pi^tig iDCrilCtt 
f^c xmxi ju i^nctt fommt, iiofjero |ic iiii^t (cidjtlit^ iicn a^lcnfr^cn 
f^a^cn. [Es sey denn den Vorwitzigen und unachtsamen ; 
doch sind die Excmfel rar] 

3 5 Question LV in MSS. 
36 Question I, VI in MSS. 



Falckner's ^^Ctirieuse JVachrickt." 171 

tent with indifferent feed. The names of the animals which 
are there ^^ and not here ^^ together with the etymology of 
the same will follow in the future. 



The 64th Question. 

What kinds of birds are there } 



OF these there are many species that are not here^^ and 
many here that are not there. Whereof also in the 
future. 



The 65th Question. 

How to protect oneself against bears and other 
wild beasts ? 



*^ * HE Lord has so terrified the wild beasts with fear that 
\^t^ no man need be apprehensive upon their account. 
For this reason our domestic animals show but little fear for 
the wild ones, and know well how to protect their young 
against their violence. The sheep are an exception, as 
the wolves cannot be frightened off or repulsed without the 
aid of men and dogs. Snakes, of which there are many 
kinds, one has to be very careful of in summer, although 
they usually make some noise or take flight before one 
comes up to them. Therefore they do not often harm any- 
one, unless he be indiscreetly curious or heedless. But 
such examples are rare. 



172 ^utteufe 9la(i^nii^t tion ^ennf^tnanta. 

2)ic 66. Stage." 

SBormit bic SBtlbcn BiPcro ddii bcncn d^uvopattn gc= 

firgcrt ? uiib nod) ft^nmmcr gemai^t ttJorbcn ? [und 

wie solche Aergerniss zu emendiren] 



;^(B ^ttktt k^ bcr ©cgcntuart unii Sclien§5?(rt iier §uro; 
)iocr gcteritct unoriicntIi(^ mtt ju Icbcn, im (5ffeit, 
^tinrfcn, Souffcn, ^y^w^^fJ^ Sugcn, JBctritgcn, ctncr ^ot iicm 
ttnicru iiie ©clcgcn^cit gcjcigct, bic ^uxopiiv i}ahtn i|ncn ©raus 
bclDcin, ©icr, unb anbcrc 9Jlotcrio(itt ^inciu gcbrnr^t, fo nun bie 
S^ttbcn mtt S^egierbe fud^eit, unb oU i^ncn f(Qan buri^ @c[el;c 
Hcrbdtten ift, fo Uiiffen fteg boii^ mtt Sujt 3U ftii^ ju bcfammcn, 
repete hie quaest. 39. R. [Vors erste kan das kein Aerger- 
niss heissen, das sie bey der Gegenwart und Lebens-Art 
der Europeer Gelegenheit nehmen unordentlich zu werden, 
sonst konte sich auch ein Kind des Aergernisses nicht 
erwehren. Denn wenn dasselbe sein Muss isset zu seiner 
Nahrung, so mag es geschehen, dass dieses die Katze 
gewahr wird, durch dessen Geruch und Geschmack sie 
alle gelegenheit suchet ohne Hinderniss zum Verdruss 
ihres eigenen Magens und derer, die im Zimmer sind, an- 
fullet. Die Europeer haben zwar Bier und Brantewein 
hineingebracht, wer kan es aber helfen, dass die wilden 
davon zu viel nehmen. Man hat allerhand Gesetz und 
Ordnung gemacht, wie viel man denselben reichen solle. 
Doch wissen sie es mit List zu bekommen, wiewol auch 
einige gewinnsiichtige Leute sind, die ihnen in das Holtz 
profits halber dergleichen Getranke zukommen lassen. 
Und weil sie es nicht allezeit haben, noch haben konnen, 
well ihr Verdienst nicht gross ist, so ist die Natur desto 

37 Question LVII and I,VIII in MSS. 



Falchier's '■'•Curieuse Nachricht" 173 

The 66th Question. 

Wherein the savages have thus far been made speci- 
ally worse in whole or in part by the Europeans, 
and how such scandal may be amended. 



HIRSTLY, it cannot be called a scandal that they take 
the opportunity of becoming disorderly from the 
presence and manner of living of the Europeans, else a 
child could not refrain from scandal. For when it eats its 
pap for its sustenance, it may happen that a cat becomes 
aware of it, and by its sense of taste and smell seeks every 
opportunity when without hindrance it can gorge itself, to 
the vexation of its own stomach and those who are in the 
room. The Europeans certainly did bring in beer and 
brandy, but who can help it that the savages take too much 
thereof ? All kinds of laws and regulations have been 
made as to the quantity that might be given to them. 
However, they know how to obtain it by their cunning, 
although there are some mercenary people who for gain 
furnish them with drink in the forest. As they do not have 
it at all times nor can always obtain it (for their earnings 
are not large) their nature upon this account makes them 
still more ravenous, and when opportunity offers they can- 
not keep themselves within bounds. 

It is said that in Carolina, before the advent of the 
French, strict regulations were enforced, whereby it was 
absolulely forbidden under a heavy penalty to give the 
savages any beer, wine or brandy. According to my 
judgment, the most harm is done by a pack of unscrupu- 
lous, dissolute and corrupt peddlers^' of the English, 



174 G^uricttfc 9ltt^ri(i^t tion ^cnnftillionirt, 

begieriger darauf und konnen sich in der gelegenheit 
nicht massigen. Man sagt, dass in Carolina ehe und 
bevor die Frantzosen dahin gekomen, genaue Ordnung sei 
gehalten worden, darinnen absolut und bey hoher Strafe 
verbothen gewesen, denen Wilden Bier, Wein und Brante- 
wein zu geben. Der meiste Schaden ist meines Erachtens 
geschehen durch einige gewissenlose, liederliche und faule 
Schacherer von Engellandern, Schweden, in specie Frant- 
zosen, welche die Wilden iibervortheilt, und sie durch 
■practiqtien theils schiichtern theils listig gemacht, das sie 
biss weilen sich zu keiner conversation einlassen wollen, 
biss weilen lieber solche liederlich compagnie erleiden, 
welche sie entweder mit starkem Getranke unterhalten und 
es ihnen weit nachbringen, oder ihnen von unseren Konigen 
narrische Historischen einbilden und allerlei neue Zeitung 
erzahlen welches Aergerniss aber durch einen besseren 
Umgang leicht wird zu heben seyn. Was sie sonst von 
den Europeern angenommen siehe oben quaest, XXXIX.] 



2)tc 67. Sroge." 

SBtc man (autcr nuljltt^c ^i'mftc unb SBiffcnft^aftcn in 

Americam (jtingcn fiinnc ? [Die Bosen unniitzen 

und unnothigen weg lassen] 



R. C^tx^it\\ xm\ man Unanimiter crjt crfenncn, tott§ men 
c*f 6t§l()ero in tier llbung in iicr ©attfcctigfcit naj^ alien 
Stiintien nu^lit^ oticr ff^atiltd) gcfuntien, nnti iiann toeil tiag San}) 
iJort nfli^ cinfaltig, aic m ^liimtfdjen 9lei^ praeter necessitatem 
multiplicirte Entia X\t\tx fjinUicg (offcn, tiamit man iiie anti- 
cs Question LIX in MSS. 



Falckner'*s '■'■Curieusc Nachricht.'''' 175 

Swedish and especially of French nationality, who defraud 
the savages, and intimidate them by their practices, or else 
make them so cunning that they often refuse to enter into 
conversation, and prefer such dissolute company as either 
entertains them with strong drink, or sends it to them, or 
conceive foolish stories about our kings and tell them all 
kinds of new tidings ; a scandal which can easily be dis- 
pelled by better associations. What they have otherwise 
acquired from the Europeans, see question XXXIX supra. 



The 67th Question. 

How to introduce purely advantageous arts and 

sciences into America, and eliminate the 

evil and useless ones. 



*Trr* EREWITH one must first unanimiter understand 
, ■ y what has been found to be useful or harmful thus 
far in the practice of godliness toward all estates, and 
then, as the country is still in a state of simplicity, those in 
the Holy Roman Empire ^^ also -prcBter necessitateni ?nulti- 
plicterte Entia, had better omit that one the antiquam 
shnplicttate7n in aiitiqtia Sanctirate can the better take into 
account. A certain project (as a guide for constructing 
others) will be added at the ending. 



176 G^urtcufe 9la^H^t toon 5JJcttnf^(t)attio. 

quam simplicitatem in antiqua Sanctirate licfto bcffcr in o^t 
ne^mcn tmnt, tin gctoi|fc§ Project, umb Hxna^ oniicre fctbjit 
ju inaii^en, foU am ^ittie bc^gefitgct ttieriien. 



2)ic 68. Sragc/' 

28ic ba^ Sanb 5U fctncn rct^tcn @ckaud| unb 91w^en p 

ktttgcn ? 



R. ^^91 in iittS fionJi fommcniic 9Wcnfi^ foil fi^ tnit Seifi unb 

fu(^cn, ttttii alfo in Sccgcn unl) (^nfl^cn iitffc @tiic ficji^ctt, Hmit 
America au(| cincii ©oomcit ^obc, iicr iicm §@rrtt ttitnt, uitii in 
©crc^ttQfcit fciitcn SJScinbcrg boue unJ) liflanl^c, tiann mi)l t|t 
licm 2>0(rf iieS bcr §@rr cin @Ott ijt. [Der einige rechte 
Nutzen und Gebrauch eines Landes, in Ansehen eines 
Menschen, ist, dass derselbe darinne dem Leibe nach als 
in einem Gefangniss nothdiirftig unterhalten werde, bis zu 
seiner Wiederbringung in seinen vorigen Stand. Mittler 
Zeit soil er der Creatur als ein Herr vorstehen, dieselbe 
zur Ehre Gottes auf opfern, und also im Seegen und Frie- 
den die Erde besitzen. Solches solte ja auch billig bey 
singulis individuis in America beobachtet werden, aber 
weil das reich Gottes selbst gleich ist einem Netze, das 
voll guter und boser Fische was wil das corruptibile terrae 
corf us nicht seyn? Doch wie die adern der besten Metalle 
durch die grosse und finstere Massen der Erden durch 
laufen und dieselbe gleichsam durch ihre Dampfe vermit- 
telst der Sonnen und des Mondes tingiren und saltzen. 
Also lauft die Lebens linie und das Geschlechts-Register 

" Question LX in MSS. 



Falckner's '■'■ Cur tense Nachricht.''^ 177 

The 68th Question. 

How to develop the country and bring about its 
proper uses and advantages. 



mHE only proper use and advantage of a country in 
the sight of man, according to the body, is that 
therein, as one in a prison, they be supported with what is 
absolutely necessary, until a restoration to their former 
condition. In the meandme one should present the crea- 
ture as a man, and offer it up for the glory of God, and at 
the same dme enjoy the earth in peace and tranquility. 
Such could be truly observed about single individuals in 
America.^^ But as the realm of God is like a net that is 
full of fish both good and bad, what can we expect from 
the earth's corrupdble body? But, as the veins of the 
most precious metals run through the great and dark 
masses of the earth, and by means of the sun and moon 
as it were, bedew and season the same by their exhala- 
tions, so also runs the vital line and the genealogical pedi- 
gree of our Lord Jesus Christ, in single cases, as firstlings 
of the spirit, through all nations and races, according as 
the nations become pregnant in the faith of Abraham. 
ConsequenUy America will also produce seed, that will 
serve the Lord, hold forth in righteousness, and plant the 
land and vineyards. In the meantime let Tyre and Sidon 
plant cities for their children, and Merchants of Merari, 
or such as deem themselves wise, seek ever according to 
their impulse and manner, their wisdom's part. We say, 
happy are they who go thus. But fortunate are the people 
whose Lord is God. What otherwise concerns the order 



178 guricttfc 9ltt^ri^t Hon ^cnnf^lbonia. 

unseres Herrn Jesu Christi in einzelnen Nahmen, als Erst- 
linge des Geistes durch alle Volker und Geschlechter dar- 
nach die Volker als in dem Glauben Abrahams gesegnet 
werden. Also wird America auch Saamen haben, der 
dem Herrn dienet und in Gerechtigkeit predigen, Land 
und Weinberge pflantzen wird. Es baue und pflantze in- 
zwischen Tyron und Sidon ihren Kindern Stadte, und die 
Kaufleute von Merari oder die sich klug diinken, suchen 
immerhin nach ihren Trieb und Weise ihrer Weissheit 
Theil. Wir sagen wohl dem, dem es also gehet, aber 
wohl dem volk des der Herr ein Gott ist.] %\t Orilliung 
iicr cuffer(i(^ett Cultivirmtg iiicfcS Sttttiic§, loffct fi^ ni(*^t otfo in 
He ^iir^c foffcn, miS\ aur^ o^nc die toiirrfliii^c Application rc(|t 
tJcrfitel^cn, tocilcn iia8 !SBor|ctfc^ctt eiiiigc ^^inge pbffcr, unli 
einige ikmx m^^ti, o(§ fic in kr S^at fctbft finJi. 



SSrtnn G^^rtftn^c Scute (jinein [kommen] ttiottctt, bte 

grok cuffcrUd)c 5(r6cit wx^i t)crrid)tcn fiinncn, tote 

man fie ^yt gekau^en ttiiffe, unb toic fic fit^ 

nftfjrcn filnncn. DB burrj Information, 

obcr nod) uff anberc SBcifc ? 



R. C^Slommc Scute, iiie fciner gotten 9(t6eit fiinnett tiorftei^en, 
15 unti m^ fcine S>litte( fjckit. Me wiiffen c§ cuf ben 
©louben iJct S^jerHitgc, unJ) i)e§ Silieit auf iiem i^ctJie anfongen, 
iianu ftttt ®©tt unfete 8ee(e ftcrtf mat^en, fo fan cr and) unfern 
Sci& ftartf maiden, tocit cr i^n auif) iion iicn 2^oiiten aufcrtocrfcn 
mitt, nier t^ut tnaS cr fan, un& (c6t xm ©otteSfurii^t, tien toitt ber 

4« Question LXI in MSS. 



Falckner^s ^^Ctirtettse JVackrzcht." 179 

of outward civilization of the land is not to be compre- 
hended by any abbreviated form, nor rightly understood 
without an actual application, as the preponderance of cer- 
tain things makes them appear greater or smaller that they 
actually are. 



The 69th Question. 

If Christian people want to come in, who could not 

perform the ordinary rough work, how could they 

be made useful, and sustain themselves? — 

If through information or otherwise. 



•"Y^^EVOUT persons, who cannot undertake hard labor 
^-i_-y nor have any means, they must begin with the 
faith of the sparrow, and the lilies of the field, for as the 
Lord can strengthen our soul, so can he also quicken our 
body, even as he will awaken it from the dead. Whoso- 
ever doeth what he can, and liveth in the fear of the Lord, 
him will the good Lord maintain. He that hath learned 
something in his youth can inform others who are ignorant. 
Enfeebled persons could also be placed so as to keep an 
oversight over the household and the government of chil- 
dren, whereby they could obtain the necessaries of life. 

Christian people who have no means, nor the capacity 
for outside work, must begin upon the faith of the wild 
animals, the sparrows and the lilies of the field ; not that 
they should withdraw entirely from the divine order 
and their obligations thereto. On the other hand, to 



i8o ^uricufc 9lo(i^ri(^t toon ^cnnf^Itittttia. 

licbc ®Oii fj|on cvmi^nn. 2Scr cttoag in feincr ;S«8f«i' fictets 
net l^ttt, iicr fan aniicrc llnioiffcniic fj^on informircn. 5(ufi^ 
liinnte man fi^maii^gUeDnge ^tnU jur ^ufftii^t nhtv ^au^t^atU 
ungen unti ^intiet^uilt fe^en, tiark^ fie i^rc 9lot^Durp ^ntien 
fiinnen. 

[Christliche Leute die gar keine Mittel, auch kein Ver- 
mogen zu ausserlicher Arbeit haben, miissen es auf den 
Glauben der wilden Thiere, der Sperlinge imd der Lilien 
auf dem Felde anfangen nicht dass sie sich der Ordnung 
Gottes und ihrer Schuldigkeit gantz entziehen wolten, hin- 
gegen anderen alleine eine Last aufgeleget wissen, das 
ware zum wenigsten gegen die aufrichtige Hebe. Denn 
kan Gott unsere Seele stark machen, so kan er auch unse- 
ren Leib Starcken weil er ihn auch von den Todten aufer- 
wecken wil. David war nur ein schwacher Hirten-Knabe 
und doch hat der Herr seine Hande lehren streiten und 
seine Finger einen eisernen Bogen spannen. Wer thut, 
was er kan, den muss der liebe Gott wohl ernehren, weil 
Er's gesagt hat und auch thun kan. Zur information 
konte wohl Rath werden vor etliche ; so konte man auch 
schwachen Leuthen die Aufsicht iiber Hausshaltung und 
Kinder anvertrauen, dabei sie ihre Nothdurft finden konnen 
doch wird es auch den Schwachen, hochst zu rccomendiren 
seyn, dass sie sich wie die K^inder g-radaimi zu einer meh- 
reren motion und Arbeit gewohnen, weil die Gesundheit 
vieler von Mutter-Leibe an kranklichen Korper auf solche 
Weise kan recuperiret und erhalten werden, davon ich mich 
selbst zu einem lebendigen Beweisthum darstellen kan.] 



Falckner's '■'■Ctirieiise Nachricht.'''^ i8i 

thrust themselves as a burden upon others, that would 
at least be far from sincere charity. For, as God can 
strengthen the soul, so can He also strengthen our bodies, 
as well as resurrect them from the dead. David was 
only a weak shepherd boy, and yet the Lord endowed 
his hands with strength and his fingers with power to draw 
an iron bow. He that doeth what he can, him the dear 
Lord will amply support, as he hath said it, and can also 
do it. For the information of some, counsel might be of 
avail. Thus, delicate persons might be entrusted with an 
oversight of a household or of children, whereby they 
could gain the necessaries of life ; although it might be 
well to recommed to the weak and delicate that they, like 
children, should gradually take more and more exercise, 
so as to accustom themselves to labor, as the health of 
many who were sickly from their birth was recuperated 
and maintained by these means. Of which I can present 
myself as a living example. 



iS2 ^urtcufc 9la(^n^t Un ^cnnftjttjanta. 

Sic 70. Si-ttgc. ' 

SBann ncue (^olonicn ^tncin fommcn, oh fie fi^ 5U bcit 

alien ft^lagen miiffen, obcr oB fie felBft einc ncue 

<Biaht anrit^ten fiinnen ? 



R. /^8 iji tat^fam, H^ fi^ iiic ncu;5(nfflmmcttiic iiuri^ iiic 
^ ©rfttlruttg oniicrcr tocifcii, unii i^rc cigcnc 2Bci§|eit 
fol^rcit (ttffcn, Experto credo Ruperto. ^c§ 9taum§ |o(bcr 
fiinncn fie gar ttiap in i)en nlten ^olonicn 6(eikn, unti Dan 
&cncn, iiic fi!|on cttottS gctoiffcS in i|rcn Scdcn gcfoffet ^aftcn, 
tttc^r tctncn nnti abfc^cn, aU in Camagna an§ ict fecrcn 8np. 

[Es ist rathsam, dass sich neue Ankommer durch die 
Erfahrung anderer weisen, und ihre eigene Weissheit, 
welche ihrem besten hisweilen prae/udicir/ic/i, fahren lasse, 
expert credo Ruj[>erto. Des Raumes halber konnen, sie 
noch wohl in den alten Colonien bleiben, der Freiheit hal- 
ber konnen sie auch neue Stadte anlegen, doch ist es gut, 
dass man die alten unvermogenden, welche ihre Dienste 
schon in dieser welt gethan und etwas gewisses in ihren 
Seelen haben auf denjenigen was vorher bearbeitet ist, 
zuriicke lasst und nur die Jungen unter weiser Aufsicht und 
Anfiihrung weiter fortsendet doch so dass man ihnen in 
einer kleinen Tagereise assistiren konne, so bliebe die 
jugend auch fein in einerley Weise und lernete sich nicht 
aufs neue umsehen nach den Tochtern der Menschen mann 
diirfte auch auf solche weise im 3ten und 4ten Glied eine 
bessere generation sehen, und dem Herren darinnen von 
Geschlecht zu Geschlecht Lob bekommen.] 

■»! Question LXII in MSS. 



Falckner's '■^Ctirieuse Nachricht.'''' 183 

The 70th Question. 

When new Colonies come over, must they join one 

of the old ones, or must they build a 

new town for themselves. 



IT is advisable that newcomers profit by the experience 
of others, and abandon their own wisdom, which is fre- 
quently prejudiced exferto crede Ru-perto. So far as the 
room is concerned, they might still remain with the old 
colonies. For the sake of freedom they might found new 
towns. Yet it is advisable that the aged and indigent, who 
have long since fulfilled their mission in this world, and 
have an assurance within their souls, be left where the 
ground is already cultivated, and merely push forward the 
youth under the supervision of a tutor, yet not further than 
where assistance could reach them within a short day's 
journey. Then the youth would also remain genteely in 
the ways of simplicity, and learn not to seek anew after 
the daughters of man. We might in this manner obtain 
better species in the third and fourth generations, and the 
Lord obtain praise from generation to generation. 



184 ^uncufc Jltt^rtf^t toon gjcnnf^lijanio. 

fS^a^ fiir ^arf^Iag p cincr fott^cn ncuen G^olonia 5U 

t^Utt fct)c ? 



R. ^^S^S foil o^nc Consens unii Sc^rat^cn iictcr ^crtti 
^ ©oukrnatorcit im Saniic nij^t gc)"i^c|ctt, iJicfcn ijt licr 
SJlanget iicr aiitn 2Bc(t ftefannt, unU iiicfc ^okit wit cincm niic^s 
tcruen @cmih§c fj^on afiGcfc^cn, toic [ic iiic ncuc 2ScU an @ots 
tcSfuri^t uiiii ftutcn ©ebaubcn gcrnc angeoriJitet |ottcn. ^cn 
S>or[j^u^ on cuffcrtii^cn 9Jlittc(n Uiitii iticittoni) t^un, foit; 
iicru iia§ SanJi mu^ i§m fclfift ti^uu, unii @ottc§ (©(^irfs 
ttiiQ. ^a8 26crif tic§ §@rnt o6cr UiirJ) Supernaturaliter 
fortgc^iffan^ct un& et^alten, eg wu^ fi^ nur Iciiicn, fc^wicQcn 
uni) fitillc f^aittn, ftctS im tam^ffc bcftc^cn. M\i unfcrcr cuffcr= 
Ii(^cn aJicu)(^ctt §it(|fc ijt tocnig aulaurit^tcn, too aUv @ottc§ 
@cift in liic ^er^cu ciitlcur^tct, lio flc^ct oUcS i^txvii^ Hon jtottcn. 

[Die rcsohUion vieler Gemlither mit eins, welche die Man- 
gel der alten Welt in niichtern Gemiith einsehen, konten 
allerhand Vorschlage machen, aus welchen die besten zu 
erwahlen waren, der Vorschuss ausserlichen Mittel wie 
viel und woher derselbe zu nehmen, sorgete ich gar nicht, 
weil das Land selbst viel Vorschuss thut und Gottes Werck 
muss sich ohne das mehr durch die Welt schmiegen in 
Leid und Kampf , als dass es von denselben mit ernstlicher 
Hiilfe soke befordert werden.] 

*2 Question LXIII in MSS. 






Falckner's ^'■Curieuse Nachrtcht.'" 185 

The 71st Question. 

What suggestions are to be made to such 
a new colony ? 



mHIS cannot be done in this country without the con- 
sent and advice of the Lord Governors, to whom 
the deficiencies of the old world are known, and these have 
to consider in sober earnest, how the new world is to be 
advanced in the fear of the Lord, and by suitable structure. 
No advance of material means will be offered by anyone, 
but the country must furnish this itself with the dispensa- 
tion of providence. The work of the Lord, however, will 
be extended and maintained supernaturally, we must only 
continue in the warfare with endurance, humility and 
patience. With outward human help little is to be accom- 
plished, but where the Lord's spirit illuminates the heart 
there all succeeds gloriously. 

[The resolutions of many dispositions with one that in 
sober mind understanding the shortcomings of the old 
world, could make all manner of propositions, from which 
the best could be selected. The advancement of material 
means, how much and whence they are to be obtained, I 
give no consideration. The country itself offers much for 
one's advancement, and the work of the Lord must be 
extended, without any further cringing through life in sor- 
row and strife, but with the earnest assistance of the same.] 



\ 

\ 



i86 ^urifuft 9la(^rii^t Don ^cnttftjttiania. 

SBic in specie c^ bamtt cin^urit^tcn ba^ bic 9kt^fom= 

men fid) cincr gutcn Orbmmg in attcn Stiirfcn 

miigtcn 5U erfrcncn f^ahtn ? 



R. ttfllS cincn gutcn ©runti kuct fii^ cin ptc§ §ttu^, unb 
^ tottnn Dcm JKcriicrficn flcfteuert i|t, |o toad^fct die C^crer^s 

tigfcit itbcrf(^ttICU0(i^. [doch muss man in unserer Zeit der 
graduum tcmpli Salomonia nicht vergessen, dass man \'0n 
einem nicht mehr fordere als er leisten konne, noch auch 
durch gesetzlichen Vorzug und Ordnung einer solchen 
Wahl sich merken lasse, dadurch an einer Seite Ambition 
und Herrschaft an der anderen Seite heimlicher Neid und 
Verleumdung oder Gegensatz entstehe, viel mehr still- 
schweigend durch Weissheit denen Starkenund Schwachen 
zur Besserung gefalle und weil sich diese Welt durch 
auioriiate publica nicht regieren lasst, so konte man die- 
selbe der Kirchen halber einem treuen Menschen samt 4 
Altesten anbefehlen, ausserlichen Dinge halber aber i oder 
2 nach den Englischen Rechten gesetezte Friedens-Richter 
zu sorgfaltiger Aufsicht und treuen Ordnern, so wiirde 
nicht leicht ein Casus fiirfallen damit man die hohe Landes 
Obrigkeit weiter beschweren musste.] @§ niU§ Auctoritas 
aliqua publica imky fc^n, iiic .tir(^cn;Soii^en mu^ man cincm 
geiftlti^cn ^orjtc^er nebft 4. ^cftijiten befe^en, tite iia nii^t auf 
cincr Scitcn ambition unii ^crrft^offt fnd^cn, nnii Kuff Her 
ttniicrn 8citcn l^cimlit^cn ^citi unH SBcrfcumbiiung, Der ^onjfts 
miit^igc S^M wn^ i^ncn ou§ Dcm ^crl^cn unii au§ Dcm ^ngcs 
ft^tc Ictt^tcn. ^n cuffcrli^cn )tic(t(i(^cn ^ingcn nai^ Den @ngs 
Hfri^cn 9lei^tcn unD ©cfe^cn i^rieDcngsJRi^tcr ju forgfttftigcr 
^uffii^t DcrorDnen. 

<3 Question LXIV in MSS. 



Falckner's '■'•Curieuse Nachricht.'''' 187 

The 72nd Question. 

How in particular to make arrangements so that those 
who follow may enjoy good order in every way. 



a PON solid ground a good house may be built, and 
when depravity is checked, then righteousness in- 
creases boundlessly, although in our time we must not 
forget the graduuni templt Salomonis, and not demand 
more of any person than he is capable of. In making 
such selection by lawful preference and regulation, we 
must remember that thereby upon one side we have ambi- 
tion and domination, and upon the other side either secret 
envy or calumny which appears in contradistinction to the 
other. 

Better silence in wisdom, guide the strong and feeble 
toward reformation, and as the world will not be ruled by 
public authority, the same on account of the church might 
be entrusted into the hands of some trusty and faithful 
man, together with four elders. But for outward affairs 
let one or two Justices of the Peace be installed according 
to the English law, as careful supervisors and trusty reg- 
ulators. Then a case would rarely occur which would 
have to be appealed to the supreme authority. "^^ 

There must be at least some public authority. Church 
affairs must be ordered by a spiritual leader with four 
elders, who neither seek ambition and power upon one side, 
nor practice secret envy and calumniation upon the other. 
The meek and gentle Jesus must be in their hearts, and 
shine out of their countenance. In outward worldly matters, 
a Justice of the Peace must keep a careful oversight ac- 
cording to the English rights and laws. 



i8S ^urteufc 9lo(^tir|t Uon ^cnnf^ltiottia. 

2)ic 73. gragc." 

3n toa^ fitr Orbnung bte jc^tgcn (Jolonicn ftc^cn ? tote 

fie tjom S!)lagtftrat rcgieret tucrben ? toic bcm ^iifen 

gctoc^rct, unb ba§ (Butt Bclo^nct toirb ? 

R. ^\^^ Jf^iQCtt ^olonictt tocriicn untcr Gubernatoribus, na^ 
^ iien ^nglifr^en ©cfci^en, rcgirt, [und gefallen mir 
dieselbigen sehr wohl, weil sie die Freiheit geben und 
nicht absolut tyrannisch sind, so weiss ich auch dass nach 
der instruction der Friedens-Richter in einer derselben 
mehr Autoritat in Publico das Bose zu strafen hat, als kein 
Prediger hierin offentlich nehmen darf.] itttJ) (ebcit lltC 
i5ttci)cn§s9ti(i|tcr in groffct Auctorittit, cum plenipotentia, ))a3 
Sii|e mit ©rnft abjuftroffen. 



2){c 74» Srogc." 

SBa§ man gutc§ unb Dle^tfcftaffenc^ barnnter ftnbe ? 



R- C!^S^ gegcicnc ©efc^c finU iicrmoffcn gut, lio§ c§ nii^t 

ittg !8an!) !amen, tite iia @ott unti tier SlBa^r^eit feint) toareit. 

[Man kann sich die wahl bey Lesung Englischer Gesetz 
Biicher machen, nur das die Volks-Menge bey uns nicht 
so gross und dahero so leicht keine Unterschleif gegen die 
guten Gesetze geschehen kan. Es sey denn das bose Re- 
genten waren.] 

4* Question LXV in MSS. 
45 Question LXVI in MSS. 



Falchier^s '■'■Curieuse Nachricht.''^ 189 

The 73rd Question. 

Under what regulations do the present Colonies stand, 

and how are they governed by the Magistrates ? 

How is evil combated and the good encouraged ? 



mHE present colonies are governed according to the 
English law, which pleases me greatly as there is 
ample freedom, and no absolute tyranny- I also know 
that according to the instruction of the Justices of the 
Peace in England, they have a greater authority in piLblico 
to punish the evil than any preacher dare assume publicly. 



The 74th Question. 

What is to be found amongst them, that is good and 



righteous ? 



mHE given laws are good to such a degree that matters 
can hardly go amiss, be it then that bad rulers come 
into the country, who would be a foe to God and Truth. 

By reading the English law books, one can make his 
own selection, bearing in mind that the population with us 
is not nearly so great, and therefore the beneficent laws 
cannot readily be circumvented, it be then that the rulers 
are bad. 



190 ^uricttfc 9ltt^n(^t iion ^cnnf^ttjonia. 

S)ic 75. lyragc/ 

8Bic hit Stabtc in Pensylvanicn aUt ^ciffen ? tote tticit 

fie tjon cinanber gelegcn ? an toa)^ fiiv Jlwffcn ? toa^ 

fie fiir ©emad)(it^feit ^aBen ? toie toiel ^tinfer 

nnb ^nnniDfjner ? oh in einer jeben Stabt 

nnterfc^ ieblit^e Secten nnb 9?cIigionen ? 

ober [in einige] nnr cine ? 



R. r^^ER nahme der meisten stadte in Pennsylvanien 
-^ sind diese] ^11 Pensylvania i|t ite §ttU|its@toilt 
Philadelphia, ojjngcfc^r iJOit [1300 bis] 1400. ^flufcrn ht^t: 
Ijcttil, [davon die Halfte regulare und von Steinen und Kalk 
wohl aufgefiihrte Hauser sind] Puclingthon ou§ [ohnge- 
fehr] 400. •^aufcrn [bestehend] Chester 200. Neu Castle 
300. Salem [mehr denn] 100. Germantown [ohngefehr 
iiber 50.] 150. iyronrffurt [40] 45. Barby 40. Rathnor 40. 
Elisabethtown 45. [Darby, Ratnor, Elizabethtown in jeg- 
licher ohngefehr 40 bis 50] tUClc^cS [Guelsche oder Gualli- 
sche Stadte und noch andere Dorfer von einzehi Hauser urn 

sich haben] (^roHifji^c Stoiite fmii, too knekng no^ aniicrc 
^Jorffcr mit ctnjckn C^tiufcrn anvJtrcffcn. ^ic [Fals] ^jaii} 
ift mit §otfaniicrn uni) SBiiicrtouffcrn bctoofjiit. Passagin uni) 
Christina fnxtt ^^toCilifc^C ©crtcr [und viele einzelne P/an- 
tagien auf und nieder der River Shilkil und Christmakil 
haben] dg Qtftt outf) tiiel cin^ctc Plantagien toon 4. 5. 6. unJi 
mc^r ^ttttfcrn k^fatnmen. [Hiernachst sind auch viele Dor- 
fer und einzelene Plantagien hin und wieder von 2, 3, 4, 
5, 6, etc. Hausern beisamen] 

*« Question LXVII in MSS. 



e o 



=- < 



. 


3 


-^ 


m 


> 




z 


o 


~-\ 






H 


■X 


-< 



2 O 



Falckner's '^Curieuse JVackrtcht.'' 191 

The 75th Question. 

How are all the towns in Pennsylvania named, and 
how far are they apart, upon what rivers and 
their conveniences, the number of houses 
and inhabitants, and if in every town 
there are divers sects and re- 
ligions, or only one? 



*2^^HE names of the chief towns in Pennsylvania are : 
Vl# the City of Philadelphia, of about thirteen to four- 
teen hundred houses, of which number about one half are 
regularly built of stone and lime ; ^^ Porlington «" consists 
of about 400 houses ; Chester, of about 200 ; New Castle, 
300; Salem, more than 100; Germantown, about over 
50 ; Frankfort 40 ; Darby, Radnor, Elizabethtown each 
about 40 to 50, which are Welsh or Gaelic towns, with 
sundry villages of scattered houses. The Falls ^^ is settled 
by many Hollanders and Anabaptists. Passajim ^^ and 
Christina are settlements of the Swedes, who have many 
separate plantations on the rivers Schuylkill and Chris- 
tinakil. Hereabout there are also many villages and 
single settlements of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, etc., houses together. 
The sects and religious parties live among one another. 
Of the rivers, see Question LH, together with other no- 
table conditions in the future. 



19*2 ^urteufe 9la$rt(i^t tion ^ennf^lbanta. 

:^ie Sectctt unii ^c(i8ion8=5|Jart§c^cn (ckn mtt [unter] ein: 
aniier, boi^ ftnti an eincm Crt tion ^tx einen me^r at§ tion ))er 
ttttiiern. JKon i^fiiffen vide Supra, [wie oben Ques. LII 
gedacht nebst anderen Notabeln umstanden kiinftig] 



[Wohin und aiif was wcise oder] 3Bormit aWX mciftCtt 

in Pensylvania gc^anbcU tocrbc? 



R. ClfHS Pensylvania wit 9Jle^(, Stotjfiaifctt, fttttrf Sicr, 
^ ^Butter, AVofc, flcraud^crt unti ftcfoljcu '^lti)ifi, gcfotjcnc 
<yi|^c, :c. fafjtcn gen Barbados, Jamaica uni Antego. !Kott 
liat briitflcu fic juriirf SBcinc, Rummi oiicr SBroniitticin, S^ru|i|i, 
Surfer, !!|Jfc|fcr, Snflbct, Scmoncn, C^ctoiirl?, SBaumtoott, Negros. 
^tt ^ttftcUaud fii^rcn fic oUcr^anU §autc uuii ^cttc, famt fijjits 
(ii^em ^^el^tocrrfe, bringtn ^tnuitctierumb ^Keitirr unti aHer^anJi 
^ott^rot^ unH ^mniitocrrf^jcug. 

[Der meiste Handel von Pennsylvanien geschicht nach 
Pei-miiduSy Barbados^ Jamaica und Aniecho, wohin ge- 
schiffet wird Mehl, Zwieback, Starck Bier, Butter, Kase, 
gerauchurt und gesaltzen Fleisch, gesaltzene Fische etc. 
Von dannen kompt hinwieder zu uns Weine von Mathera 
und anderen Orten Rum das ist Brandetwein von Zucker 
RictJi distiUiret^ Syrup, Zucker, Indigo, Jamaica Pfeffer, 
Ingber, Lemonen, Melonen und andere dergleichen 
Friichte und Gewiirtzer. Item Baumwolle, Leder, Negros 
oder Sclaven und dergleichen. Hiernechst handelt man 
nach Ilfarienland, Virginicn, Carolina, Providents. Item, 
nach JVeii-Jork, JVeu-England, JVeu-Rundland oder Terra 

*■' Question I^XVIII in MSB. 



Falckner's '•'•Curieuse Nachricht.''^ 193 

The 76th Question. 

The commerce of Pennsylvania, whereto, in what 
manner, and where in does it consist? 



mHE chief commerce of Pennsylvania is with the Ber- 
mudas, Barbadoes, Jamaica and Antigua, to which 
are shipped flour, ship-biscuit strong beer, butter, cheese, 
smoked and salted meats, salt fish, etc. In return, there 
comes to us wine from Madeira and other places, rum, 
that is brandy made from sugar cane, distilled syrup, 
sugar, indigo, Jamaica pepper, ginger, lemons, melons, 
and similar fruits and spices ; likewise cotton, hides, 
negroes and slaves and the like. Besides, we trade with 
Maryland, Virginia, Carolina, and Providence, likewise 
with New York, New England, Newfoundland and Terra 
Nova, sending the same merchandize and receiving for 
them money or such products as they have there, namely 
tobacco, salted fish, whale oil, tar, hemp, flax, boards, 
beef and pork, etc. For England, vessels are loaded with 
skins, peltries and tobacco, and in return bring us house- 
hold stuffs, and clothing, and occasionally also men servants 
and maids, who are chiefly Irish and Scotch. 



194 ^uticttfc 9loii^n^t tion ^cnnf^tDonio. 

nova mit eben denselbigen dingen, und bekompt vor seine 
Wahren Geld oder andere Wahren als da sind ; Toback, 
Saltzfisch, Thran, Ther, Hanf, Flachs, Bretter, Eisen, 
Syder oder Apfelthrank, Fleisch in Tonnen, Rind oder 
Schweinefleisch etc. Nach Engeland gehen Schiffe mit 
Fell-Peltzerey und Toback beladen und bringen uns hin- 
wieder Hausrath und Kleidung, zuweilen auch Knechte 
und Magde in specie Irlander und Schottlander.] 



S)ic 77. gragc* 

5(uf toa^ SSctfc man fi^ bcffcn 511 cincm S5ort^ct( in ®r= 
toeitcrnng bc^a DfJcit^^ @ottc^ kbicnen fiinnc ? 



R. ^5(© JWct^ ®ottc§ crtoeitcrt fn^ Hon fi^ fclfift, toann eg 

c§ \^U^i iiatmit Icrgc^cn, iiorfj (ougnc i(^ \\\^\ a6, iia^ ntj^t Her 
ftiittQe ®ott iiutt^ fromme unii crleui^tetc ^^riften uiel pteS 
augrii^ten fiinne. 

[Es ist sonst leichter nach dem Ausspruch der Wahr- 
heit, dass ein Kamel ins Nadelohr eingehe, denn dass ein 
Reicher ins Himmelreich komme. So mochte es auch 
wohl leichter sein, dass sich das Reich Gottes aus seinen 
eigenen Mitteln erweiterte, denn dass es auf den Reich- 
thumb der Kaufleute, die es so geschwind und mit Haufen 
gewinnen konnen, darauf warten und sich davon aufhelfen 
lassen solle ; doch leugne ich nicht, dass recht fromme 
Christliche Gemiither viel guts bey Gelegenheit der Hand- 
lung ausrichten konnen, aber sie sind diinne gesaet, doch 
sind derselben und konnen sie hier vor mich am besten 
aufs neue umsehen nach den Tochtern der Menschen mann 

48 Question LXIX in MSS. 



Falckner's ♦ ' Curietise Nachricht:' 195 

The 77th Question. 

In what manner could this be made to serve to the 
advantage and extention of the kingdom of God ? 



mHE kingdom of God extendeth itself, if it were to 
depend upon the riches of merchants, it would 
fare badly therewith, though I do not deny that the good 
Lord could effect much good through devout and enlight- 
ened Christians. 

According to the truthful saying it is far easier " for a 
camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich 
man to enter into the kingdom of God." Thus the King- 
dom of God might be more easily extended by its own 
expedients than by waiting on the pleasure or depending 
upon the wealth of the merchants, who can so rapidly amass 
It. Yet I do not deny that some right devout Christian 
souls could effect much good as the opportunity presents 
itself in their traffic. But such are sowed sparsely, although 
there are some who can here best answer for me, if any- 
thing like this should come to pass. To be competent, 
the naturalization as well as citizenship should be acquired 
in London ; thus one or two 7io7mne multorum or even an 
entire German colony could trade free-handed, according 
to the English law, with London, Bristol, New York and 
all royal plantations enumerated in Qriestion LXVIIL 
Internal commerce every one pursues in his own province 
as well as he can. 



196 G^uricttfc 9la^rtii^t tJon ^pcnnf^Itiania. 

antworten. Doch wenn etwas dergleichen geschehen soil, 
so hinlanglicht seyn konte, so miisste man die naturalisa- 
tion zugleich mit dem Burger-Recht in London Annehmen 
und also einer oder zwei nomine niiiltoi'um oder gar einer 
ganzen Deutschen Colonie auss freyer Hand nach dem 
englischen Recht nach London^ Bristol, Ncwyork und alle 
Koniglichen numero qiiaest. LXIIX. beriihrte Plantagen 
handeln. Inlandischen Handel treibet ein jeder in seiner 
Province so guth er kann.] 



5)ic 78. ^rcgc/' 

SSatttt barburt^ bcm 9?cic^c @ottc^ cinigcr St^abc gc= 
ft^i^ct, oB nit^t folc^cm auf cinigc SBcifc 5U Bcgcgncn? 



R. Wil^^ fltO^ ilCt Static fct), [und seyn konne] in tlicfcr 
"^ tcl^tcrn @runtifu^|icn Jicr 2Be(t, (affct |i^ iia^cro [ab- 
nehmen] julilcitctt, tiicit @ottc§ JsSSort unii i)tc 9lctigion fdftfit 
3tt cincm ticriiammU^ctt Commercio gcmac^t tooriicn ift. [dass 
man den Schaden ins allgemeine zu helfen nicht absehen 
kan. Was will man denn nun von der Handlung sagen, 
weil darinnen ein oder zwei Menschen, wass die Essential 
oder Gmnd-Reguln betrifft, nichts andern konnen. Doch 
wie die Creatur, wider ihren Willen der Eitelkeit unter- 
worfen ist auf Hoffnung so mochten fromme Kaufleute 
solcher-gestalt auch im ausseren ihren Dienst gar fiiglich 
und in Gottes willen anwenden und selbst durch fleissiges 
Gebeth und gute Betrachtung ihrem Gewissen satisfaction 
geben und ihrer Hand-Arbeit, dass sie im Seegen gethan 
sey beweisen konnen.] 3a fail matt fajit fcittC §u(ffc ab|e|ett, 

■»» Question I^XX in MSS. 



Falckner's ' ' Curieuse Nachricht:' 1 97 

The 78th Question. 

Should anything arise thereby prejudicial to the King- 
dom of God, could it not be overcome 
in some manner? 



^t:^ OW extensive the damage is or might be in these 
rX.^ our final dregs ^^ of the world, may be judged by 
the fact that even God's Holy Word and religion itself 
have been turned into a damnable traffic, so that in general 
it is hard to see how the damage can be repaired. Now 
what shall we say about an action where one or two persons 
cannot alter what concerns the essentials or fundamental 
law? But as the creature is subjected against its will to 
vanity in hope, so might devout merchants of such calibre 
so dispose their services in outward matters as to apply 
them unto the will of God, and personally by diligent 
prayer and self-contemplation of conscience give satisfac- 
tion, and by their labor prove that it was done in the spirit. 



ttttli mu^ ttff^ier tit ^vtaiux toiiict i^ren JBBiffcn tict ©itclfctt 
tttttcrtoorffcn fcp, bi^ iitt§ Her Sicbc @ott auff unfct |lci)|i9c§ 
^ekt nad^ feinem S^o^lgcfatfen Jienen Uekn Scinigen 9lettung 

2Ba^ Don Particulier ^iftoricn kfannt ift, fo ftt^ mit 
bcncn SSilbcn gitgetmgcn? 



R. OfjjXC ^Oii no§ Scficn friftct, fo toiUf it^ wir^ kt) mcincm 
"^^ retour ill Pensylvanictt atteS gcnau crluniiiQcn, tonS 
fir^ kt) 50. unii 60. .Sa^tcn juiifr^cn iicncn SSUJicn, ©(^tockn, 
^ctttfi^cn, ^oiU u«& ^ngeilanJicrtt 3UftctraQcn, unli fo iianii auff 
iiicfc i^roQc onttoortcn. 

[Hierzu mangelt mir die Zeit und wolte wiinschen, dass 
das was ich hin und wieder bei guten Freunden erzehlet, 
aufgeschrieben ware. Wo ich lebe so will ich mich mit 
Gottes Hulfe bey meinen guten Freunden legitimiren und 
auch der qtiaest. LXXII. genug thun mit Bericht aller 
■particular en, so diese 50 bis 60 jahre hiero zwischen den 
Wilden, Schweden, Hollandern und Englandern passiret, 
ordentlich zusammenfassen.] 

5« Question LXXI in MSS. 



Falckner's ''Curieiise Nachricht:' 199 



The 79th Question. 

What particular histories are known 
the savages ? 



concerninpf 



t) 



BOR this the time is lacking, and I would that what I 
had related here and there to good friends were 
written out. If I live and with the help of the Lord, I 
expect to prove my intentions with my good friends and 
thereby do full justice to Question LXXII in all particu- 
lars, and gather what has thus far taken place for the past 
50 or 60 years between the savages and the Swedes, Hol- 
landers and English. 



QJJESTION LXXII IN FRANCKE MSS. 
Likewise traditions current among the settlers them- 
selves who have come to America, which 
would give some good reminiscences 
of accounts thereof. 



rirlHIS question is No. LXXII in the original list of 
j-i-l questions by Francke, vide p. 56 supra it does not 
appear to have been answered in either the manuscript or 
printed version. 



200 G^ttticufc 9la(^nii^t tion ^ennf^ttittttm. 

2){c 80. Srflflc." 

2Ba§ tJOtt bent ^wf^Jiw^c anbcrer Sftnbcr unb Snfuln in 
America kfannt ift, fonbcrlit^ tocgcn bcig 3"= 

ftanb^ ©driftUt^Cr DlcHgiou ? [Imprimis 
quoad statum Religionis Christianae ? 



R. r^%NTER andern ist dieses kiirtzlich das Vornehmste] 
[ii Virginia ifit aUein unmttfc(6or, HxS^ ben Revers lic§ 
^dnigS, tttg cin frc^c§ ^dniorcir^ borkloltcn, unii fan an fctiien 
§crrcn absolut iicrfaufft oiicr tjcrgcbcn toerkn, iicStoegett oui^ 
iicffclicn ©tonl^cn nit limitirt finJi usque ad mare pacificum. 
[Sondern wo die anderen ^rovincien aufhoren, da ist Vir- 
ginien biss an das -mare dela Nord oder pacificmn, davon 
wie weit es dahin sey, wir noch keine Nachricht haben, 
vermuthlich dass es viel lOO Meilen in specie nach Nord- 
west und West. Die ubrigen Provincien sind meisten- 
theils an Lords oder grosse Herren von Engeland ihrer 
meriten halber iibergeben. Doch Ihnitate, dass sie Vasal- 
len vom Konigreich und die Englische Kirche als die 
Haupt Saule des Konigs-reiches ihrer Freyheit nach dero 
hergebrachten StaUitis -practcndirct.~\ Pensylvania ift on 

^rinl^ SBiffiam Penn iiom ^dnig in ^ngcttanti iiftcrgckn, iio(^ 
limitate nl§ Vasallen tiom ,^dnigtciii^e. ^n Pensylvanicn 
meriicn allc Sectcn, auffcr ^niicn, unti 5{tl)ci|itcn, iiic ^|ri|tnm 
olfcnbfl^r licrlaugncn [nicht allein] gciluCtct. [Sondern es 
wird denselben auch ihr freies exera'tititn Religionis ver- 
gonnet, und werden dabei -publica azitoi'itate ungestoret 
geschiitzet, ja sie werden von allerhand Arth Leuten ad 
officia -publica admittiret, und wird von keinen mehr gefor- 
dert, als dass er nur ein guter Burger sey. Dieses ist in 

51 Question LXXII in MSS. 



Falckner's ' ' Citrieuse JVachrickt." 201 

The 80th Question. 

What is known about the condition of the other coun- 
tries and islands in America: imprimis quoad 
statum religionis cJwistiaiice. 



*v I'MONG the others this*'^ one is of late the foremost. 
(^r-JL, Virginia is the only one retained b\^ the King's 
immediate declaration as a free kingdom, and cannot be 
sold nor granted to any lord absolutely. Therefore its 
boundaries are unHmited, and wherever another province 
ends, it becomes Virginia, until the Polar and Pacific Ocean 
is reached. How far this is, we as yet have no advice. 
Presumably it is many hundreds of miles towards the north- 
west and west. The other provinces are chiefly granted 
to the lords or great men of England for different merits, 
though they are so limited as to be vassals to the crown ; 
and the established church, as the chief pillar of the 
kingdom, maintains the freedom of its pretentions accord- 
ing to the statute. 

In Pennsylvania all sects except the Jews and such as 
absolutely deny Christianity, are not only countenanced, 
but they are granted the free exercise of their religion and 
are undisturbed and protected by the public authorities. 
Yea, all sorts and conditions are admitted to public office, 
and nothing is asked any more of one, than that he shall 
be a good citizen. 

This is different in Maryland, Virginia, New England, 
etc., for there the sects are countenanced, as are the Jews ; 
but the public exercise of their religion is forbidden, yet 
in private they may conduct their worship undisturbed. 



202 ^uttcttfc 9lo^ri«i§t toon ^cnttf^KUttnio. 

Marienland^ Virgtmen, Neu England etc. nicht also, den 
allda duldet man die Secten wol, wie auch die Juden, aber 
das letztere ist ihnen versaget, doch mogen sie privattm 
ungestoret ihren Gottesdienst halten.] 



2)ie 81. fyrage. 

Wxt in Pensylvania vxxi cinigcm G^a^jital tin Profit ^u 

mat^cn ? 



R. 0^§ toitt jier ein Project ciittocrffen, toic wan cin ®o|ii; 
<\f ta( 3U ftc)(^U)irtiictt ^u%, uttti au^ ju @ottc§ ^^re, unli 
iic8 ^^riftent^umbs 'Jlufna^mc antcQCtt fonnc : 

1. S^ (cge an 4000. 2|a(ct m an ♦tfluffttittnn§s2Sottrc, iintion 

follcn ttot|iiurpi0 untcr^altcn tocriicn 8. ^crfoncn nff 2. 
So^t lang. 

2. 8olIcn gclttup tocriicn 1000. 5(crfcr Snniicg. 

3. ^tttttttf foil gcfittnet tocrbcn iiie not^iiiirpigc llntet^altunft 

fitr ^ttn^ttttung, SWcnff^cn unii S^tel^e. 

4. Su !flnffcn 2. etutcn 1. ^engjl 2. gJfTug^fcttic 2. C^fcn. 

5. 6. -tiil^e mit ^alkrn okr trar^tig. 

6. 4. Sou ntit ^ungcn olicr ttaii^tig. 

7. 9lot^U)cniit9cg ©cf^irr fombt iicrcr continuirlit^cn S^crbcffcs 

rung. 

^icfc§ ait)^gc(cgtc (^a^jital bcr 4000» Scaler fott in 5. 
i^tt^rcn ertrngcn. 

1. ^en Sotti unJj recompens fiir 2. PraBceptores oticr Profes- 

sores Publicos. 

2. ^cn ®o(t> fiir 2. -^ncf^tc unii 2. SUlagiic in Her ^nu^s unii i^c^ii' 

5(rbcit. 



Falckner's ^^Curietise IVachrtckt." 203 

The 8 I St Question. 

How to make a profit with some capital in Penn- 
sylvania. 



* B^ ERE I will map out a project how a capital may be 
,-L^ placed advantageously to give quickr eturns, and 
at the same time revert to God's glory and the advancement 
of Christianity. 

(i) I invest 4000 thaler in merchandize, wherefrom 
shall be economically supported eight persons for a term 
of two years : 

(2) There shall be bought 1000 acres of land. 

(3) Buildings shall be erected thereon for the mere 
support of the households, people and cattle. 

(4) To buy 2 brood mares, i stallion, 2 plough horses, 2 
oxen. 

(5) 6 cows with calf or gravid. 

(6) 4 sows with litter or pig. 

(7) Necessary implements together with continual better- 
ments. 



This invested capital of 4000 thaler shall yield within 

five years : 



(i) The salary and recompense for two preceptors or 
public teachers. 

(2) The salary for the servants and two maids for work 
in house and field. 

(3) Stipend for a preacher, w^ho not as a lord over the 
people, but as a servant of Jesus Christ and the congre- 
gation teaches auctoritate ^ublica in the church and in 



204 duricttfc 9la^tiri^t bon ^cnnf^tiittttio. 

3. ^ctt Solii tm§ ^rciiiflcrS, tier ni^i oB eiu §txx iic§ 3>o(rf§, 
foniicrn oI8 cin A^ncii^t :»5@[tt ^|rifti, unii iicr ^ir(^cn:@Iie 
iicr auctoritatepublica in tier ^iri^en (e^rc, unti in @c)cff; 
fr^oft 4. aiUv tJcrftanliiQcr frommcr 9JJanncr, o(§ 9Wits5(c(ti 
ftctt rir^te, imrncbcn ©ottcS 2Bort at8 @ottc§ SBort in 
fioutcrfeit lircJitQC o§nc 9Jicn|(l^cn;®tt^ttng und anathema- 
tisircttJJc ^ormcn. 

Ukr oMgc 3$cfoIbungen iJcrHcikt am S5orrat^ m^ fo 
bid itbtig, Hji mm 

1. @c(egcn^cit ^at, o^ne S^a&cn ©ajitfrcti ju fct)tt. 

2. SrcmbiiHnQc unJ) 2Bi(tic ju Bc^crbcrgcn. 

3. Sji^uc, ^(ciiicr unii ^aufegcrtit^c ju bcrft^affcn. 

4. ®cin pnljcS §ttu§Uic)cn mit aUcr 9lot|tittr|ft ju ticrfc^cn. 



AUSFUHRLICHER PLAN IM HALLESCHEN MANUSCRIPT. 



Falckner's '■^Ctirieuse JVachricht." 205 

conjunction with four old intelligent devout men directs, at 
the same time preaching God's word as God's word in all 
its purity, without any human statutes and anathemizing 
forms. 



In addition to above charges there remains on hand enough, 
that we have : 



(i) An opportunity to be hospitable without loss. 

(2) To entertain strangers and savages. 

(3) To provide shoes, clothes, household goods. 

(4) To provide the whole household economically with 
all things necessary. 

[The above published version of Falckner's project is a 
mere abstract of the original as found in the Halle Manu- 
scripts — the whole scheme is reproduced on the pages fol- 
lowing the Addit amentum ^iestionu7n.~\ 




ADDITAMENTUM 

QUi£ST10NUM. 



2)ic 82. Stage." 

SSoran in America Wan^tl fc^ ? 



R. «\Drncl^mnt^ [ist] an 9Jlcnf(|cn, unii ^ttntiincrifcrn, tttt 



S){c 83. I^ragc." 

8Bo|cr man cm jcbc^ notfjttJcnbigc^ ^ing Hcfommcit fan ? 



R. OfltS ©ngcllonii kfommt man lio§ mctftc, [nothdiirftige] 

"^ i)o(^ toann America in fcincn Stanii crjt itiirli gckai^t 

fc^tt, fo toirii c§ fi^ mit bcncn mcijtctt 2)ittgcn fc(6|t l^clffcn fbns 

ncn, tic l^crgtncrtfc unti SDlonufttcttttcn tooflcit ©clJi ^obcn [darzu 

wir noch erst Vorbereitung machen und unseren Acker 

erweitern] iioron to'iY 'Htv ^nt ni^i Qcticnrfcii iJiJrffctt, 6i^ M§ 
Mtx\ott^ crtocitcrt, unii ja^rlit^c llnfct^att jur ©cbiil^r tocrlictt 

cingcrir^tct tnorilCtt fc^n. [was von einer jeglichen Provinz 
zu erhalten sey, wird aus der vorigen quaest. Beantwortung 
zu ersehen sein] 

52 Question LXXIII in MSS. 
5 3 Question I,XXIV in MSS. 

2o6 



ADDITAMENTUM 

QUiESTlONUM. 



The 8 2d Question. 

Whereof is there a deficiency in America? 



T I yHE chief deficiency consists in settlers and mechan- 
J 1 [ ics ; the other deficiencies wherever they exist are 
easily supplied. 



The 83d Question. 

Where are all necessary things to be obtained ? 



HROM England we receive the most necessary articles, 
yet as soon as America gets into its proper position, 
it will be able to supply itself with almost all things. 
Mines and manufactories need money ; therefore we shall 
yet have to make preparations and extend our acres. 
What is to be obtained from the other provinces in North 
America will be seen by my answer to a previous ques- 
tion.''^ 

207 



2o8 ^uricufc 9ltt^n(i^t toon ^pcnnftjltoonio. 

S)ic 84. I^rttgc." 

2Ba§ bte ^nxopatx au§ (Sngcttanb unb ^ottanb tJornc^m= 



R. c5K^SB0<H toirii bic gijta c^iftcnS toon §ctrn §cintiii^ J^ctcts 
^ fon ii 



fon in Srcmcn folgcn. 



2)ic 85. i^mgc." 

Sa§ man fonbcrli^ au^ (Sngcttanb unb ^ottnnb jnr Sct= 

k)^= nnb ©efunb^eit=^ftcgc mit 5U Scftiffc jn nc^= 

men ^akn? 



R. TAAusrath und Kleidung] ^on 5(t^nc^s9Wittc(tt Jlic 

L<^ ic«tftf Materialia, iiic cin jcgtii^cr in feincr §ttu^ 

5(tiot|cf niit^ig ctaii^tct. [wie er etwas] 9(n CvJctoiir^, ^ortoc 

miimmclcin, 9lc8rcin, 9Wufcatcn, unb 9Wnfcatcn:l8(umcn, ©off 

tan, SiWWCt, 9lofincn, [und dergleichen mit sich nehmen 
mag, ihn solches wohl zu statten kommen, Er kan es auch 
theuer wieder verkaufen. Item. Eine gute Buchse voll] 
9Jlit^titoct, J^itiac, [Krebsaugen und rothe Coral/en] :c. 

itoottoon man jcnfcitS im S^crlauffcn gutcn profit ma^tn fon. 

54 Question LXXV in MSS. 
B5 Question LXXVI in MSS. 



Falckne7''s '■^Ctirteiise JVachrtcht." 209 

The 84th Question. 

What the Europeans have chiefly to bring with them 



from England and Holland. 



n 



ERE the list of Heinrich Petersen, of Bremen, will 
shortly follow. 

[Vide page 239.] 



The 85th Question. 

What should be taken on shipboard from Holland 

and England for the special benefit of 

the body and health. 



aLOTHING and household goods ; of medicines, 
such remedies as each person judges necessary 
for his medicine chest. If they wish to take any spices 
the following will prove to be of advantage : cardamon 
seeds, cloves, mace, saffron, cinnamon, nutmegs, currants, 
raisins and the like. They can also be sold here at a large 
profit ; also a good small canister of mithridate ^^ and 
Theriaca,^^ crab's eyes and red coral. 



2IO ^^uticttfc Jlot^ti^t toon ^cnnf^liiottio. 

S)ic 86, l^rogc." 

fBtt) tticmc man fit^ htt) feincr 5(nfunft iti America am 
crftcn an^umclbcn ^dbt ? 



R. tti^?) fcinctt ttc^ftcn [bekanten] ^rcun&en, unb kl) ttm 

'^ Gouvernatore iic§ Santicg, unlJ [nur dieses] ift [all 

hier] ju toijfcn, H^ cincr, Jicr in iing SaniJ fommct, frc^ fc^n 

ma%, too cr toift, tiiann cr nnii^ fii^on fcincn l^rcnnii l^ottc, [nie- 

mand fraget ihn und kein Verdacht oder nr/nor entstehet 

seinet halben] c8 tjt i^ntc mS^ aUcS fret), glci(^ nadjjnt^nn, 
tott§ ct jic^ct cinen nniicrn [einwohnern] t^nn. 



2)ic 87. %taQt," 

06 aut^ ctttcm ^uro^acr fret) ftcfjc mit fctnctn in Ame- 
rica erttJprlicnctn (^\\t, tuicbcr nat^ fcincm 23clic6cn 
[zuriick zu kehren] ^cran§ ^n rcifen ? 



R. 05( toann cr \oiU, nur mu^ erg 4. JBSo^cn jntJor [offent- 

<\J lich melden, ehe er wegreiset] nnJienten, Hvxii, tilO 
jentonli etttio§ gegen i^n p fogcn f^'diit, er e§ t^un miige. llnii 
bcmit er ungeljiniiert reifen moge, fo kfommt er einen ^o^^iort 

tJOn iiem O^UOtJernement. [Dieser Passfort^ wenn er mit des 
Konigs Siegel bedriickt ist, muss der Gouverneur selbst 
solches in vollem Gewehr und Riistung und unter aufge- 
richtete standarte verrichten.] 

66 Question LXXVII in MSS. 

67 Question LXXVIII in MSS. 



Falckner's ' ' Curieuse Nachricht . " 211 

The 86th Question. 

To whom must one report firstly upon his 
arrival in America? 



mo his well-known friends. How further to conduct 
oneself has already been set forth in former 
answers. This, however, is to be remarked, that those 
who come into this country are at liberty, if they so desire, 
even if they have no friends. No one questions them, and 
no suspicion or rumor arises upon their account. They are 
entirely at liberty to do the same as they see other inhabi- 
tants do. 



The 87th Question. 

Is a European at liberty to return at his pleasure, 
with such property as he acquired in America.^ 



YES, if he wants to only he must give public notice 
of his intention four weeks in advance, so as to 
advise any who have claims against him. Then he can 
depart and go without hindrance ; a passport is granted 
him by the government. If this passport has the royal 
seal attached, the governor must salute it in full regi- 
mentals and armour and under a raised standard. 



212 ^ttdcufc 9lat^nt^t bon ^cnit[t)(tionia. 



58 



2)tc 88. Srogc; 

^ittt toa^ fiir ^anbttierrf^lcutcn e^ bafcl^ft am mctftcn 

fc^lc? 



R. /j;8 fdnntctt ttHcri^ttnii ©attungcn 5(rbcit Qenug kfommcit, 

^ iiann bicjcnigc, fo bcrcitS iia ftnii, l^abcn mc^v 3U t^un, 

ttt§ fie tiio^l lJcrri(^tctt Umtn. Vide plura supra quaest 2. 

[Es mangelt in so weit noch an alien, ob schon welche da 
sind, so haben sie doch mehr zu thun, als sie wohl verrich- 
ten konnen. Die vornehmsten aber hab ich in der Beant- 
wortung der Andern quaest. schon angefiihret] 



2)ic 89. Srogc/' 

SSic c^ bic SBilbctt Bet) bcm S^cgmBnu^ i^rcr ^obtcn 

fjaltcn? 



R. r^^IESES habe ich zwar selbst nicht gesehen, doch 
Xj^ ist mir glaubwiirdig erzahlet] %\t ttta^eit citt So^, 

otiet (^rab, tiarein fie tien Sotiten Ia|nen, tiem geben fie etUiag 
@ffen mi, unb nebjit iiemjenigen, ioaS er auf ^rtien foniierS Ueb 
fic^obt, auri^ feinen Sogen uaii ^feife, oiicr einc ^^Hnte, iiomit ct 
auf tiem S^eege jagen fiinne, tiietoeit fie glauben, er reife nun 
gegen tiem tnarmen otier ifaUen Sanbe, na^tiem er nel^mUd^ gut 
ober bbfe getebt i^at. ^o§ grob tiiirii oben mi ^lil^ern [oder 
Rinden] uuti ®ro§ jugeDetfet, unii fo bonn driie iiaruuf ge^uuffet. 
S3e^ iiemfelbcn bcfinbct fi(^ iiie ^ruu mi ben ^inbern [und an- 
verwandten] offterS eiu, unb fittgen, l^ttben m^ eine geiniffe 

B8 Question LXXIX in MSS. 
"(Question LXXX in MSS. 



Falckner's * ' Ctirieuse Nachricht .'" 213 

The 88th Question. 

What manner of handicraftsmen are mostly wanting? 



tTpYHERE is a deficiency thus far of all kinds. Al- 
J 1 [ though many are already here, they have more to 
do than they can well attend to. But the most important 
I have already enumerated in previous answers. 



The 89th Question. 

How do the savages act at the burial of their dead.^* 



mHIS I have never witnessed, though I have received 
trustworthy information that they make a hole or 
grave in which they lean ''^ the dead and also place some 
food, together with his bow and arrows or a rifle, so that 
he can follow the chase upon the way, as they believe he 
now journeys merely toward a warm or cold country, 
according to the kind of life led here. The grave is 
covered with branches, bark and sod, upon which earth is 
heaped. The wife, children and relatives meet there to 
lament. They, however, set a certain length of time in 
which they want to think of and remember the dead. 
During this time they continually stir up the fresh earth on 
the grave, so that no grass can grow on it. When the 
time has expired, no one is permitted to mention the name 
of the dead, since he is now to be forgotten, or else they 
get very angry. 



214 ^urieufe ^laiJ^dd^t Don ^ennf^ltiania. 

Stit, ttiic (ange fie Jjcr XMtn gciicnrfcit tooffcn, in tocI(^cr ^cit 
fie bie @rtie auf bem (^rabe immer umbtit^rcu, tiamit feiit ^rag 
iorouf too^fe. SSann iJie ^tii ttu§ ift, iitttff nicinottii iie§ S^ers 
fiorknen 9ltt^mcn mtfjx nenncn, tecil fie i§n nun tjergcffcn, fonft 
merkn fie unge^a(ten. 

2)ic 90. g-ragc." 

06 bcr @l)bfc|ttjur Bci) iljncn kriut^Ht^ ? tote folt^c^ ac= 
fc()c^c ? unb gcgcn tticn fie fc^tuiiren ? 



R.^3( 



^^8^8 ttiei^ i(^ nii^t ob fie fi^iniiren, [und] oJier mie 
fie fr^miirett ? 



2)ic 91. f^roBC." 

£)6 hit ^iihtn ben ftekuben ^ag ^ciligen ? unb tote fie 
folt^en fet)ent ? 



R. fl|\@S9l, i(i^ [redete einstens mit einem bey Gelegenheit 
^^ davon] fragte einfl einen, toarumb er am Sontag 
otbeitete ? ^er gob mir ^ux %ni\ooti ! @r miiffe om Sontag 
fo too^t effen, a(§ am anbern ^age, tiarumb mitfite er jagen, mann 
et aber fi^on ettoa§ fjHiU, iiann ^ielte er 8onntag. ^ie Sacca- 
racca (otier bie lyranjiififr^e ^niiianer) tocfi^e liie ^ran^ofen ju 
i^rem ^(auben foUen befe^ret |aben, bie fatten iien Sontag. 
91BeIr^e§ iiie antiern Sniiinttct P intern 25ort^ei( gebraut^en, und 
fie an iiemfelben feiniiHi^ iiberfollcn, nnli tdiJten. [Dahin wie- 

der die Frantzosen zur Panitcnz vor ihrer Siinden den 
wilden auflegen, so viel von denen andern zu todten oder 

«<> Question LXXXI in MSS. 
«i Question LXXXII in MSS. 



Falckner's '''•Curieuse Nachricht.'''' 215 

The 90th Question. 

Is an oath customary amongst them, and how is such 
administered, and by whom? 



CANNOT say whether they administer any oath, or 
how they do it. 



The 91st Question. 

Whether the savages sanctify the seventh day, and 
how they observe it. 



"-g-^O. Upon one occasion I spoke to one as the oppor- 
, i r tunity offered and his answer was, " that he must 
eat upon the Sabbath, as upon every other day, and there- 
fore he must go on the chase ; but that if he were already 
provided, then he would keep the Sabbath/® 

The Saccaracco or French Indians whom the French 
claim to have converted to their faith, keep the Sabbath, 
which the other savages take advantage of, and attack and 
kill them upon that day. The French in return to appease 
them, advise them, as a penance for their sins, to kill or 
bring in as many of their enemies as possible. 



2i6 ^urieufe 9ta(i|ni!^t Hon ^ennf^ltiania. 

gefangen einzubringen] ^a ^ingCgCtt bicfc ttff tilt attkrc 

3^age in lier SBod^en ba|in trai^ten, i^ren etiittenen ®^at)(n ju 
revangiren, unH tier ^einlie mietierumb fo tiiel 3U tiititen. 



62 



2)ic 92. gragc; 

06 kt) bcncn SBilbcn ntc^t cinigci^ S5cr(angctt nad) bcr 

toa^xtn ©rfanntttu^ ©ottCi^ 5U f^jii^rcn, toann bic= 

jcntgctt, fo i^rc <Bpxa^t tjcrfte^en, mit i^nen 

rcbcn ? 



R. (f^5(8 fan t$ ni^t fngcn, tocilcn tji^ [so gar viel nicht 

-"^ mit ihnen C07iversieret und] il^tCt S^lta^C nod^ [so] 

ni^t wa(i|ti9 [gewesen] Mn. @§ |ciffct k^ i|ncn: Ignoti 
nulla cupido, [oder man miiste sie auf gut Spanisch bekeh- 
ren, oder auf Frantzosich formalisiren, nach dem Stats 
intresse.] ic^ l^offc [dass die iiberbliebenen von ihren Volk 
zu seiner Zeit dem ausserlichen Vorhof der Christenheit 
mit ein verleibet und denen christlichen Einwohnern daselbst 
von jeglicher nation einige zur Ausbeute geschenket und 
zum monument werden anvertrauet werden] ttbcr bo^, ilfl§ 

fte noii^ km @$og %\i\^\ toertien eintierleibet toerkn, o|ne 
®)mni)t^c i^otcirnng. 

«2 Question LXXXIII in MSS. 



Falckner's ^^Curieuse JVachrichtJ'' 217 

The 9 2d Question. 

Whether there is evident among the savages some 

longing after a true knowledge of God, when 

such as speak their language talk 

with them. 



mHAT I cannot answer, as I have not conversed 
much with them, for I am not yet master of their 
language. With them it signifies ignoti nulla cnpido, or 
we would have to convert them in the old Spanish manner, 
or according to the French formula, according to the inter- 
est of the State. I trust that the remainder of these people 
may in due time be ushered into the outer court of Chris- 
tianity, and be distributed for their profit among the 
Christian inhabitants of various nations, and become as 
a monument to whom they were intrusted. 



2i8 ^uricufc ^tt(^ri(^t Hon 5}Jcttnf^(tittnitt. 

^a§ bic SBilbeu uoii ber 5(wfcrftc^utt.q bcr ^obtcn ^a(= 
ten uiib glauljcn? 



R. (5^^^ gittukn fcitt rcii^tcg formaleS 8tcrkn, fo Wnnen fte 
^ au^ !ein rct^teS Concept toon iicr 5(ufcr[tc^unQ i^ahtn, 
tociCcn fie in§ toormc, oicr in§ talit Sonii i^rc ^offnung cinris^s 
ten. [besiehe die LXXX Frage] 



S)ic 94. Stage." 

2Ba§ bic 933i(bcn [Leute] fiir @ctt)cjr fii^rcn ? 



E. ^ 



0®@9l, ^fcifc, Slii^rc, Pntcn, SWcffcr, flcine ^anii-- 
©c^ter, ^nim, tugctn, ^unft. 



OB nttf)t citttgc Philosophi obcr ©clcljrtc [Leute] untcr 

ben SSilbeu ? tuoriun ftc fid) iihcn ? unb oB fie an^ 

htii Sauff be^ ^immcl^ observircn ? 



R. (\§^@ Philosophia 6cftc|et in iicr Astrologia, in iicme 

'\T fie ttij^t ollein licr Stcrncit 9ltt^mctt toiffen, fonbetn aui| 

iin§ SScttcr occurnt jutoorl^cr anjcigcn fiinnctt. [Es kam eins- 

mahls ein wilder in der Nacht im Holtze zu mir und meinen 



"Question LXXXIV in MSS. 
«* Question LXXXV in MSS. 
«5Question LXXXVI in MSS. 



F'alckner^s ' ' Curieuse Nachricht.'''' 219 

The 93d Question. 

What the savages hold and believe of the resurrec- 
tion of the dead. 



mHEY do not believe in any formal death, conse- 
quently they cannot have any true conception of 
a resurrection, as they introduce the departed into a warm 
or a cold country. Vide the eightieth question. 



The 94th Question. 

What sort of arms do the savages carry? 



B 



OWS and arrows, guns, knives and small axes. 



The 95th Question. 



Whether there be not some philosophers or learned 

men amongst the savages ; what they practice 

and whether they observe the course 

of the heavens. 



mHEIR philosophy consists in astrology, wherein 
they not only have names for the stars, but can 
also foretell the weather accurately. Upon one occasion 
a savage came to me and my companions at night in the 



220 guricttfc 9lo(|n^t Don 5pcnttft|tt>anta. 

Gefahrten bey das Feuer, dieser sah den Po/at'-Siern an 
und observirte daraus das es kalt werden wiirde, weil er so 
sehr helle ware, welches auch erfolgete, zugleichen erzeh- 
lete er mir, wie er die Bewegung des jPolarStQrns in 
einem hohlen Baum durch ein loch observiret und anges 
merket hatte, wie derselbe sich um das loch des Baumes 
herumgedrehet hatte und bald halb, bald gantz ware zu 
sehen gewesen, und ware am Himmel zu sehen gewesen 
wie ein Tropf en Fett so auf dem Wasser schwimmet] ^tts 
gtciii^ctt ftc^ct t|tc Philosophia in iicr Physic toon iicr 9lotut 
Jind ^igcnft^afft iier 2$icrc. [einige wissen darin mehr als 
andere, sonderlich] 2)icjCttt9C, fo bc^ tl^nctt a(8 ^ricftcr ilic 
C)jffer fl!^lai^ten^ [welcher zugleich ihr Medicus ist. Ins- 
gemein sind sie gute Galenici und Botanici wiewohl ihre 
Medicin nun mehro nicht zureichen will, weil sie sich nebst 
den Kleidern auch unsere Lebensart annehmen] finil ilic 
tcftcn Physici, unii 3ttQ(ci(i^ i^re Medici, nc^mUj^ gute Galenici. 



OB bic SBilbcn au^ cintgc Extraordinari gcit^cn ob- 
servircn unb crfcnncn ? 



R. (\^f [dergleichen ich aus der historia voriger Zei- 
<vf abnehmen konnen] fie tuiffeil ex Stella polari, & aliis 
Syderibus, tia3 ©emitter borjufoften. 



'' Question I^XXXVII in MSS. 



Falckner's ^^Curieuse JVachrtcht." 221 

woods/^ as we were around the fire. He looked at the 
polar star, and observed therefrom that it would be cold, 
as the star was so bright, which came to pass. At the 
same time he told me how he observed the motion of the 
polar star through a hole in a hollow tree, and remarked 
how the same danced about'''' the hole in the tree, and 
could be seen now half, now wholly ; and upon the sky it 
appeared like a drop of fat swimming upon the water. '''^ 
Their philosophy in the physics consist likewise of nature 
and the properties of animals. Some know more about 
this than others, especially those who officiate as priests at 
their sacrifices, who are also their medicine men. Gen- 
erally they are good Galenists and botanists. However, 
their remedies now fail to suffice, since they have adopted 
our clothing, together with out manner of living.''^ 



The 96th Question. 

Do the savages also observe any extraordinary 
phenomena and understand them ? 



YES ; this I infer from accounts of former times. They 
know ex stella folari and aliis syderibus and can 
foretell storms. 



222 ^uricttfc JUoilrid^t iion ^ettnft)(t)anttt. 

2)ic 97. ^^ragc;' 

06 ntc^t [unter ihnen auch einige] ciltigc Utttcr t^ncil 

unncttJo^nUt^c Motus unb [oder] ^ctncgungen [zu 
spiiren] l^aBcit ? puta intrinsecus. 



R. (X% Wtttt fogt, iio§ |ic Offcnbttrungctt bon naturHd^ctt ^us 

■V^ ftifffn l^aben^ [wie auch aus der historia zu sehen] 
Uttil [so sagen sie auch] iia^ C§ i^ttCIt gcoffcilborct fc^, tlO^ 

i^rer fo Diet fterben mujfen, aI3 Diet unfer l^tnein in i|r i^anb 
fommen. 
ISBSann c§ jtarrfc ^onncrtoettcr gifit, fo fallen fie gur ^rbcn, 

unil ftrcrfcn ilic 5(rmi toon fl^ [werden ofters durch einen strahl 
inwendig geriihrt] unil ttcrlicn im @c|i(l§te gon^ bltt^. 



06 ttt(^t nntcr bcncn mant^cr(ei) Sectcii tavi^ cinigc uttAC= 

tooJn(id)c ^ctocaungcn unb ^orBottcn bcr Jcran= 
na^cnbcn S^crit^tc @ottc^ 511 f^ii^rcn ? 



R. (X%, \t\t \\t\, nnii jtoar fo, iia^ fic 6ct) iicm wciftcn gonlj 
xf Universal fini), unl) onf cine flange SlBiciicrbnnpng, 
o^cr SBieiictcrncnerung nttcr ^ingc jidcn. Einige fmJi Parti- 
cular [nachdem das Glass ist, so ist, das Gerichle, also] 
iiann nat^ km bet ^ro^^et ift, fo ijt aur^ fein ^cugnwg, uniJ mn^ 
bi^toeileii aud^ ein unformtii^ fii^eineniieg ^ing, iintti^ einen gnten 
5(n§teger jnr groffen ^unft unti 2Sei§§eit nuggerer^net meriien. 



«' Question LXXXVIII in MSS. 
«* Question LXXXIX in MSS. 



Falckner's ^^Curietise IVachricht.'' 223 

The 97th Question. 

Do not some among them perceive any motus 
or agitation ? 



YES, it is said that they have manifestations of 
natural events, which is also to be seen in the his- 
tories. Thus they say that it is revealed to them that as 
many of them have to die as have come over of our kind. 
During heavy thunder storms they fall flat upon the earth 
and stretch out their arms away from the body, and are fre- 
quently moved inwardly by an ecstasy, and their faces pale. 



The 98th Question. 

If there be not some unusual manifestation perceived 

among the sects of the harbinger of the 

approaching millinium. 



YES, a great deal ; and indeed, so much so, that 
with the majority it is universal, and they aim after 
a complete restitution or restoration of all things. ^^ Some 
are particular ; according as the glass, so is the reflection ; 
consequently as is the prophet so is also his testimony ; 
and occasionally a seeming dwarf but a good exponent, 
will appear great in art and wisdom. 



224 ^uricufc ^Ud^ric^t bon ^ennf^ttjania. 

S)ic 99. S-ragc;' 

2Bic ftt^ btc fogcnanntcn @ctftltrf)cn untcr fo mant^crlc^ 

Sectcn in America aupljrcn, wnb fo too^I untcr 

fitft \tlh}t, aU gcgcn anbcrc comportircn ? 

R. (^S^ fo gctttttttttcn ©cijin^ctt tjcrnctcn untcr un§ got fc|r 
-^ iia§ Monopolium, iitbcmc man iiic @ciftHi|tcit nidjt 
[mehr] oil Mc [(^ttiat^c ^a|i^c Hnkt, toicuiop m titv aniicrtt 
Scitc itiietJcr preccirt toirii, J)n§ won iicr ^ungcn ju lJtc( an 
ciuem (§oxptv mat^et, iia^ ^crnarf) btcl ,t(i(i^c iicn ©ret) Hcriierkn. 
®o miiffcn fic fir^ auii^ licr cigcnttirfjen C'^crrfi^offt kgckn, Hjcilcn 

iiaS ^trrfjCrtiOlcQtmcnt [ob schon nicht bey alien] Jiili^t k^ 

cincrn nUcinc, foniicrn kt) titclcn kftc^ct, [(Ich rede hier von 
Secten)] unii He Seute oll^ier tnggemein fo biet tJon iicr *trontfs 
^eit iie§ 9?lcnft^(i^ctt ^^ier^en§ berftc^eit, tio^ fie toiffen, Juonu our!^ 
tscr ^^forrer fronrf i|t, (fontJcrti^ ioonn er unorkntli^ tronif 

toirtl) JJo(jcro JJOnil OUli^, [der Disfut oder zum wenigsten der 
Vorwurf] iiie raisoniruttQ we^r gcfii^rct ttiirii iiber iio§ Sckn, 
fl(8 iikr iiie 8c^rc i)e§ oniicrn. llnii loeit ein jeiier iic§ SogeS 
Soft Uttil §il^e trogt, [darneben auch ein Nachtbahr den an- 
deren im taglichen Umbgange und Hiilfe nicht entbehren 
kann, ob er schon andere Religion ist,] fo toffct fi^§ tti^t 
Sormen dlofen, foniiern Jiie tiek Necessitas iikrtrifft offe Leges, 
foniier(i(i^ kt| icnen, bie in gro^miitOiger 8tilfc fc^n, uni) ]§offen 
flUeS onne^ttten ju liinnen, toie c8 fommet. 

«9 Question XC in MSS. 



Falckner's '■'•Curieuse Nachricht."" 225 

The 99th Question. 

How the so-called ecclesiastics among the manifold 

sects in America conduct themselves toward 

each other, and how they comport 

themselves toward others. 



^ I yHE so-called ecclesiastics with us love their monop- 
J-i-l oly gready, in so far that the ecclesiastics here are 
not tied down to their black calotte. On the other hand, 
however, it is freccirt that there are too many tongues for 
one body, and that eventually too many cooks spoil the 
broth, so they have to renounce any peculiar denomination, 
as the church government consists of many, though not of 
all (I allude here to the sects) ; and the people in general 
know so much of the diseases of the human heart that they 
can tell, not only when the preacher is sick, but when he 
becomes disorderly. Upon this account there are more 
disputations carried on, or at least reproaches, about their 
life than about the law. As each day brings its own heat 
and burden, and as one cannot dispense with the daily in- 
tercourse and help of his neighbor, though he be of a differ- 
ent religion, thus the time and sweet necessity surpasses all 
laws, especially with such as maintain a magnanimous 
silence, and hope to take all as it comes. 



226 e^uricufc 9ltt(5ri^t bon 5pcntt|t)ttJ0ttitt. 

S){c 100. %va^t:' 

SBttig t)or ^offttung fct), \ia^ bic mant^crlcl) Sectcn in 
cinc^ 5ufammctt trcttcn miigtctt ? 



R. (5nS^®<^. iitt^ Her §^rr ^€)u§, in affcr ©ctiJiffcii tonigs 
-^ Hi^ toirii proclamitctt (ttjfcn, l)a§ ollc 9Jlctt)(^cn Siigncr 
jittD, tiamit i^mc oKcS ^ki\^ [(^ulMg fclj, unti lien IsBoum iieS 
@rfottntnu§ @ute§ unH ©o[e§ fasten (offe, uttd fii^ unter kn 
^rieftHckntiett ^eigenbaum unU SBSeinftorf icr Siefte mit ^ylei^ 
retirire, iittmit cr lJO§ JudaisireniJe Dialogisiten, Opponiteu, 
unii Anathematisiteu mit einS abandonire, unii |i(i^ littt^ H^ 
aSort iier ©eiiult Dor tier greuli^ett Stunti Der S^erfur^ung, toed^e 
auf iien ganl^en (?rai§ i)e§ (iri)6oiien§ fommen toiri), praesevireii 
(offe. liBSer nii^t auf iiiefe 2[6ei)e toiff, kr toarte, 6t^ iJo§ attc in 
kr 2Sette iiiefer 2Be(t ou^gekeitete if arkn toon fii^ felbft einc 
liierlien, ti)e((^e§ iiod^ e^eniier ju Dermutfjen, 0(8 im| fo iiiet Alo)>|fe, 
oujfcr ©Ott, eincS SinneS tnerlicn foUen. 



S)tc 101. Sittgc." 

^urt^ toaig fitr Wiitttl man bic Silbcn am mciftcn an fit^ 

5ic^c ? 



R. flfljS^ ttirttt bif toi(tie Xtfitxt, nn\i ,tinDer an fii^ ioiH, unli 
^^^ toie man ekn iiiefelbe auf manr^erle^ %xt una JslSeife 
Derf^iif^tern fan. 

'0 Question in XCI MSS. 
'lyuestionXCIIin MSS. 



Falckner^s '-'■Curieuse Nachricht.''^ 227 

The 1 00th Question. 

What hope is there that the divers sects may come 
together as one? 



*^ ^ » HIS : viz. , that the Lord Jesus will cause to be royally 
\^y proclaimed in every conscience that all men are 
liars, so that all flesh may be indebted unto him, and re- 
linquish the tree of knowledge of good and evil, and take 
refuge under the fig tree and vine of charity ; so that they 
can at once abandon the judaizing dialogues, oppositions 
and anathematization, and preserve themselves by the word 
of patience from the horrible hour of temptation, which is 
coming over the whole surface of the earth. They who 
will not come in, in this manner, let them tarry until all 
the different colors which are spread over the world become 
as one by themselves, which is more probable than that so 
many godless heads should become as one. 



The loist Question. 

By what means can the savages best be drawn towards 
us, and whereby are they mostly repelled? 



3 



UST as wild beasts and children are won over unto us, 
and in the same manifold ways that they are 
repelled. 



228 ^uneufe 9la(^n(^i tion ^ennf^ltianta. 

S){c 103. ^ta^t:' 

2Sa^ bic SBilbcn fitr Xiamen ^n^xtn ? 



[Schlange, bunte Schlange, krumme Schlange etc.] K. 
^e^o ttbcr gcfiraui^cn fie Me 9lol^mett iiet ^uro^tict, tt(§ §ttttn^, 
aSittiam, ©eorge, SflWf^. 5(ntflni. 



2)tc 103. Si^agc." 

SBann ? mib tuic fie i^jrcn Slinbcrn 9la^mcn gckn ? 



R. a}-^^#3; a(fo6tt(iictt itt i^rer Sufifnii. fontietn tocnn fie 
^^ jiemlii^ ertoai^fen, unli toaim fie uiiter i^teit ,^inJiern 
eineS ruffen tootten, c^e fie il^ncn einen getoiffeu 9la^men gcfien, 
fo fi^re^en fie ju i^nen inggefambt ein §o))o :e. lint) loen fie 
alSiionn taermcincn, p iieme tii^ten fie i^r Sdigefif^t uuii Uttit, 
unt) 6efe|(eu t|me. 

SSotmit irfj iitttttt mcine SeanttDottunocn auf tiotgelegte ^rogen 
kfji^tieffe, nnti Sen (jiinftigcn Sefer, nefift mir, Jier ^ii^tung J)e8 
@eifte§ mttc§ too^t ttukfe^le, mit SSiinf^ung am gJiirfa^en 
uni) gefegtteten SBo^tcrgeknS fitr iien 

8ci6 in biefer 26e(t, unis, fiir iiie Seek. 

%ttntt unii Profit in @ott M^ 

an fein 

@ 91 S) e* 

'2 Question XCIII in MSS. 
'* Question XCIV in MSS. 



Falckner's '■'■Ciirieuse Nachricht.'" 229 

The 102nd Question. 

What manner of names the savages have. 



* V I 'MONG themselves, in former times, they used the 
(v7«— *-» names of wild animals in their own language, as 
Fox, Wolf, Snake, Harlequin Snake, Crooked Snake, 
etc. It is now their custom to use European names, such 
John, George, etc. 



The 103rd Question. 

When do they name their children.^ 



•-p^ OT in their infancy, but after they are well grown. 
,J— ^ If they want to call one of their children before 
they have given him a certain name, they call to all with 
a Ho I Do I etc. When the one wanted sees them, they 
speak to him or give him their commands. 



e 31 S) (J; 






SBie in Pensylvania mit cinigcm (Ja^iital tin Profit p 

mat^cn ? 

Daniel Falckner's Project for founding a Com- 
munity IN Pennsylvania as set forth in 
THE Halle Manuscript. 

aScil id^ Her ^cit crmoiiBctc, fo ttitll i^ bon Siiic^cn ))ro|cctcn, 
iittHon ir^ obcn quaestione LIX. Qciioi^t eiiii mari^ctt, aui tods 
(^ctt in ciucm furjcn fummarifr^cn ©cflriff ju crfc^cn ijt, f^eid 
toic man cin (fa^iitol ^nm gcfr^Uiinlicn 9lnl^cn iiafclbft anlcgen, 
tt(g an(^ iiie (f^rc @ottc§ nnJi (.?Oti|tii<^c 5lufno^mc act S«8fni" 
o^nc gto^c aScitloufiflfcit iia)clb|t ficfdriicrcn fonnc. 

%^ nc^mc 4000 9lt^tr. :i)iciclbcn (cflc ii^ an in foti^cn 
^anfmang toa^rcn, toic Serfage, fo mit c^cn fofftcn foa, anSmcis 
fen tiiirti. ^icfc 4000 Wifa. fotten mir folgeniieS mit gotttit^er 
^ittfe in 8tanti fc^cn. 

1. ®oll tiauon flenommen meriien not^iiurftigcr tlntcr|alt ux 
8 ^crfofjncn auf ^tocl) %^\fi. 

2. .^an gcfauft tticriicn nngefe^r 1000 5trfer SanDcS oier mc|r. 

3. <^ann flcbauet tocrtien DorS erftc jnm not^antftigen ©eptf, 
^anfnng toot SDicnfd^cn, W\t\ nnii ?yrnd)te. 

4. ©inii 3U faufen ^toe^ gnte lijjflnft ^fcriic, 2 Stniien pr 
gui^t, 1 9leit)ifcrii nnii 1 ^aar Cx^fen pr 5lrbcit. 

5. ®e^§ ^ii^c mit ^otbern Oder t^roj^tig. 

( 230) 




HOW TO MAKE PROFIT WITH CAPITAL IN 
PENNSYLVANIA. 

Daniel Falckner's Project for founding a Com- 
munity IN Pennsylvania as set for in 
THE Halle Manuscript. 

* J I *S I am falling short of time, I will make but one out of 
fjc-^ the two projects referred to in Question LIX, from 
which a short and concise conception may be obtained of 
how capital may be invested there, so as to bring quick 
returns, and at the same time how the glory of God and 
the christian affiliation of the youth may be furthered there 
without difficulty. 

I will take say 4,000 Reichsthaler ^^ and invest them in 
such merchandise according to the appended list. These 
4,000 Thalers shall, with God's assistance, put me in pos- 
session of the following : 

1. We will take enough therefrom necessary for the 
support of eight persons for a term of two years. 

2. There may be purchased a thousand or more acres 
of land. 

3. There may be built at first only the absolutely neces- 
sary shelter for man, beast and the crops. 

(231) 



232 (i^uricufc 9la(i^nrfjt Hon ^cnnf^ltJanitt. 

6. 25icr Bmt mii jungcii oiict troi^tig. 

7. 9lot§litttftigc§ ©cfj^irt unb ©erotic mii UcrficffcrungliicSs 
fctfien. 

^iefeS ^a^itat alfo aitgcleget foU inner^a(6 5 laf^xtn abtuerfen 
ttiie fo(get. 

1. 2!tc ja^rli^c 9lotpurfti9c ^crforgung iirctjct ^racccHotcn 
olicr 5|5rofcf[orctt tiation eiii jciicr noi^ tocrffoffcncn 5 ^ttl^rcit ^oficn 
foff. 

1. 50 %tttx Sonb ctbiif^ bor cine foli^c Station. 

2. 30 Xf^aUv m @c(iic io^rti^. 

3. (Bint ,tu$ mit km ^o(6c oiicr trai^^tig. 

4. ®itt gctoi^cS an !8ier, ^(cifr^, an .torn un& lictgteid^cn. 
^icfc ^'•racccHorcg foffcn i^rc ^cit naU^ rii^tigcr cint^citnng tin 
jcgtic^cr i)c§ 2agcg 4-5 Stnntien in Hntcmd^tnng iicr ^ngcnii 
nai^ einem com^enMofen SBeg aui^ nio^l in iict 99lutterf|ira(^e, 
in artibus liberalibus infomtircn, iiarncbcn bicjcnigcn fo jn 
anffcrti^cr ^anJiatkit nii^t gefi^irft in Unguis nationum etiam 
Americanarum. 2)ur(^ iicn usum jn iikn item in kr Occonomia 
mie alte ^inge ottient(i(^ unti |irofit(ii^ ju if^un, jn untcrriiljtcn 
nnii Hj^ i)ic ,tbrkt nirfjt an§ ^rmangctnng iicr motion ^t)|ios 
^oniiriff^ tocriicn oJicr putreseiren, cine naf| S>ermogen kfini)(i(^e 
5(rkit in C^arten;2Berf, llnfrant an0 pgoten nnii gnten 8aamen 
jn -liflanl^en, item Sfinme ))flanl^cn/^8c^attfc ^flegcn, t^ifr^e fans 
gen. Dor i^re ^raeee^toreS ^otl; maiden nnti &etjfi^a|fen etc. unti 
iicrg(ei(^en ertragli^e 5(rkit be^ iien iibrigen miiffigen Stnnien. 
CSer toenn etli^e Snft gotten, eine geUiiffe ^ank^iernng iiakt) 
jn (ernen fo fiinte in iier (?o(onie ge^atten toerben, ein ®i|nfter, 
ein Srfjneiiier, ein ^immermann, ein SSekr, tin ll^rmai^er, ein 
^annen:©ie^er, ein ^ollift^micii, ein Seiter, ein Oialiemai^er, 
ein 8(^mieii, ein ©li^reiner, ^re^Ster, 9Jia§(er, ^ij^ifer, nnd 
tiergt. iiamit ein jegtir^er )eI6|t toe|(en fdnne, oiier iiie 25orfte$er 
i^rc llntergefiene no(§ gnt befinften antoeifen tiinnen toorjn fie fij^ 
fj^irfen. ^in jeiier folr^e §oni)ttiertf§;9[^lttnn, kr fii^ barju toiff 



Falckner's ^^Curteuse JVachricht" 233 

4. To purchase two good plough horses, two mares for 
breeding, one saddle horse and one yoke of oxen for work. 

5. Six cows with calves or gravid. 

6. Four sows with young or pig. 

7. Necessary harness and implements with repairs for 
same. 

This capital invested in such manner should, within five 
years, yield profit as follows : 

I. The necessary support of three preceptors or profes- 
sors, whereof each should have received after the five vears 
have elapsed : 

1. Fifty acres of land to be inheritable for such charge. 

2. Thirty Thalers in money yearly. 

3. A cow with calf or gravid. 

4. A certain stipend for beer, meat, grain and the like. 
These preceptors shall so arrange their time, that each 

one may have from four to five hours every day to instruct 
the youth in some compendious way in their mother tongue, 
as well as to educate them in the liberal arts ; and let them 
instruct such as show no inclination for outward handicraft 
in Imguis nationuni etmni Aniericanartim. Likewise in- 
struct them practically in economy, how to do all things 
properly and profitably ; teach them that their bodies 
should not become hypochodriac or putrescent from lack 
of exercise ; but work them during the idle hours, accord- 
ing to their capacity in garden work, pulling weeds, plant- 
ing seeds, likewise setting out trees, tending sheep, catch- 
ing fish, gathering and chopping wood, etc., for their 
preceptors, and similar profitable work during their idle- 
hours. 

Or if some incline to learn certain trades, the colony 
could keep a cobbler, tailor, carpenter, weaver, watch- 
maker, pewterer, goldsmith, ropemaker, wheelwright. 



234 ^urieufe 9lai^nii^t tion ^ennftjtbania. 

gcktttti^ctt (ajfcn, [off |aktt 10 5(rfcr Soniie§, mitt cr mc§r ^akn 
fa fallen tiegtoegen, ^ie naii^ftltegenlien ^anticretjcu angefaufet 
Uicrticu nn\\ t^nen wax ^qal^lung auf gctniffe terminc jugelaffcn 
tocrJicn, fo iiict cr totff. ^arnckn fatten feinc^iniieriitt§ fclHge 
Olej^t iicr 5(nfct3ie^nng Dar nnkren gcnieffen nnii kt| feinem 
5(bfterkn Uv ilefelMgen nni) He 2Sittnie ®arge getrogen tocrs 
kn. ^ie (e^rlinge nm§ fie kt) ntiiffigen ©tuniien noj^ genanc; 
fiter einfii^t, eineg jegliii^cn 5(rkiten, fall ju einet 6nmma ge; 
te(^nct fet)n, Jmuon kr SKcifter kn 25arfd^u§ bar SWateriotien 
abjic^cn fall, iiag itbrige in 2 gleiji^e 2^ei(e get^eilet, Hnon licr 
eine X^tii km nieifter pro labore, iier aniiere kr caffa pro com- 
muni bono |eimfatten faU. ^ie ^int^eilnng iier geit fiinnte 
olSiiann gemnd^et mertien, nut &a8 man 9Jlargen§, aJlittagS unii 
5lbcnl)§, c^c man fi^lafcn ge^et eine Stnntie jnm ^khti^, Sik( 
(efcn unii fmgen ux aUt nnii jeiie onggefcl^ct fe^n mn^te, aar^n 
ein ^ti^tn gcgeben tnctJien !onte, kS krjenige toelr^er on§ re^t 
er^eki(^er llrfor^en niii^t k^'fon^i^^ etfdjeinen fan iia^ an feinem 
C)xi\) mit bcljftimmen miige liem S>er(angen nnii fiab ©cfanntni^ 
feiner ^^tennlie nnti SJiitbiirgcr. 

2. Sail getiai^leg ^a|)ita( and) abmerfen die anfi^affnng unl) 
^rl^adnng jtockt ^nei^te unii 9Jlttgi)e. 

3. @inc !!|>rel)iger tier nit^t a(g ein §err iie§ S^atfeg fonJiern 
tt(8 ein ^neji^t ^t\\t ^^rifti nnJ) iier ,ft1rrl^ens@Iiekr autoritate 
publica in iier ^tiri^en (e^re unii in @efettfi|aft uier alter tiers 
ftoniiigen nnti frommen SJiannern al§ mit ^Iteften riii^te, nnl) toaS 
nngleit^ ift, fi^lir^te, iiarnekn @ottc§ SBart in Santcrfeit \fxc^i^t 
al^ne 9?lenft^en ©al^ung nnD onat|ematifirenJ)e i^armnln; faff 
l^akn 40 9ltpr. nnii tim§ gemiffeg an ^leiftf) nnii aniiere pxo: 
toifian. Sag itkige feine§ llnter^a(t§ mu^ man anf antJere 
SBcifc fn^en, nnii iia§ man kc ,taften fiirS erfte erf^arc, fo faff 
iiic 5(ttffi(^t nnii Oler^nnng einer iier ©djnf (ioUc%tn fii^ren unii 
iiaffelbigc ^ai^x eine Stnniie Uieniger Sdjnlarkit taglit^ fjakn 
iiie rec^nnng aber faff er im ©el)fct)n kr ankren (f offcgen iier 4 



Falckner's '-'■ Curieiise JVachrtcht." 235 

blacksmith, cabinet-maker, turner, painter, potter, etc., so 
that every one could make his own selection. Or the 
wardens could advise their dependents to such trade as in 
their judgment they are best fitted. 

Every one of such handicrafts men, who lends himself 
thereto, shall have ten acres of land ; if he wants more, 
additional adjacent land shall be bought and given to him, 
as much as he wants, the payment to be made at conve- 
nient times. In addition his children shall enjoy equal 
rights and privileges of education with the others. And 
in case of his death, care is to be taken of the same and 
the widow provided for. Apprentices who, during idle 
hours, perform any work, shall, after careful examination 
of each one's work, be credited with the same, from which 
the master is to deduct the money advanced for material ; 
the remainder is to be divided into two equal parts, one of 
which goes to the master of the apprentice, the other part 
into the treasury of the community. Any division of the 
day may be made, provided one hour is set apart, morn- 
ing, noon and night before going to sleep, for prayer, 
bible reading and singing, for which a signal must be 
given, so that such as may be prevented by weighty reasons 
from being present may yet at their station join in with the 
devotions and commendations or praise of their friends and 
fellow citizens. 

2. The said capital should also yield enough to obtain 
and keep two menservants and maids. 

3. A preacher, who does not seek to be a lord over the 
people, but rather who, as an humble servant of Jesus 
Christ and the members of his church, shall be a public 
exponent ^^ of the doctrines of the church, and administer 
justice in fellowship with four aged, intelligent and devout 
men as presbyters ; equalize that which is inconsistent, and 



236 ^ttticujc 9ltt(|rt(^t noil ^cnnf^ltJOttia. 

^Itcjtcn fombct jioc^cr m^ i)cm ^nglifj^cn 9ic^t (cgitimittcn 
f^riciienS ^ii^tcrn oftgclcgt toeriictt. 

4. Soli kt) 5(ntiio(^8 unii ncrmclltttttg iic§ ISBic^c§ cine gctoi^c 
;3oP Bcjcljct tocriiett, ttoi fu^ Imrr^ @ottc§ ©ccgcn briibcr Dcrs 
tttc^rct fott 3ttr caffa tior onfommcniic oiicr ouSUittttig Slrmcn oufs 
begotten oiicr im ©clJic 6ct| ftclcget uicriJcn. 

5(tt§ iiicfcn folgcn nun wc|t'Ott&erc nu^botfcitcn iioruntcr fols 
gcniic ni(|t Jiic gcrinflltcn oI§. 

(1) ^ic ©clcften^ctt o^nc Sr^aticn gof^fff^) 3W K^n. 

(2) i^rcmliiiHngc unii SBilJictt oufjunc^mcn unii ju bc^crkrgcn. 

(3) ®J^u|, ^(cikr, ©criit^c u. ). f. o^nc Hnfoftcn tocrBcffctn 
3U laffen. 

(4) ®cin S^olf too|( ju rcgicrcn unli wit allcr Jlot^iiurlftigfcit 
o|nc SBcittttuffigfcit unii ^o^cn Wvit^ fie fclbft^unii i^re ♦tinbcr 
311 Dcrjc^ctt. 

3^ct)(age fo in quaejitiom 84 ermal^nct tnirti. 




Falckner's ^^Curieuse JVachrichtJ" 237 

at the same time preach God's Word in its purity, without 
any additions of human institutions or anathematizing for 
muleas. He shall receive 40 Thaler and a certain stipend 
for meat and other provisions. The balance of his support 
must be sought in some other manner. That the expenses 
may be kept down for the present, the oversight and ac- 
counts shall be kept by one of the school masters, for 
which purpose he shall be required to teach one hour less 
daily. The accounts shall be rendered in the presence 
of the other masters, the four presbyters, together with 
two Justices of the Peace, commissioned according to the 
English law. 

4. A certain number shall be agreed upon for the in- 
crease and multiplication of the cattle, and whatever in- 
crease there be over and above such number, by the bless- 
ing of God, shall be set apart for the benefit of the arriving 
or outward resident poor, or else turned into money for the 
same purpose. 

Upon these follow sundry other useful purposes, among 
which the following are not the least : — 

1. The opportunity to extend hospitality without preju- 
dice. 

2. To entertain strangers and Indians, and accomodate 
them with lodgings. 

3. Shoes, clothing, implements, etc., to be repaired free 
of cost. 

4. To govern the people well, supply them with all nec- 
essaries without any ceremony through themselves and 
their children. 



M 






m 




M 


i 




n 


ia^ 


^sas 


CrMBsI 




^^ 




M 




^r^^ •*• a ^ 'W* 



Lysta derjenigen Wahren, so in Pensylvanien 

ANGENEHM SIND, NACH H. FaLCKNER SEINEM 
Behalt AUFGEZEICHNET. 

^offoniiifi^c OSimbruggii'i^c Seinliittttii ; tiation man crft in 
^ngcKanb 9la(l)ni^t cin^olcn mu^, 06 man c8 in ^ottanft tinia: 
iicn unJj toic ^otfj iitc 5(cci§ ijt. 

^aHanMfi^ toei^er ^ioirit, aHet^anti $ant). 

SBcrroifrfjc gctoalrftc 8trum|ifc, ©renter 58et)(arfen toegen ier 
5(cci8 p iierne^men in ^ngcffanl). 

^in)(^(tt9=9Jle|fer, einigc gnfe Sd^ecrmeffer. 

©o^rcr Dor 2 ^oumcn jn Der 9lo8e( SBotjrer, offer^nniJ l^eilen, 
©rcitbei( nnii l^iiptl 9Jkiffcl. 

@«|nii^;9JJcffer Hie ni(^t jn fkin fmii Uor ^an§(i^en unii Rimers 
lente ©ebranr^, einigc tor JBiittiger jn gebronri^en. 

@rak=Sr^eit, 8(^ttufe(n, Wtp unti torn:@ok(n in dnficf; 
Ian!) jn fanfen. 



St. Sid^eln, 8en|cn nnb 
berftt. 

@ro§e Seegen eifcrne und 
ftolerne ^^ttnii=Seegen, J)ie im 
^itifen nii^t ltng(ei(^ unii 
ni^t 3u fi^ma^ fini). 

§ttniibei(, attcr^onii 9Jleif: 



nir^t bon tier 5(rt toe((^e iiie ^ini: 
niertente geftranj^en 3immer=§oII? 
ein jufii^neilien fonbern bie toeitge; 
fe^t, DoUlfontmen (ang, unti tin tiie 
^tt^netiie §a(ftc — einer, iiie on; 
tiere §o(fte — tier onJiern meg 
fte^et. 



(238) 



}t 


t&s^ 


2** 


im 


'& 


fsi 


^ 


issn 


m 


«a^ 




i 






m 




H 


m 


m 


»g 




83 


m« 




i^ 


Tf^ 


if^ 


ti^ 


^ 


*^ 


l^S^ 



List of such Goods, as are Acceptable in Penn- 
sylvania, ACCORDING TO THE REMEMBRANCE 

OF Herr Falckner. 

*n|r^UTCH and Osnaburggish linen, about which one 
^_L/ must first inquire from England, whether it can 
be shipped in Holland and how high the tariff is. 

White Holland thread, all kinds of tape. 

Veronese felted stockings, Bremen bed sheets, are on 
account of the tariff to be obtained in England. 

Clasp knife and several good razors. 

Augurs, from two inches down to the gimlet, all sorts of 
files. Broad axe and hoes, drills. 

Draw knives not too small for domestic as well as car- 
penters use. Several for use of coopers. 

Spades, shovels, dung and grain forks to be purchased 
in England, also sickles, scythes, etc. 

Large saws, iron and steel handsaws, which are uniform 
in the back are and not too light. Not of the sort used by- 
carpenters to cut boards, but the wide set, ample long sort, 
wherein one half of the teeth are set to cut one way, and 
the other half the reverse. 

Hatchets and all sorts of chisels. 

Smith, and ordinary hammers, etc. 

( 239) 



240 ^uricufc 9lat§rit^t Don jpcnnftjlbanio. 

®«|miii= unii gcmcinc §ommcr etc. 26icJicr unii btcj^cifcn 
oiicr ^u^fii^e. 

^ifcii, i)a0 fcittc ©rottiiriffc i}at, unb gutcn 8to^( ^^^cwif^, 
^ifctnc Ofcn. 

^ifcrnc Stiitfcr, iiic fi^on 3U Jpflugf^orcn gcfi^miclict, o^nc 
iiic cifmicn ©tongcn, iic iiaraii finti unii Don iicn Mctnftcn, 
miif^t In ^ngcttttJiii aw kjtcn ju l^aficu, bag 100 o^ngcfc^t nor 
15 ^^f. ftcrlinG. 
^iffcrnc ^ottc obcr Uicnig ciffernc .tc|)c(. 
^u^ifcr, gc(b unii rotf), mcf)r ftcinc of§ gro^c ,^cffc(. 
^u^ifcrnc bcrjiutttc ipotscnS un^ Xf}tt: oJicr (ioffe:5pottc. 
St. .tottttcn uor 1/2 tanncn maa^. 
^ngtifl^ ^crfctj uni) aUcr^ani) gcrittQ tooHcn ^eug tor llntcrs 
futtcr cinigcg in moiicftcn ^arkn Dor iyraucn Ckr:^Ictlicr, 
cintQcS rot^c0 ijor Unter .ftciJicr nnti i^rcngHt^tcS tjor ♦tiniicr. 
^ic Hittctfort iion fioifcn, gran, brann nnb iJcrgt. moticftcn 
f^nrbcn, tocnig fi^toarl^c ©tcnfctc§ nnli SOlaJiro^cn. 

St. cinigc bnntc §a(§; nnii 9la)c ^iir^cr, gciirnrften ^ariinn o&er 
Scincn Dor ^iniicr, ^toUil^ nnli J^^argcn bor Sctts^cug. 

^orinti^cn, 
SlUnfcatcn, 
8ofran, 
^oriicmnm, 
macc^, etc. 
@ro§c 9lofinen. 

^ine ^iifte mit ©ta^ nnli ©te^, toie e§ in ^ngeHanb Derfanft 
toirii, ntn ^yenjiter jn madden. 

^rant nnii Sot^, fcine ^ngetn foniiern nngegoffen 5B(e^, o&er 
Sonbcn, @nten, ^Janfe nnii ftfjtoeren §age(. 

^ine ^amilic fo iJa anf J)cm Sanie jn bonen nn& jn khcn gc? 
iienfet, foff firfj, too i^r tier (iebc (Boit Da§ S>erntogcn gegeben, 
mit ^(eilier nnb JBetten Derfei^en nnD Dcnn in cin ^a^, inclr^eg 
on Der 5(cei)c in SonDon in generaten JBenennnng Der 9la^men 



©ehiiir^ 



Falckner's ^^Ctcrtetise JVachricht." 241 

Barb-bolts, crow bars, or crooked bars. Iron that has 
no flaws and good Flemish steel, iron stoves. 

Iron blanks already forged for plow shares, without the 
iron rods, and of the smallest to be had in England, one 
hundred costing about £15 sterling. Iron pots, but few 
iron kettles. 

Copper, both yellow and red, more small than large 
kettles. 

Tinned copper pots, also tea and coffee pots, likewise 
tankards of half quart size. 

English kersey, and all kinds of cheap woolen stuffs for 
linings ; some in modest colors for women's outside gar- 
ments ; some red for underclothes, and spotted for children. 

The middle sorts of bed sheets, grey, brown and of sim- 
ilar modest colors, a few black blankets and matresses. 
Likewise some bright colored neck and handkerchiefs. 
Printed cotton or linen for children, ticking and fustian ^^ 
for bed clothes. 

Spices, currants, nutmegs, safran, cardemon, mace, etc., 
large raisins. 

A case of glass and leads as they are sold in England to 
make windows. 

Powder and shot, no bullets, but bar lead, pidgeon, duck, 
goose and heavy shot. 

A family that expects to live in the country and cultivate 
the land should, if the good Lord hath blessed them with 
means to supply themselves with clothes and bedding, 
these should be put into a barrel, which could be entered 
at the customs in London as necessary household stuff, 
without (itemizing) among which can be packed two or 
three good hatchets, a broad axe, one]or two hoes, three or 
four iron wedges, several iron rings, a door knocker, 
plough wheels and such.^^ 



242 (Turteufe 9laii^rtii^t Don ^ennfl)(iiania. 

Hon Sodden (nirfjt okn die 9lnmct) tt(§ notljiiiirftiQcr ^nu^rat^ 
angcgekn tnertien fann ein^adcn mie folgct. 2 oticr 3 gute ^anlis 
©cKc, cine hxtiit 5trt, 1 obcr 2 ^iiffcO 3 oiicr 4 cifcrnc ♦^cilc, 
cintgc eifernc JRingc an ,t(oHft/ ^M^Mpoiif^ m«^ krgf. p (cgcn. 

1. ^ar ^ot^s^ycilcn nnii tin )iat nniicrc iito Eifernc SBcfii^laQc 
tjor cincn 8r^UJcngc( am ^f(ng oiicr SBagcn. 

^t 1 oJicr 2 mittctmnffigc Mttn, urn firmer ©ons^ol^ onf 
Den ®ii^ntten p fc^le^lien, a(g 6e^ ung Die ^etten finD, Dantit 
Die SiaDer am S^agen ge^emmt merDen, menn eg berg ab ge^et. 

Sine fteinere Don Der 5(rt. 

2. ^ax MUn Don ^pferDes^efri^itr, ^eften Dor ^ii^e Doran 
fefte 3tt madden, nnD eine fnrl^e ^etten Dor affer^anD 9lot^fali(, in 
fonDerl^cit an Die eifernc Sgge fejt jn madden. 

20 oDcr 30 eifernc ^o^ne Dor eincr Sgge, Die ^ti^nc miiffen 
fel^r ftarf fcin, fonft bengen fie fn^ im nenen SonDe, toenn fic 
Duri^ Die 2Bnr^e(n gc^cn, tim^ gc^artct, Do(^ nidjt jn Did nnD 
Don gnter Sangc. gjflngfi^aor ift Dort Deffer nor^ Der SanDcgs 
5(rt jtt Derfertigen, Dor^ mag man Die ^orm, DaDon inir auf Dcm 
anDcrn !SB(att gcDaii^t betjtcgcn. 

100. oDerna(^@clegcn^eitme]^r8r^inDeI,(fItt^^(irtnnD8otten, 
9lagc(, §an8, Stott nnD ©li^euer jn mat^en, 2^itr=5(ngel=§a(!en, 
^etteln, Sr^loffcr, JBanDer, an Die ^enfter nnD i5f«|tct;8aDen. 

Sin gnt lang Sr^nil^meffcr Dor ©i^inDcI pi ft^aocn. 

Sourer 2 ^anmen, 1 ^anmen, 1/2 ^anmcn nnD 9lagc(=©o^rer 
Dor 2 oDcr 3 %vUn. 

Sin gut 8tiirf Sifen unD Bia^l Dor cine 5i|t nod^ Dortiger 
(anDcgart p maiden. 

Sin pat gttfe §anD;8eegen unD cine gro^e ^ol^sSeege. 

1 eifcrner SWorfcI nnD einen ffcinen meffinger oDer Don Sr$. 

1. 9Jli|tgakl, aniftOorfen, ^cngaber, 2 (^rabftfjcit, Si^onfel 
unD Dcrgl. 

1. pat feine S9larfs8enfen oDcr ^od^teutft^e .^orn unD @ro^c 
©enfcn. 



Falckner's '■^Curieuse JVachrtcht.'' 243 

One pair of wood rasps and a pair of other files. 

Irons for a swingletree for plough or wagon, likewise 
one or two medium-sized chains to drag heavy timbers 
upon the sled, same kind as we use as a break to our 
wagon wheels when going down hill, also a lighter one of 
the same sort. 

Two pairs of chains for horse-harness, cow chains, and 
a short chain for any kind of emergency, especially to 
fasten to an iron harrow. 

Twenty or thirty iron teeth for a harrow, the teeth must 
be very strong, else they bend in the newly broken ground 
when they strike the roots. They should be tempered, 
but not too much, and be of a good length. 

Ploughshares, it is best to have them made there accord- 
ing to the manner of the country, although one may also 
take such as are indicated upon the previous page. A 
hundred or more shingles according to opportunity. Clap- 
boards and laths, nails for house, stable and barn, door 
hinges, pickaxes, hasps and staples, locks, hinges and 
clasps, locks, hinges and bands for windows and shutters. 

A good long drawknife for shaving shingles, augers of 
the size of two thumbs, one thumb and one half a thumb's 
breadth, also gimlets of two or three sizes. 

A good blank of iron or steel to make an axe according 
to the American kind. 

A pair of good hand saws and a large wood saw. 

An iron mortar and a small one of brass or bronze. 

One dung fork, manure drag, pitchfork, two spades, 
shovel and the like. 

One pair of fine briar scythes or good German grain and 
heavy scythes. 

A goodly quantity of pig lead, several padlocks. When 
several families calculate to go far inland and lay out a 



244 (^uricufc 9lor^ti^t boii ^pcnnf^ttJattitt. 

(Sin Qttt X^tii ungcgolfcn ©let), cinigc 2.^or(c0e S^Iiiffcr. 
SBenn einige §ami(ien tief in§ i^anti etttcn nenen ^(a^ anjules 
gen geda(^t, muffen fie betia^t fetjit auf ein ^ar %uit 9[Ku|l|itetne 
unii U)O0 eifern SBerf ju eincr Wni)U geptet. 

Sollte fid^ ttui'^ ein MMtx finkn, iier eine 5Beute{;9Wit^(e, toic 
man in Obcr52:ent)(^(ttnli pt, berfertigen tofl(tc, iiok^ er jngleid^ 
©erjitcn, 2Bei^en, §ahtv, Bptii^, Sleig fr^elcn fiinnte, iicr fottc 
fc^r angene^m [ein. _^ 

^in pax ^ijtillirer urn lipfirfr^en, 5(|ifcl unb ^orn p liifitiffitcn, 
mie eg altia geBranifjH(^. 

@nte (nnge iyiinten, bic ben §ttge( toeit unb nio|( f^ie^en. 

©inige ^ijtofen, Steigbiiget, @o|fc(n, S$orge)c|irr bie ftorf finb. 




CO 



>-• ^ •" '-Z. 

-S C ..^ en 

<U *- 1/ 



zj a <^- 

*-> n? ,^ 



O ui "^ ^ -C W tO , 



c 



O ^' 



c; 



«:» 



S 



o 
o 

CO 

z 



C/D s 



SO 



> 

CO 

2 
Z 

HI 

Q. 






«:-» o IT* .3 

j^ is oj '^ 

w ■*-' w—i cr: •«"' -c^ 

E e ^ ^ si-1 ? 

C •- J^ r^ ^' _?> 

2 o rg '^^ -&;0 S 

^ -J^ ";s 9^ (u«^ ^ 
la t: jc: ^ -^ -o "S 

r>**^1:lt^^ fe '^ 6 



^ o ,>K 'S ';- 5 Ci ";: -^ a > .-5 



° *^ "S "i 















:5 §•§ t^ 



?^ cati; OTJ S-SS >.«^ *-»'^ 

«> 2 ** CL, ^^^ ^ lit 



iZ a vi O 



,£5 



0/ 



►- :>^ r3 ^a 

a o 3 ~ .2 ^ Q. 3 

+- ^. > -w u L* :? o 



^O '^ CA) 



Of 

O 



o 

f2 



6 *o ^,^ "^ o 
0,5 Si'*- «-5 












^ - ^ ^ Ph fi, ^ 












— JTr c> C r? — r^ '-^ 



C P C 



D P g g c .ti 
- ^f^ -^ ^ a> g 






;g :r: ^ 5 -^ t3 
.13 JS '«-• ►*%-_^ 
."2 '^ 2 ,tl ^^ 



=■ St ^ :§ c 









^ -C P -3 -|r V, 



C ^ qD iji ^^ ^ • is F SvO r>. ^ 5- ,- 
#-. .S P *-• s». 






? g ^ " ':i tp 

i-« O nl i^ <j-« H 

ii a^ ji p :2^ 



^ '- _, " 
^-^a"?-^ 






Oi "P <-* «~ -3 ^^ '3 






:xJz 



n. 






-•^ -^ -^ >:. '^ 2 .s ,. 



o rj :;^ ^ ■ t- ^ JX, 



^3 -n ^-P 



•T3 
O 
O 

ci) 

S-. ^* 

> 
c -^ 

ft "^ 
^^ o 



t5^ 






a> 



in y w 



4-> ^ ^J 






cS 



11^ o '^ t-. 5 - 



^e,5 



SS 






§ ^ o js c — fc ^ a. ji S3 c3 -^ 



5"! o '^ ^5 ^^ 
«-^-^ l^.sil-£ s--§^l^ ^>^^.:s^ 






S 



_ >^ 'c^ g-Tj -s^w ^ 2.^ :: 












St{ O P '^ rt jC 

g r* »-^ •'^ r^ 13 






^>* 



*• (U .^ ^ -"^ ^v ^^ 



^ > ^^ 



4j r^ .3 -c _j .«■ 

-O C- C 5* ^ 






V.p 


















£2 r* 



Q 



tJ-SN 



'3 E? ^ •»-i .!_.. 






•■C -5 '^J ^ *f^ rt 



c 



-S 

V. 






o c ^ o -^ ' y .4 

^-'^Sfe 6 tit s S 

u- 25 fS J^ ^ ^ "J .t; 4> 



u« S ^ 






(A O ^ 

^ 5 9^ u^ 
o Si -^ >: S 



-0 >t 






TO 



J ■»-» T3 i;; ::^• 



■1 ,-» 



^ 



oj 



o 



w 



J5i t-« 

^ .ti •- ^ ^ 

g -^ > 3 C 

,t2v. >• O „, 'i> 

O "^ J- g g 

c ^ t! o o 

tr. a ii '-t-i •Jf 
P !*- "S -a? *: 

QC 5 3 C. "53 
^ I =^ ^^ 

(U « S Q /• 

1" -o '-^ ^». «t* 



c/i 






tt: S^ u- ^ 



"+2 5— ?^ 



?^ «L> a> 



CS 






tU 



en 






IV 



£^ ^ O 5 . fc 4-t >* 

J '^.S'^^ o b c 
p /i c; o b *^ r^ -Z4 

.^ oh ® « "fe rr^ o S 
-Ts r^ o ^ <r> ^ 



J3 «^ 



vi 



O <u 3 



'J 



OJ 



rfl 



- ■J — • ■ 
P4< TJ PC^ ^s-'.-O 



•13 »: 



2-5 N 



d 









i 






♦^ <- a «, c i2 

u ^ g ui rt 

dj o c -• - 



Si "" ^« 



' -:'^"'*. :i ' .-^ .' t^ 



Falckner's '■'■Curieuse Nachricht.'' 



245 



new place, they must consider a run of good mill stones, 
and the iron work required for a mill. 

If there should also be found a miller, who has a bolting 
mill, such as are used in north Germany and is willing to 
set it up, so that at the same time he could hull barley, 
wheat, oats, spelt "^^ and rice it would be very acceptable. 

A couple of distillers, to distill from peaches, apples and 
grain as is customary there. 

Good long guns that will throw shot far and well. 
Several holsters, stirups, throat halliards and strong led- 
harness. 





APPENDIX. 

1. God's Word and Grace. 

2. Psalm CXXIII.— 

Unto thee lift I up mine eyes, O thou that dwellest in 
the heavens. 

Behold, as the eyes of servants look unto the hand of 
their masters, and as the eyes of the maiden unto the hand 
of her mistress ; so our eyes wait upon the Lord our God, 
until that he have mercy upon us. 

Have mercy upon us, O Lord, have mercy upon us ; for 
we are exceedingly filled with contempt. 

Our soul is exceedingly filled with the scorning of those 
that are at ease and with the contempt of the proud. 

3. Prov. 21 : 25. The desire of the slothful killeth him : 
for his hands refuse to labor. 

4. Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried ; 
but the wicked shall do wickedly ; and none of the wicked 
shall understand : but the wise shall understand. Daniel 
XXIL, 10. 

5. Der Englische Schiveiss^ a certain epidemic fever 
prevalent in England during the fifteenth and sixteenth 
centuries. 

6. Unless it be that one has found ships at nearer ports 
intending to sail for America. Ed., 1702. 

(246) 



Falcknci-''s ^^ Cu7'ieuse A^achric/it" 247 

7. William Penn's original plan for the settlement and 
development of his province was to place the capital city 
upon the banks of the Susquehanna and not upon the 
Delaware, a scheme to which Penn clung tenaciously for 
a number of years after the settlement of the province. 
Daniel Falckner who was more or less intimately ac- 
quainted with Penn and his plans for the settlement of his 
province, evidently supposed that the chief city would be 
founded on the banks of the Susquehanna, in accordance 
with Penn's proposals for a " second settlement in the 
province of Pennsylvania," published in London 1690. A 
copy of this exceedingly scarce document is preserved in 
the Archives of the American Philosophical Society at 
Philadelphia and is here reproduced in fac-simile. For a 
complete account of this scheme, see paper by the present 
writer on ♦' Penn's City on the Susquehanna," read before 
the Lancaster County Historical Society and published in 
Proceedings, Vol. IL, pp. 223-238. 

8. Chesapeake Bay. 

9. The river of the Moose Deer. 

10. This evidently alludes to the troublous times incident 
to the Spanish succession. 

11. /.«?., without excessive drinking, etc. 

12. To previously dispose his thoughts and mind toward 
quiet and sedate subjects. Ed. 1702. 

13. Zwieback — a Biscuit rusk, or sweet spiced bread 
toasted. 

14. Cider, Applejack [apple brandy], etc. 

15. This comparison is very curious, and one which the 
writer has never before seen brought out in connection 
with our early history. By a comparison of several old 
German Almanacs with local ones of similar date, Falck- 



248 Curieuse Nachricht vo?i Pennsylvania. 

ner is virtually verified, and shown to be a close observer 
and student. 

Thus in Pennsylvania the shortest day has 9 hours, 8 
minutes. The sun rises at 7.26 A. M. and sets 4.34 P. M. 

In Germany the corresponding day has 7 hours, 34 
minutes, as the sun rises 8. 11 A. M., sets 3.45 P. M. 

The longest day in Germany has 16 hours, 45 minutes, 
the sun rises 3.39 A. M., sets 8.24 P. M. The corre- 
sponding day in Pennsylvania, June 22, has 14 hours, 50 
minutes. Sun rises 4.34 A. M., sets 7.26 P. M. 

16. All kinds of German Grain and Indian Corn of dif- 
ferent kinds. Ed. 1702. 

1 7 . Mesp tins germ an ica . 

18. The black or sour gum tree is evidently the species 
alluded to. 

19. Gtiaiaciini or lignum vitae. 

20. Cf. Edition, 1702. 

21. Leggings, hunting shirts and moccasins. 

22. Cannabis saliva. 

23. ^uibiis ceremoniis. 

24. Poly garni. 

25. And all support themselves by hunting. Edition 
1702. 

27. Wampum, beads formed of the interior parts of 
shells, such as the great clam, the pearl oyster or venus 
shell. Were strung on threads, and formerly used among 
the American Indians as currency, and worn also in neck- 
laces, belts, etc. The beads were either black, dark pur- 
ple, or white, the last being the vjamftim proper. 

28. Haar Zopfe. 

29. Principia generalia religionis. 



CUIREUSE NACHRICHT VON PENNSYLVANIA. 




FATXIvNER. 



Falckner^s '"'- Cnriciisc Nachrichi.'' 249 

30. Evidently alluding to other members of the com- 
munity of German Pietists on the Wissahickon. 

31. The aborigines of the West Indies and South Amer- 
ica are meant here. 

32. The Dutch navigators who first discovered this 
group of islands called them the Flemish Islands. 

33. The expedition of Prince Madog ab Owen Gvvynedd, 
about the year 11 70, is here alluded to. The discovery 
and settlement of America by the Welsh is based upon an 
account in a history of Wales, written b}^ Caradoc, of 
Llancarvan, Glaumorganshire, in the British language, to 
which were added from time to time remarkable occur 
rences registered in the Abbies of Conway and Strat Flur. 
The best copy of these registers was taken by Guttun 
Owen a Bard about the year 1480. Cynfrig ab Gronow 
also mentions this event about the same time. 

The story is " that upon the death of Owen Gwynedd, 
Prince of North Wales, about the year 1169, several of 
his children contended for his dominions : that Madog, 
one of his sons, perceiving his native country engaged, or 
on the eve of being engaged, in a civil war, thought it 
best to try his fortune in some foreign climes. Leaving 
North Wales in a very unsettled state, he sailed with a few 
ships which he had fitted up and manned for that purpose 
to the westward, leaving Ireland to the north. He came 
at length to an unknown country where most things ap- 
peared to him new and uncustomary, and the manners of 
the natives far different from what he had seen in Europe. 
Madog having viewed the fertility and pleasantness of the 
country, left the most part of those he had taken with him 
behind (according to Sir Thomas Herbert 120 souls) and 
returned to Wales. Upon his arrival he described to his 
friends what an extensive land he had met with, void of 



250 Ciu'ieuse Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 

any inhabitants, whilst they employed themselves, and all 
their skill to supplant one another, for only a ragged por- 
tion of rocks and mountains. Accordingly, having pre- 
vailed with considerable numbers to accompany him to 
that country he sailed back with ten ships and bid adiew 
to his native land." After which Madoc and his followers 
were never more heard of. 

Alexander von Humboldt, who thoroughly investigated 
the various reports and stories of Welsh traditions and 
language which were said to still be current among the 
American Indians, says : 

"The deepest obscurity still shrouds everthing con- 
nected with the voyage of the Welsh chief Madoc, second 
son of Owen Guineth, to a great western land in 1170, 
and the connection of this event with the great Ireland of 
the Icelandic saga. In like manner the race of Celto- 
Americans, whom credulous travelers have professed to 
discover in many parts of the United States, have also dis- 
appeared since the establishment of an earnest and scien- 
tific ethnology, based not on accidental similarities of 
sound, but on grammatical forms and organic structure." 

34. For a number of these various traditions here alluded 
to by Falckner and current in the province at that early 
day, see ^« Enquiry into the Truth of the Tradition Con- 
cerning the Discovery of A7iierica by Prince Madog about 
the year iiyo. By John Williams^ LL.D.^ London^ 
MDCCXCL 

35. Die rechte stange zu halten ■wilste. 

36. Affen leibe {i. e., ape love.) 

37. Hennepin. 

38. Kriegsrecht. 

39. JVerg, from a short coarse hemp fiber. 



Falckfier's ^^Curieuse JVackrtcht." 251 

40. N. B. in MSS. Make a note of. 

41. Note, the outer hull of the black walnut or hickory 
nut is evidently indicated here. 

42. A kind of a crude Russian bath. 

43. A curious tradition on this subject has been handed 
down from generation to generation in the writer's family, 
and told him when a child. The story comes from one of 
the family who was active in the French and Indian war, 
it states that the Indians always strove to make prisoners of 
the German soldiers or settlers, as they were specially desira- 
ble for their cannibalistic feasts, their meat being sweet and 
juicy. Their explanation for this choice was that the 
Quaker was to lean to eat, all skin and bone. The Irish- 
man's meat was soaked with whiskey and useless and the 
Englishman's meat was tasteless and bloated. So when a 
robust German was captured he was tortured and killed, 
and dismembered, the parts being larded with fat pine 
splints and roasted over a slow fire. 

44. Tomahawk. 

45. Hematite. 

46. Virtually a crude silo. 

47. Rothstiirtzeii, Grass-frosch, Rmiafusca. 

48. Hummel — Bumblebee. 

49. The guild of salt-makers of Halle, that so-called 
Halloren^ are here meant. These workers in the salines 
of Halle in Saxony are a peculiar race or class supposed 
to be of Attic origin ; and during Francke and Falckner's 
time were quite numerous. They are noted for their tall 
and robust physique, regular features, with high forehead 
and fine eyes, as well as their open and spirited character 
with a free and decorous deportment. They speak a special 



252 Curieuse Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 

dialect somewhat foreign to the German tongue and rich 
in peculiar expressions smacking of the saltery. They 
are also conspicuous for their devout and moral life. It 
was upon this account that they were singled out by the 
elder Francke for possible missionary work among the 
Indians. Since the introduction of steam apparatus, most 
of them have sought other occupations. The guild, how- 
ever, which is entitled to certain rights and privileges, still 
keeps up all its ancient customs. Cf. Keferstein, Halle, 
1843. 

50. The long German mile is here meant. The loca- 
tion of this spring is not known to the annotator. 

51. Arndt ivahres Christenthiim (Arndt's Trtie Ch?'is- 
tianity) is here indicated. This is one of the greatest and 
most useful practical books produced by the Protestant 
church. An American edition in the German language 
was published by Benjamin Franklin and Johann Boehm 
in Philadelphia as early as 1751. The book was an octavo 
and contained 1,356 pages with 65 plates. 

In 1765 Christopher Saner printed at Germantown an 
edition of Arndt's Par adisgdr thin ^ a 24 mo. of 531 pages. 
Numbers of the various German editions of Arndt's works 
were brought from the Fatherland from the earliest days 
of our settlements, and were highly prized by the German 
settlers, who used the True Christianity for their spiritual 
guidance, especially when there was a lack of spiritual 
advisors in their vicinity. 

52. Vide Sachse's German Pietists, Chapter, Reynier 
Jansen, pp. 100-108. Also Pennsylvania Magazine of 
History and Biography, Vol. IV., pp. 432-444 dinA Early 
Printing in Pennsylvatiia, by John William Wallace. 

53. Sturgeon. 



Falckner's ^'■Curteuse JVachrtcht" 253 

54. Mustela L. 

55. Europe. 

56. All goods and wares in that early day were trans- 
ported on pack horses. It was not until many years after 
P'alckner's time that wagon roads were made into the 
interior of the province. 

57. America. 

58. Europe. 

59. Schacherer^ a low pedlar, a term usually applied to 
pedlars who travel about the country on foot with a pack. 

61. Allusion is evidently made here to Falckner's com- 
panions the German Pietists on the Wissahickon, who were 
living an exemplary and godly life there. 

62. Germany. 

64. Higher courts of the Province. 

65. Bricks and mortar. 

66. Burlington in New Jersey. 

67. Falls of the Neshaman3^ 

67 (note on page 197). Letzten Grund-sup-pe. 
67 (note on page 207). Pennsylvania. 

68. Passayunk. 

71. Evidently in a sitting posture. 

72. Compare with Question 76 supra. 

73. An electuary used as an antidote against poisons. 

74. One of the compounds of opium, also used against 
snake bites. 

76. In this connection, see account of missionary efforts 
among the Indians of Rev. Jonas Aurem : Sachse's Ger- 
man Pietists, pp. 126 et seq,; Sachse's German Sectarians, 
Vol. II., p. 321 ; also remarkable reply of an Indian Chief, 
ibid.y p. 474. 



254 Curieuse ISfachricht von Pennsylvania. 

77 (note on page 221). This is an exceedingly interest- 
ing piece of evidence, as it shows that Daniel Falckner did 
not confine himself to confines of the tabernacle on the 
Wissahickon or Germantown, but evidently explored the 
resources of the Colony as well. 

77 (note on page 221). ^^ Her umgedr edit does not appear 
to imply here a turning around so much as the irregular 
moving or dancing about, which would be seen when the 
air was unsteady. I should translate it danced abozit, which 
fits in exactly with what follows. For if he was watching 
the star through a small opening, this motion due to the 
unsteadiness of the air would sometimes carry it half or 
wholly out of sight." 

Professor Charles L. Doolittle, Director of the Flower 
Astronomical observatory, connected with the University 
of Pennsylvania, when sending me above note on the 
herumdrehung of the Polar Star, adds the following com- 
ment upon Falckner's statement : 

" I do not remember ever seeing before this a reference 
to a case where a wild North American Indian made any 
reference to the stars. They had reached the stage of 
development where they reckoned time by the moon's 
motion, but aside from the sun and moon the movements 
of the heavenly bodies received but little attention. 

" An acquaintance with the planets and fixed stars is not 
found to any extent I believe, in case of primitive people, 
until they have reached a considerable degree of civiliza- 
tion ; but a good deal of attention is likely to be given at a 
much earlier stage to atmospheric and other conditions 
which have to do with the weather. 

'* This appears to be what the Indian in this case has in 
mind. The unusual brightness of the star was of course 



Falckner's '■^Ctirt'euse JVachrtcht." 255 

due to a very clear transparent state of the atmosphere, 
which meant to have been followed by colder weather. 
Thence the motion which was made evident by watching 
the star through a narrow opening was due to unsteadiness 
in the atmosphere. 

'*This extract does not make the point clear, whether 
in the present case the two went together, viz., unusual 
brightness, with an unsteady condition of atmosphere, but 
this is not at all an uncommon combination. 

78. Compare question 40 supra. This is undoubtedly 
the list of Heinrich Peterson, of Bremen alluded to in 
Quesion 84 and the original of the short list following 
Question IV. in the printed version. 

79. " The Restitution of all Things." The restitution of 
all the human family at some future time after the present 
life to sinless excellence and to divine favor. This is 
virtually the doctrine of the present universalists. It was 
also one of the chief dogmas of the mystical sects that 
flourished during the latter part of the seventeenth and the 
early years of the eighteenth centuries. Cf. Sachse's Ger- 
man Pietists and Sectarians. 

80. The monetary unit of Northern Germany at that 
time. It is still used in the German Empire ; its value is 
3 marks or 71 cents in U. S. equivalent. 

81. Auctoritate ^tiblica. 

82. Fustian. This was a stout cloth of cotton and flax, 
and was noted for its durabitity and wear. 

83. This is certainly the first published scheme for cir- 
cumventing the custom house officials by emigrants to 
America. A desire which exists to the present day, and 
has been greatly elaborated by the tourist of to-day, until 



256 



Ctirieiise Nachricht von Pennsylvania. 



the most drastic means have been called into play by the 
authorities. 

84. Spelt. A cereal intermediate between wheat and 
barley but usually considered a hard grained variety of the 
former. It was the chief cereal of Ancient Egypt being 
probably the rye of the time of Moses, of Greece and of 
the Roman Empire. It is now cultivated mainly in Switz- 
erland, in southern Germany and northern Spain under 
the name of German wheat. 













"-> 



v''^ 



/. 



.<f- 



^ '^^^% ^'^k^.^ J'\ ^^yiwS '>>^'\ 



<h '-'j * o M o •■ . *J 



•* o 
o 

^ ""^ ^° ^^ '-; \^ .. -^ 

o,^ o ^ , , „ ,0- 






^. 



% 






V 



% 



-f- 



^-. ,-.« 



■A , -^ 

• -■''"* o 



'^ 



o 






> 



;^ 



V^^ 



G ^ 

o 



'-P 



^^. 



\ 



.■^' 



V 



■'' 9 






.0 






' ♦ ■ 9 ^ " ^ ' 



o 



>^^ 






■<. 



c*. 



.0^' 



o^ 



j>' "^•^ 









-^^ 



•1 V*^ ^ "i. 






/ "v. 



^0 



't^ 



'^^ A^ 



>,. 



>\ 



<> 






' 1 * 

.. ....-,11 .„. .. 



''<p. 



0° „ 









"^^ 



. 0^ ' ^"^^^mi; 



'p 



o 






c ■ 
o 



■'^ 



:■> 









c5> 



. ■■■• s** 



^0 






'-^^o^ 



. , . - '\ <\ 



C - -J ' 



'7> 



C^ 



O^ * o « o ' .0 












O 



^^j, 
•^ 



•y 












.•^ ^ • ' • G^ \:> -o . . '\ ^ . G^ o 












^^ a"^ "■ 

A> 



'o 






* V 
^ 









S^ ■■^.^- V ■■ ^cs^ ■• : '^ 


^ ^1^^^^' ^ '^^' v^ 




\:> -o , » * A <"^ 








\ '" / "-> ■" v^' \ 




./ ^"% ^-....^ /\ \.<.-./^ ^" 


1: ^^0^ 


^o /' 






A-^ 


<^ U^ , ,-- 




jc>- ■\. ^ -: 


^ ' . > J\ < . 


■ " ' 1 ' '--^ , - -■ . 


^^\^ ^,^ ^^.°^>.\.. 


' :°*"..---.'^. ^^ .0*" 



/ 






'^ ■->.-. .^ O , ." -l^' 



%i> 



V -^^ ... ?^ 







-X'b^ 




^^'% ■. 




■\ -^ 




v-^> 




<^ 




-f 






y 




'^^0^ 




o"^ '^ 




,0.* «<> 


<l 


l^ 


















:#^ ^ 



& . I OOBBS BROS. o, . 1 X f^ 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




014 209 129 A # 



















n 


^ 


Bik 



